Sensor Es

s
BERO
Sensors for Automation
Catalog NS BERO 2001/02
Products and Applications
1
Sonar-BERO
2
Opto-BERO
3
Inductive BERO
4
The products in this catalog are also included in the CD-ROM catalog CA 01 Order No.: E86060-D4001-A100-B6-7600 Contact your local Siemens representative for further information
Capacitive BERO
5
Accessories
6
Supplementary Components MOBY
7
Appendix
The products and systems described in this catalog are manufactured under application of a quality management system certified by DQS in accordance with ISO 9001 (Certificate Registration No.: 019634-01). The DQS Certificate is recognized in all EQ Net countries.
Siemens AG 2001

Sonar-BERO
I Field of application
The wide range of applications for Sonar-BERO ultrasonic sensors is limited only by the designers imagination: Level and height sensing Distance measurement Winding diameter detection Bottle counting and much more The sonar technology of the Sonar-BERO sensors enables them to detect any type of object, including liquids and powders and colored or transparent objects. They also respond regardless of surface character or condition: rough or smooth, wet or dry, clean or soiled. Sonar-BERO sensors are also extremely rugged and their operation is insensitive to dirt, vibration, ambient light and ambient sound. The Sonar-BERO measures the time taken for the emitted ultrasonic pulse to return following reflection by the object, from which it can calculate the distance to the object. The SonarBERO can operate over extremely short distances (6 cm) or extremely long distances (10 m) without any problems at all. The SONPROG software makes it easy to make adjustments for the object and the operating range (e. g. minimum level).
Application: Level measurement in large containers Sensor: Compact form K 65 with minimum/maximum monitoring (up to 2.5 m) Compact range M 18 with analog output (up to 1 m) Compact range III (up to 6 m) Application: Level measurement in small bottles Sensor: Compact range M 18 with analog output
Application: Measuring stack height Sensor: Compact range M 18 with analog output (up to 1 m) Compact range III (up to 6 m)
Application: Diameter detection and speed measurement Sensor: Compact range M 18 with analog output (up to 1 m) Compact range III (up to 6 m)
Application: Size measurement Sensor: Compact range M 18 with analog output (up to 1 m) Compact range III (up to 6 m)
Application: Contour recognition Sensor: Compact range M 18 with analog output (up to 1 m) Compact range III (up to 6 m) Synchronization
1/4
Siemens NS BERO 2001/02

Sonar-BERO
Application: Loop monitoring Sensor: Compact form K 65 with minimum/maximum monitoring (up to 2.5 m) Compact range II with 2 switching outputs Application: Quality control Sensor: Compact range M 18 with switching output Compact range II (up to 6 m)
Application: Bottle counting and gap recognition Sensor: Sonar thru-beam sensor
Application: Breakage monitoring Sensor: Compact range M 18 with switching output (up to 30 cm)
Application: Object detection Sensor: Compact range M 18 with switching output
Application: Wire and cable break monitoring Sensor: Compact range M 18 with switching output Compact range II
Application: Gap monitoring Sensor: Compact range II with 2 switching outputs (up to 6 m)
1/5

Opto-BERO
Opto-BERO sensors are used in their various designs as Diffuse sensors Thru-beam sensors or Retroreflective sensors either with background suppression or as fiber-optic devices especially in the following applications: In conveyor systems In mechanical engineering In paper, textile and plastics processing In printing presses and In packaging machines. The comprehensive range of Opto-BEROs operates using infrared light, red light or laser light and covers ranges of between 3 cm and 50 m. These photoelectric sensors can detect any object whether it is made of metal, wood or plastic. Even transparent objects can be detected by Opto-BERO K 20 in the miniature housing. Special devices, such as the color sensor or color mark sensor, can be used to recognize different colors or contrast differences. The analog laser supports extremely precise level measurement and position monitoring. The Opto-BEROs are easily adjusted using teach-in functions or potentiometers. A wide selection of cubic, cylindrical and miniature types satisfies the designer's every wish.
Application: Inspection of the content of transparent containers Sensor: M 12 thru-beam sensor
Application: Recognition of loaded pallets Sensor: K 31 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light
Application: Recognition of tins of food on a conveyor belt Sensor: K 50 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light
Application: Bottle counting Sensor: C 40 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light, also for clear glass recognition
Application: Recognition of boxes on a roller conveyor Sensor: K 50 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light
Application: Entry control for a car washing plant Sensor: K 80 thru-beam sensor
Application: Recognition of color marks for triggering the cut command Sensor: C 80 color mark sensor
Application: Access monitoring Sensor: K 50 retroreflective sensor
1/6

Opto-BERO
Application: Monitoring of an entry barrier Sensor: K 80 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light Application: Detection of the end of a roll Sensor: K 31 light switch
1
Application: Thread recognition in a drilled hole Sensor: KL 40 with plastic fiber-optic conductor Application: Recognition of tops on bottles Sensor: K 20 light switch with background suppression K 20 retroreflective sensor for clear glass detection
Application: Recognition of packages Sensor: K 80 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light
Application: Recognition of objects in a container Sensor: K 20 light sensor with background suppression
Application: Position detection of ICs Sensor: L 50 laser light sensor with background suppression
Application: Recognition of objects with different dimensions Sensor: K 80 light sensor with background suppression
Application: Position detection of ICs Sensor: C 80 color mark sensor
Application: Inspection of stack heights Sensor: K 80 thru-beam sensor
Application: Bottleneck detection on a roller conveyor Sensor: K 80 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light
Application: Recognition of wrongly positioned objects on a conveyor Sensor: C 40 retroreflective sensor
1/7

Opto-BERO
Application: Detection of IC pins Sensor: KL 40 with plastic fiber-optic conductor Application: Object detection on a roller conveyor Sensor: K 40 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light
Application: Object detection for activating a conveyor Sensor: K 35 retroreflective sensor
Application: Recognition of reflecting objects Sensor: K 80 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light
Application: Liquid inspection in glass containers Sensor: K 35 with plastic fiber-optic conductor
Application: Checking the correct position of screws Sensor: KL 40 with plastic fiber-optic conductor
Application: Object inspection in transparent packaging Sensor: KL 40 with plastic fiber-optic conductor
Application: Checking lipstick height before fitting the cap Sensor: M 5 or M 12 thru-beam sensor
Application: Detection of labels on a transparent backing tape Sensor: G 20 fork/slot sensor
Application: Monitoring objects leaving a vibration conveyor Sensor: K 35 with plastic fiber-optic conductor
1/8

Inductive and capacitive BERO
Inductive BERO proximity sensors are the most economical solution for detecting metal objects without contact. They are most often used where metal is the most common material, e. g. In the automotive industry In mechanical engineering In the robotics industry In conveyor systems and In the paper and printing industry. The induction principle and the extensive experience of Siemens over many years have made inductive BEROs what they are: Extremely reliable with a high repeat accuracy and long service life due to the lack of wear and of sensitivity to temperature, sound, light and water. Customers also benefit from the wide variety of inductive BERO proximity switches that Siemens offers. Our complete scope of products meets a wide range of different requirements leaving nothing to be desired. There are inductive BEROs With operating distances ranging from 0.6 to 75 mm In cylindrical and cubic types In the standard duty version as 3 and 4-wire sensors As 2-wire sensors for solidstate inputs (PLC) In extra duty version (65 V DC or 320 V AC/DC) To the IP 68 degree of protection for extreme environmental conditions With higher rated operating distances Without reduction factor As pressure-proof sensors Acc. to DESINA specification Intrinsically safe sensors for potentially explosive environments.
Application: Detection of broken drills Sensor: Inductive BERO 3RG4
Application: Recognition of tins and lids Sensor:

Inductive BERO 3RG4
Application: Recognition of position screws on a wheel for speed or direction control Sensor: Inductive BERO 3RG4 Capacitive BEROs As an alternative to inductive BEROs, capacitive BEROs are available that can detect non-conductive materials in solid, liquid or granular form, e. g. glass, plastic, wood, oil, water and paper. Application: Detection of milk in cartons Sensor: Capacitive BERO 3RG16
Application: Recognition of valve position (completely open or closed) Sensor: Inductive BERO 3RG4
Application: Recognition of fragments on a cutter Sensor:

Inductive BERO 3RG4
Application: Level monitoring of loose material in a container Sensor: Capacitive BERO 3RG16
1/9
Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches

Compact ranges I, II, III with fixed, swivel and separate sensors
3RG60, 3RG61 Selection and ordering data Compact range I Compact range II Compact range III Introduction Sound cones Description Connection diagrams Technical data Dimension drawings
Page 2/33, 2/34 2/31, 2/32 2/29, 2/30 2/4 2/13 to 2/16 2/18 2/19 2/32 to 2/37 2/32 to 2/37
Compact range M 18, M 18 S
Compact range 0
SONPROG interface unit
3RG62 Selection and ordering data
Page 2/35
3RG63 Selection and ordering data
Page 2/36
3RX4 000 Selection and ordering data
Page 2/35
Introduction Sound cones Description Connection diagrams Technical data Dimension drawings
2/4 2/11, 2/12 2/20 2/20 2/38 2/38
Introduction Sound cones Description Connection diagrams Technical data Dimension drawings
2/4 2/10 2/20 2/20 2/39 2/39
Introduction Description Technical data
2/4 2/23 2/23
2/2

Compact form Sonar thru-beam sensor Double-layer sheet monitoring
2
3RG62, 3SG16 Selection and ordering data 3SG16 K 65 Introduction Sound cones Description Connection diagrams Technical data Dimension drawings Page 2/37 2/38 2/4 2/11 2/24, 2/25 2/24, 2/25 2/42, 2/43 2/42, 2/43 Introduction Sound cones Description Connection diagrams Technical data Dimension drawings 2/4 2/10 2/26 2/26 2/39 2/39 Introduction Description Technical data Dimension drawing 2/4 2/27 2/40 2/40 3RG62 Selection and ordering data Page 2/39 3RX2 210 Selection and ordering data Page 2/40
Modular range II
3RG61 Selection and ordering data Signal evaluator Sensors Introduction Sound cones Description Connection diagram Time diagram Technical data Dimension drawings
Page 2/41 2/42, 2/43 2/4 2/13 to 2/16 2/28 2/28 2/41 2/41 to 2/43 2/41 to 2/43
2/3

Introduction
I Overview
The main technical features of each series are shown in the following table. Double-layer sheet monitoring 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Sonar thru-beam sensor 7 7
Compact form 3SG16
Compact range M 18
Compact form K 65
Compact range III
Compact range II
Compact range 0
Compact range I
Mode of operation Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor Thru-beam sensor Output 1 switching output 2 switching outputs 1 switching output + 1 analog output 2 relay outputs + 1 analog output 1 analog output 1 frequency output Analog output 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 0 to 10 V Setting 1 potentiometer 2 potentiometers SONPROG interface unit Jumpers Teach-in Keys Wiring Parameters that can be changed with SONPROG Blind zone End of sensing range Lower limit of operating range Upper limit of operating range Differential travel NO/NC switching output function Lower limit of analog range Upper limit of analog range Analog output characteristic Analog output current range Mean-value generation Mode of operation Temperature compensation Enable/disable potentiometers Description Ordering data, technical data
7 7
7 7 7 7 7
7 7 7
7 $ 7 7
7 7
7 7
7 7
7 7
7 7
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 $ 7 7 $ 7 7 $ 7 7 $ 7 7 & 7 & 7 & 7 & 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 $ 2/20 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/20 2/24 2/25 2/26 2/28 2/27 2/36 2/33 2/31 2/29 2/35 2/37 2/38 2/39 2/41 2/40
7 7 7 7 7 7
Sonar-BERO programmable with SONPROG
7 $ &
Available Only available for devices with switching output Only available for devices with analog output
2/4
Modular range II

Introduction
The applications listed in the following table are some of the most familiar and most frequent fields of application of the SonarBERO. The device types marked as special designs feature special functions in addition to the series design. Enquiries about special designs and continued support should be addressed to our Technical Support department. You will find information about this in the Appendix to this Catalog. Compact range II with 2 switching outputs (sp. design) Compact range II with 2 switching outputs (sp. design)
Compact ranges 0, I, II, III, M 18 (special design)
Compact ranges 0, I, II, III, M 18 (special design)
Sonar thru-beam sensor
Compact range II, M 18 (special design)
Compact range II with frequency output
Compact form K 65
Compact range II (special design)
Compact range II (special design)
Applications In chemically aggressive medium Ultrasonic converter with Teflon film In food processing Ultrasonic converter with Teflon film, PPS ring, stainless steel casing V4A Lifting control for machines with minimum/maximum recognition 2 separately adjustable switching points Level monitoring for pump control with 1 switching output Separately adjustable switching points for Full alarm and pump stroke Level monitoring for pump control with 2 switching outputs For Full alarm with differential travel 1 For final shutdown with differential travel 2 Level-dependent signaling Winding diameter monitoring Warning with switching output 1 Final shutdown with switching output 2 Threshold detection using LOGO! The frequency output is acquired by the counter inputs of the LOGO! controls: Several thresholds that are assigned to the relay outputs of the LOGO! control Gate control, drive-in control Parameterizable raising/falling delay, Sonar-BERO in reflex mode Conveyor belt control Reflex mode with emitter and receiver: No blind zone, max. switching frequency 200 Hz, insensitive to dirt and condensation Loop control for slack control Averaging and differential travel on echo pulse detection Description
7 7
2/22
2/25
2/21
2/26
Special versions
For ordering sensors with special designs or preset parameters, the order number must be supplemented with Z and the required features should be specified in plain text.
Ordering example Sensor of compact range II, sensing range 20 to 130 mm, 1 NO, stainless steel housing: 3RG60133AF00Z Z = Stainless steel housing
2/5

Introduction
Sonar-BEROs can be used as non-contact proximity switches in many fields of automation. Whenever distances through air have to be evaluated, these devices can be used, because they not only detect objects, but can also output and evaluate the absolute distance between the Sonar-BERO and the object. Changes in ambient conditions (e. g. temperature changes) are balanced during evaluation of the measurement.
Objects
The objects to be detected can be solid, liquid, granular or powder. The material can be transparent or tinted, of any form with polished or matt surfaces. Even at a maximum operating distance, all level or smooth surfaces can be reliably detected up to an angular variation of
approximately 3 from the sound cone. Depending on the peakto-valley height of the object, the angular variation may also be higher. As a rule, the objects can enter the sound cone from any direction.
range II, sonar thru-beam sensors and compact form sensors are suitable for installation in Ex-Zone 2 and Ex-Zone 11.
Personnel safety
Due to their physical characteristics, the Sonar-BERO ultrasonic proximity switches cannot be used for safety-related applications (e. g. for the protection of personnel).
Explosion protection
The Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges 0 to III, M 18 and K 65 as well as the sensors of modular
I Mode of operation
The BEROs only operate through the medium of air and can detect any object that reflects ultrasound. The sensors emit ultrasonic pulses cyclically. When these pulses are reflected by an object, the generated echo is received and converted into an electrical signal. The incoming echo is detected in accordance with its intensity which, in turn, is dependent on the distance between the object and the Sonar-BERO. The Sonar-BEROs operate according to the echo propagation principle, i. e. the time difference between the emitted pulse and echo pulse is evaluated.
Accuracy
The accuracy is the permissible error that exists as the difference between the true distance and the indicated value. The accuracy of a Sonar-BERO depends on internal tolerances as well as certain physical parameters of the air such as humidity, atmospheric pressure and air movement. These parameters influence the sound propagation time and therefore the measured value received. Atmospheric pressure Any other atmospheric changes at a permanent site will have a negligible effect on the sound propagation time. Between sealevel and 3000 m altitude, the speed of sound is reduced by less than 1 %. Sound propagation is not possible in a vacuum. Air humidity At room temperature and at lower temperatures, the humidity will have a negligible effect on the sound propagation time. At higher temperatures, the speed of sound increases with humidity. Air temperature The sound propagation time is dependent on the air temperature. An air temperature of 20 C is used as the reference variable here. The speed of sound changes with air temperature by 0.17 %/K. This temperature-dependent change in sound propagation time means that as the temperature increases, the distance to the object appears to become shorter. A change in temperature of, for example, +10 C results in a change in the speed of sound of approximately +1.75 % and therefore a change in the operating distance of +1.75 %.
Gas types The Sonar-BERO is designed for operation in atmospheric air. If it is operated in other gases, different values for the speed of sound and attenuation can result in significant measurement errors and even malfunction (e. g. in carbon dioxide). Air currents Changes to the speed of sound as a result of constant changes in the flow direction and flow velocity of the air cannot be quantified by means of a generally applicable formula. Hightemperature objects, such as glowing metal cause air turbulence. This will scatter or deflect the ultrasound. An echo will not be generated that can be evaluated. The measured results are not affected by, e. g.: Precipitation Average levels of precipitation in the form of rain or snow will not adversely affect the functionality of the Sonar-BERO. The transducer surface should not however be wetted. Dewing permissible. Paint spray This has no determinable effect on the functioning of the SonarBERO. To prevent any detrimental effect on the sensitivity of the transducer, however, the paint spray must not be allowed to settle on the active transducer surface. External sound External sound is distinguished from the system-specific echoes and does not usually cause malfunctions.
Resolution
The resolution is the smallest change in the distance to the object that is necessary for a change in the output of the BERO. The internal resolution is 256 or 4096 steps. If values are entered during programming that exceed this resolution, they will be automatically corrected by the program. The corrected values will be displayed in a window with a message. Example: Sonar-BERO 3RG6014..... (60 to 600 cm) For a sensing range of 60 to 600 cm, the resolution is 1.3 mm: 6000 mm 600 mm = 5400 mm 5400 mm/4096 = 1.3 mm (12 bits) If the measuring range is restricted, the step size is reduced because the distance that is split up into 4096 steps has reduced. The smallest step size is, however, limited to 1 mm by the electronics. If the sensing range is restricted, the resolution is enhanced.
Sensing range
The sensing range of a SonarBERO is the range within which the Sonar-BERO can detect objects. Depending on the type, it can lie between 5 cm and 10 m. The construction of the sensor causes the ultrasonic beam to be emitted in the shape of a cone. Only those reflecting objects within this sound cone are detected. Within the blind zone, which lies between the sensor surface and the sensing range, echoes cannot be evaluated for physical reasons.
Repeat accuracy R
The repeat accuracy is the value of the deviation in the indication or switching state for two successive measurements under specified conditions. The repeat accuracy of the Sonar-BERO is 0.15 % of full-scale.
Temperature compensation
The Sonar-BEROs of compact range II, III and M 18 as well as modular range II are fitted with temperature sensors and a compensation circuit that equalizes changes in operating distances caused by temperature changes. Compensation can be performed throughout the temperature range. This means that an absolute precision of +/- 1.5 % (compact range II and III) or of +/- 2.5 % (compact range M 18) is achieved.
2/6

Introduction
I Design and installation

Mounting
Sonar-BEROs can be operated in any mounting position. Mounting positions in which deposits can settle on the transducer surface must however be avoided. The best results are obtained if the Sonar-BEROs are aligned such that the ultrasound waves hit the object as near to the vertical as possible. If this is not possible (e. g. in the case of bulk material), the maximum possible range must be determined experimentally. This depends on the material, surface and alignment of the objects. To prevent undesirable reflections, a clearance a from disturbing objects must be maintained around the axis of the sound cone (see Sound cones). Between the sound cone axis and a smooth wall running in parallel to it, a clearance b must be maintained to prevent disturbing reflections. The clearance c must be maintained to ensure that no objects enter the blind zone (see Sound cones).
Mounting multiple sensors

Mutual interference between Sonar-BEROs that can result in spurious signals is excluded by maintaining sufficient clearances between the sensors or an appropriate alignment. If two Sonar-BEROs of an identical design are mounted opposite each other, distance d must be maintained between them. If two sensors of identical design are arranged in parallel, clearance e must be maintained between the sensors. To avoid mutual interference, BERO sensors of compact ranges 0, II, III and M 18 can be synchronized or operated in multiplex mode (see Functions). In modular range II, a sensor connected to the terminals of sensor B will be activated in common mode with the operating sensor unless sensor B is operated as a reference sensor. By this method a mutual interference of these two sensors is excluded.
Distance d between two Sonar-BEROs with the same sensing range, opposite to each other
d
Sonar-BERO with sensing range

NSD00747
cm 6 (5) 20 to 40 to 60 to 80 to to 30 130 (100) 300 600 1000
cm > 120 > 400 > 1200 > 2500 > 4000
Sonar-BERO Sound cone
Clearance e between two Sonar-BEROs with the same sensing range, arranged in parallel with object perpendicular to the sound cone axis
Sound cone
NSD00745a
Sonar-BERO with sensing range cm 6 (5) 20 to 40 to 60 to 80 to to 30 130 (100) 300 600 1000
cm > 15 > 60 > 150 > 250 > 350
Sonar-BERO
Object
Clearance e between two Sonar-BEROs with the same sensing range, arranged in parallel; object unfavorably aligned The clearance e is to be determined experimentally. It depends on the angle of the object to the Sonar-BERO.
Object e
Fouling
The range of the BERO is reduced if the transducer surface is damaged or painted or if water or wet dirt is applied to it.
Sound cone
NSD00746a
Sonar-BERO
2/7

Introduction
I Programming
SONPROG interface unit
The SONPROG 3RX4 000 programmer is used to adjust the operating parameters of the Sonar-BERO of compact ranges II, III and M 18 to the prevailing conditions. This program provides an interface that can be used to Check the parameters of the Sonar-BERO Change the parameters of the Sonar-BERO and Adapt the Sonar-BERO to the application.
SONPROG
Parameters
Sound cone
Sonar-BERO
Sound cone Object
Blind zone
Sensing range
NSD00756
Initial value (adjustable)
Set operating or analog range (LED lit)
Final value (adjustable)
The blind zone can be moved away from the BERO (i. e. increased) to ignore objects in the foreground. It is, however, important to ensure that the object does not reflect ultrasound so well that double or triple echoes arise that give the impression of a more distant object (a fault of this kind cannot occur during normal operation because only the first echo is accepted as valid). However, the blind zone is adjusted, objects are still not permitted within the original blind zone. In the above diagram, the disturbance echo is strong enough to be evaluated. This echo blocks the echo of the object to be detected. By extending the blind zone, the disturbance echo can be suppressed. The required object can then be detected. The range of the Sonar-BERO can be reduced in this case, because part of the echo from the object to be detected is suppressed. Sensing range The resolution of the SonarBERO can be enhanced by reducing the sensing range. With large sensing ranges, it is not possible to adjust some values in steps of one millimeter. The minimum resolution of a SonarBERO is 1 mm. Mean-value generation Unfortunate reflective conditions or moving surfaces (e. g. in the case of moving liquids and bulk material on conveyors) can cause the measured values to change continuously which results in constant switching. The Sonar-BERO allows a mean value to be generated from up to 255 measurements. Failed signals (when no object is in the sensing range) are ignored on mean-value generation. After each measurement, a mean value is generated immediately from the new measured value and the stored number of old values. The response time of the Sonar-BERO is, therefore, not extended. A delay only occurs at the end of a measurement if the object is removed from the sensing range. This delay corresponds to the measurement cycle time multiplied by the saved number of mean values.
Operating range The commands Lower limit of operating range and Upper limit of operating range are used to define a window within the sensing range of the SonarBERO. If an object enters the operating range, the switching output is active (in case of NO function). If an object is outside the operating range, the switching output is not active. In the case of BEROs of compact range II with two switching outputs, the second switching output is active when an object is located between the end of blind zone and the operating range. Differential travel The differential travel can be adjusted to move the switch-on point and the switch-off point at the limits of the operating range away from each other. This prevents output flutter and level control tasks can be solved elegantly.
Example: Level monitoring with adjustable differential travel
BERO
4 1 6
Switching frequency The Sonar-BERO can be switched over from standard switching frequency (in accordance with the technical data) and rapid switching frequency (3 times the standard value). Important: A Sonar-BERO with a rapid switching frequency is more sensitive to disturbance. Switching output function The function of the switching output that was set at the factory can be changed, e. g. from NO to NC. The assignment of the connections is not changed, i. e. if a sensor is switched from NO to NC, the switching output does not change from Pin 4. Analog distance measurement BEROs with an analog output can detect the distance to an object. This distance is converted to an analog output signal that is proportional to it (0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA). The resolution of the analog output is at least 1 mm within the preset limits. Example:
20 mA
5 8 7
This enables a Sonar-BERO to be optimized specifically for an application. The adjustments found can be saved or printed out to facilitate maintenance and documentation of the equipment. When a Sonar-BERO has been replaced, the new one can be programmed with the saved data quickly and easily. There is then no need to repeat the adjustment procedure. The most important parameters that can be adjusted are: Lower and upper limit of the operating range Differential travel NO/NC switching output function Switching frequency Lower and upper limit of analog characteristic (compact range III and M 18 only) Analog characteristic, rising/ falling End of blind zone End of sensing range Mean-value generation Sensitivity The function can also be set for the sensor: Multiplex function Temperature compensation Diffuse or reflex sensor. A special function mode enables the Sonar-BERO to be optimized for level measurement.
Rising characteristic
Differential travel
2 3
4 mA
Initial value 50 cm
Falling characteristic Final value 90 cm Sensing range

NSD01193
P1
P2
Differential travel Container 20 cm

NSD01192
130 cm
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
Inhibit range Operating range Sensing range Blind zone Switching output upper limit when level is rising 6) Switching output upper limit when level is falling 7) Switching output lower limit when level is falling 8) Switching output lower limit when level is rising
Blind zone A value must not be set for the blind zone that is less than the minimum value. This is the time that the Sonar-BERO requires to switch over from send to receive mode.
2/8

Introduction
Sensitivity (see Sound cones) The susceptibility of the receive amplifier is reduced here. Weakly reflecting objects at the edge of the sound cone are suppressed. It is also possible to reduce the size of the sound cone here electronically. The permitted values are 0 (maximum sensitivity) to 7 (minimum sensitivity). In compact ranges II and III, the selection can also be made via the potentiometer (set using SONPROG). The following adjustments can be implemented using SONPROG V2.x : Teach-in mode: Enabled Disabled Teach-in mode (adjustable via potentiometer) for: Start of range End of range Compact range M 18 For sensors with a switching output, the switching limit is taught that was specified in the SONPROG programming (setting as supplied: maximum switching limit). For sensors with an analog output, the analog limit is taught that was specified in the SONPROG programming (setting as supplied: maximum analog value) Compact ranges II and III For compact range II, the switching limits are taught and or compact range III, the analog limits are taught.
Standard operation; Teach-in disabled
All Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges II, III and M 18 can now be adjusted to the limits of the operating range by means of a teach-in function. For this purpose, the order number must be supplemented with 0DT0. Teach-in is activated via a Low signal (0 V) on terminal XI. This can be implemented with a button or bridge; teach-in is also possible via an electronic signal (e. g. PLC output). The timing of the signal is not critical but its duration must be greater than 150 ms. Various adjustments can be implemented using the SONPROG V2.x software. The user can select which value is to be taught.
Maximum switching limit
NSD01177
Teach-in
Teach-in procedure The LED flashes during teachin. During teach-in, evaluation is performed using the set mean value. If no object is detected in the sensing range, teach-in remains active (LED flashes). On successful completion of a teach-in, the potentiometer for adjusting the switching range is disabled. The teach-in procedure can be repeated as often as required.
Adjustment with potentiometers The potentiometers are used to select the required limit values (min. or max.).
Minimum switching limit
2
NSD01178
I Functions
BEROs with switching output
The Sonar-BEROs with a switching output (the graphics describe sensors with NO function) can be used in the following operating modes depending on their type: Only emitter, only receiver Two Sonar-BEROs are required in each case for this operating mode. One is parameterized as a receiver and the other is parameterized as the emitter. There are two possible applications: Thru-beam sensor: It is only evaluated whether an object lies between the BEROs. The range is twice the normal range. Adjustment of the operating range and evaluation of the analog output is not relevant in this case.
Emitter Object Receiver
NSD01204
Active measurement system: The propagation time of the ultrasonic signal from the emitter to the receiver is measured. The enabling inputs of the two BEROs must be connected together for this purpose. All functions of the BERO can still be used and the range is twice the normal range. Emitter and receiver This is the standard operating mode of the Sonar-BERO; it operates as a classical proximity switch. Diffuse sensor: In this case, the object that is to be detected acts as a reflector. As soon as an object enters the preset operating range, the echo from this object causes the output signal of the BERO to change.
Operating range
Reflex sensor: In this case, a permanently fixed reflector (e. g. a small metal plate is mounted opposite the BERO. The operating range is adjusted to this reflector. If the path between the BERO and the reflector is interrupted, the sensor no longer detects the reflector and this triggers a change in the signal at the switching output.
Set operating range
Reflector detected, switching output not active
Set operating range
Reflector hidden by object, switching output active
NSD0 01203
Synchronization In compact ranges II, III and M 18, several devices can be synchronized with each other by interconnecting the synchronization outputs of the devices (Pin 2 for NO function, Pin 4 for NC function). Up to 10 devices can be synchronized (or 6 devices in the case of compact range 0). This allows the sensors to be mounted extremely close to each other in many cases without causing mutual interference. Advantages: No additional wiring overheads, simply connect the enable inputs of the individual BEROs. Fast response, because every BERO is constantly active. Disadvantages The object cannot be assigned to a particular BERO.
Example Two Sonar-BEROs are mounted at a clearance e that is smaller than the minimum clearance (see mounting guidelines). An object is located in their common sound field. The echo from B2 can reach B1 by reflection (GB). Mutual interference can occur. The object is detected from the two echoes E1 and E2 by
Object detected, switching output active
Object not detected, switching output not active Operating range

NSD0 01202
Object detected, switching output active
NSD01179
2/9

Introduction
Sonar-BEROs B1 and B2. If the two devices are synchronized, they may be no mutual interference, because, for example, echo E1 arrives after echo E2 at BERO B2. The devices only ever respond to the first echo.
B1 e B2
An external multiplex mode can be configured when SonarBEROs have to be switched on and off in sequence via the enabling input. In this case, it is ensured that the Sonar-BEROs will not interfere with each other. In contrast to internal multiplex mode, more than 10 SonarBEROs can be operated in multiplex mode. Connection of the enable input: Sonar-BERO active, Enable input XI at L+ or open. Sonar-BERO not active, Enable input XI at 0 to 3 V DC Advantages Reliable protection against mutual interference. An object can be assigned to a BERO. Disadvantages Additional connection overheads (e. g. a PLC). Longer response time than for a synchronization circuit because each BERO is only active briefly and then has to wait until all the other BEROs in the circuit have emitted.
Example: Recognition of narrow objects Narrow objects are to be recognized and it shall be determined whether one, two or no objects are present.
B1 B2
Internal multiplex mode The Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges II, III and M 18 can be interconnected to form a network. Up to 10 devices (or 6 devices in the case of compact range 0) can be operated in series or parallel (see Synchronization). No additional electronics is required. The enable inputs of all the BEROs are simply connected together. On programming, each device is informed about the number of BEROs in the network as well as its own position (address) in the network. When they have been wired up and the supply voltage has been connected, the BEROs automatically operate in multiplex mode.
GB E1 E2
GB E1
E2
NSD01195
NSD01194
Multiplex function
External multiplex mode The fourth connection can be used as an external enabling input. This can be used to switch the Sonar-BERO to active or inactive using an external control without the need to switch the supply voltage on and off.
In this example, echo GB would cause BERO B1 to mistakenly detect an object. Synchronization of the BEROs would not help here because echo pulse E2 would not arrive until after echo GB at BERO B1 and only a BERO only ever detects the first echo. In this example, a PLC must be used to switch cyclically to and fro between the two BEROs.
I Connection diagrams
Synchronization
NO function
L+ LNSD0 01196
NC function
L+ L-
Synchronization cable 1 2 L+ XI L1 2
Synchronization cable 1 2 L+ NC L1 2
L+
XI L-
NSD0 01197
L+
NC
3 4 NO
3 4 NO
3 4 XI
L3 4 XI
External multiplex mode

NO function
L+ LNSD01198
NC function
L+ L-
L+ 1 XI 2 3 L4 NO
1 2 XI 3 L4 NO
L+
NSD0 01199
PLC 50 mA PLC 50 mA
L+ 1 NC 2 3 L4 XI
1 2 NC 3 L4 XI
L+
PLC 50 mA PLC 50 mA
Internal multiplex mode (analog output)

NO function
L+ LNSD01200
NC function
L+ LL+ XI LNO Ia / Ua
NSD01201
Synchronization cable 1 2 3 4 5 L+ XI LNO Ia / Ua 1 2 3 4 5
Synchronization cable 1 2 3 4 5 L+ NC LXI Ia / Ua 1 2 3 4 5 L+ NC LXI Ia / Ua
2/10

Introduction
I Sound cones
The diagrams are the result of measurements taken by SonarBEROs with the production-related scatter at room temperature (20 C). Radially moving standard reflectors within the possible sensing range of the Sonar-BEROs were detected. The diagrams are applicable for the individual sensor types, for the specified reflectors and for larger reflectors. Measurement 1 with an aligned object at optimal reflection Area around object is kept free that is not to be detected. Measurement 2 with an object that has partially aligned surfaces Detection of rounded material and plates with rounded edges. Measurement 3 with an object with a flat surface that moves perpendicularly to the sound cone Detection of level surfaces and edges. Specified reflectors: Measurements 1 and 3: Flat object 2 cm 2 cm, for sensors with sensing ranges up to 130 cm 10 cm 10 cm, for sensors with larger sensing ranges Measurement 2: Cylindrical object, 8 cm in diameter.
Compact range 0, sensing range 6 to 30 cm

Measurement 1 (optimum reflection), sensitivity 0
12 9 Sound cone width in cm Object 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Object distance in cm
NSD 01207
Measurement 2 (cylindrical object), sensitivity 0

12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Object distance in cm Minimum Average
NSD 01208
Measurement 3 (flat object), sensitivity 0

12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 Average 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Object distance in cm Object
BERO
NSD 01209
Maximum Average Minimum

BERO
Maximum
Maximum Minimum
Object
BERO
-12
-12
-12
Compact range 0, sensing range 20 to 100 cm

36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0
NSD 01210

36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum
NSD 01211

36 Object
BERO
NSD 01212
Object
BERO
Minimum
BERO
Object
Sound cone width in cm
Average Maximum
Average Maximum
24 12 0
Average Maximum
Minimum
-12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
-12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
-12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Object distance in cm
Compact form K 65, sensing range 25 to 250 cm

BERO

90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Minimum Maximum Average
NSD0 01262

90 Object
BERO
NSD0 01263
Object
BERO
Object
Maximum Average
NSD0 01261
60 30 0
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
Sonar thru-beam sensor, sensing ranges 5 to 40 cm, 5 to 80 cm, 5 to 150 cm

Receiver angle 0
30 Sound cone width in cm 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 0 50 100 150 200 250
Emitter Receiver
NSD0 01264
Receiver angle variable, optimum alignment

NSD0 01265
Emitter
Receiver
Distance emitter to receiver in cm
Distance emitter to receiver in cm
2/11

Introduction
I Sound cones
Compact range M 18, sensing range 5 to 30 cm
12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Object
BERO
NSD0 01266

12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Minimum
NSD0 01267

BERO
NSD0 01268
Average Maximum Minimum Object

BERO
Maximum Average
-12
-12
-12

BERO
NSD0 01269

NSD0 01270

BERO
NSD0 01271
Average Maximum Minimum Object

BERO
Maximum Average
-12
-12
-12

12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Object
BERO
NSD 01272

12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Minimum
NSD0 01273

12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Minimum Object
BERO
NSD0 01274
Maximum Average Minimum Object

BERO
Maximum Average
Maximum Average
-12
-12
-12

BERO
NSD0 01275

BERO
NSD0 01277
Maximum Average
Maximum Average
Inadequate sensitivity
-12
-12
2/12

Introduction
I Sound cones
Compact range M 18, sensing range 15 to 100 cm
36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200 Minimum
BERO
NSD 01213

NSD 01214

36 Object
BERO
NSD 01215
Object
BERO
Maximum Average Object
24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0
Maximum Average
Minimum
-12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200
40
80
120
160
200

36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum Object
BERO
NSD 01216

NSD 01217

36 Object
BERO
NSD 01218

BERO
Maximum Average
24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0
Maximum Average
Minimum
-12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200
-12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200
40
80
120
160
200

BERO
NSD 01219

NSD 01220

NSD 01221
Maximum Average
Maximum Average
BERO
Object
BERO
-12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
-12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60
-12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60
80 100 120 140
80 100 120 140

36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Maximum Average Minimum
NSD 01222

36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Maximum Average Minimum
NSD 01223

36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Average
NSD 01224
Object
BERO
Object
BERO
Object
BERO
Maximum Minimum
-12 -24 -36 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
2/13

Introduction
I Sound cones
Compact ranges I to III and modular range II, sensing range 6 to 30 cm
12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 -12 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Object
BERO
NSD0 01278

NSD0 01279

BERO
NSD0 01280
Average Maximum Object Minimum

BERO
Average Maximum
Minimum
Average Maximum
-12
-12

12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Minimum Object
BERO
NSD0 01281

12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
NSD0 01282

BERO
NSD0 01283
Average Maximum Object

BERO
Average Maximum Minimum
Minimum
Maximum Average
-12
-12
-12

12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 -12 0 10 20 Minimum 30 40 50 Object
BERO
NSD0 01284

12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 -12 0 10 20 30 40 50 Minimum
NSD0 01285

12 Sound cone width in cm 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -9 0 10 20 30 40 50 Minimum Object
BERO
NSD0 01286

BERO
Maximum Average
Maximum Average
-12

BERO
NSD0 01287

BERO
NSD0 01289
Maximum Average
Maximum Average
-12
-12
Note: For compact range I, only the sound cones with sensitivity 0 are applicable.
2/14

Introduction
I Sound cones
Minimum
BERO

Minimum
NSD 01226

NSD 01227
Maximum Average
NSD 01225
Object
BERO
Maximum Average
Object
Object
BERO
-12 -24 -42
-12 -24 -42
-12 -24 -42
40
80
120
160
200
40
80
120
160
200
40
80
120
160
200

NSD 01228

NSD 01229

NSD 01230
Object
BERO
Maximum Average
Object
BERO
Object
BERO
-12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200
-12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200
-12 -24 -36 0 40 80 120 160 200

36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 -12 -24 -36 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Minimum Object
BERO
NSD 01231

36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Minimum Average Maximum
NSD 01232

BERO
NSD 01233
Average Maximum Object

BERO
Average Maximum
-12 -24 -36 0 20
-12 -24 -36 0 20
40
60
80
100 120
40
60
80
100 120

36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Maximum Average Minimum
NSD 01234

36 Sound cone width in cm 24 12 0 Average
NSD 01236
Object
BERO
Object
BERO
Maximum Minimum
-12 -24 -36 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
-12 -24 -36
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
2/15

Introduction
I Sound cones
90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Average Minimum
BERO

NSD 01238

90 Object
BERO
NSD 01239
Maximum
NSD 01237
Object
BERO
Object
60 30 0
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300

90 Sound cone width in cm 60 30 0 Average Minimum Maximum
NSD 01240

NSD 01241

90 Object
BERO
NSD 01242
Object
BERO
Object
BERO
60 30 0
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300

NSD 01243

NSD 01244

NSD 01245
Object
BERO
Object
BERO
Object
BERO
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120 180 240 300
-30 -60 -90 0
-30 -60 -90 0 60
60
120
180
240
300
120
180
240
300

NSD 01246

NSD 01247

BERO
NSD 01248
Object
BERO
Object
BERO
Maximum Average
Maximum Average
-30 -60 -90 0
-30 -60 -90 0 60 120
-30 -60 -90 0 60
60
120
180
240
300
180
240
300
120
180
240
300
2/16

Introduction
I Sound cones
120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 Maximum Average Minimum Object
BERO
NSD 01249

120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
NSD 01250

NSD 01251
Object
BERO
Object Maximum Average Minimum

BERO
Maximum Average
-40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-120
-120
-120

BERO

NSD 01253

120 Object
BERO
NSD 01254
Object
BERO
Maximum Average
NSD 01252
Maximum Average
80 40 0
-40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-120
-120
-120

120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Minimum Maximum Average
NSD 01255

NSD 01256

120 Object
BERO
NSD 01257
Object
BERO
Object
BERO
80 40 0
-40 -80 0
-40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-120
-120
100 200 300 400 500 600
-120

120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Maximum Average Minimum
NSD 01258

120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Minimum
NSD 01259

120 Sound cone width in cm 80 40 0 -40 -80 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Maximum Average Minimum
ANSD 01260
Object
BERO
Object
BERO
Maximum Average
BERO
Object
-120
-120
-120
2/17

Compact ranges I to III
I Overview
The Sonar-BEROs of the compact ranges are complete, factory-assembled units, ready for connection. They differ with regard to their ranges, functional scope and adjustment and programming possibilities.
I Mode of operation
Range definition and adjustability
Objects within the preset operating range or analog range will be reliably detected causing the switching output or analog output to change state. The blind zone must be kept clear of any objects since this might cause false outputs. Objects at a distance from the sensor that is outside the operating range limits will not be signaled at the switching output. Reflex sensor If a reflector is set up in the preset operating range, the SonarBERO can be actuated by all objects (including sound-absorbing objects) situated between the Sonar-BERO and the reflector. Thru-beam sensor (compact ranges II and III only) The Sonar-BERO only evaluates whether or not an object is located between the emitter and the receiver. The range of the arrangement is twice that of a single sensor. Active measurement system The propagation time of the ultrasonic signal is evaluated in order to determine the distance between the emitter and the receiver. The range of the arrangements is twice that of a single sensor. The system is insensitive to objects in the measurement path as long as they do not totally shield the ultrasonic pulses of the emitter from the receiver.
Blind zone
Sound cone
Sonar-BERO
Sound cone Object
Sensing range
Operating modes
Standard operating mode: Diffuse sensor An object entering the sound cone from any direction causes the output signal to change when it enters the preset sensing range.
I Programming
For optimum adjustment to the application requirements, all the devices in compact ranges II and III can be programmed by means of a PC and the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface unit.
SONPROG
The following parameters can be changed: Lower and upper limit of the operating range Differential travel NO/NC switching output function Switching frequency
Lower and upper limit of the analog range Analog characteristic, rising/ falling End of blind zone End of sensing range Mean-value generation Multiplex function Temperature compensation Sensitivity
The proximity switches can also be ordered preset with values other than the standard values. These values must be submitted in plain text with the order.
2/18
NSD00756
Initial value (adjustable)
Set operating or analog range (LED lit)
Final value (adjustable)

I Forms
Standard version
In the standard version, the devices have a permanently installed sensor.
Version with swivel sensor

These devices correspond functionally to the other devices of compact ranges I to III. They are particularly suitable for applications where the standard types cannot be used due to space limitations. The ultrasonic sensor is hinged with a swivel arm to the tubular housing of the signal evaluator. This allows rotation about the cylinder axes as well as perpendicular movement at about 100 to the cylinder axis.
Sonar-BERO with separate sensor
Version with separate sensor

The small physical size of the sensors makes them ideal for applications where space is limited. The ultrasonic sensor is separate from the other parts of the electronics and housed in a cylindrical case. Switches of type 3RG6. 12 have the sensor in an M 18 screwed sleeve and switches of type 3RG6. 13 have the sensor in an M 30 screwed sleeve, each 25 mm in length. Two nuts are included for securing the housing. The 1.6 m cable is permanently molded into the sensor. A preassembled coaxial plug provides the connection to the signal evaluator which is contained within an M 30 housing of the compact range. The connection is incorporated at the front of the case.
Sonar-BERO with swivel sensor
Reflector
With the Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges I to III, a passive reflector 3RX1 910 can be clamped onto the sensor head (see Accessories, Section 6). Where space is limited, objects can be detected which are perpendicular to the Sonar-BERO (which reduces the installation depth). The blind zone is then reduced by about 6 cm.
Compact range I
NSD00757
1 3 4
L+ L-
NSD00758
1 2 3
U
Output
L+ Output L-
View onto rear of device

2 3 1 4
NSD01042a
NO
Compact range II
NSD00759
NC
1 2 3 4
L+ XI LOutput
NSD00760
1 2 3 4
L+ Output LXI
2 3
1 4
NSD01042a
NO or analog output
Compact range II with 2 switching outputs
NSD00761
NC
1 2 3 4 5
L+ XI LSwitching output 1 Switching output 2
NSD00762
1 2 3 4 5
L+
Switching output 1
LXI
Switching output 2
2 3
1 5
NSD00763a
NO
Compact range III
NSD00764
NC
1 2 3 4 5
L+ XI LSwitching output Analog output
NSD00765
1 2 3 4 5
L+ Switching output LXI Analog output
2 3
1 5
NSD00763a
NO
NC
2/19

Compact ranges 0 and M 18
I Overview
The Sonar-BEROs of the compact ranges are complete, factory-assembled units, ready for connection. They differ with regard to their ranges, functional scope and adjustment and programming possibilities. The functions of the individual device types are presented in the table on Page 2/4.
Compact range 0 Compact range M 18 Compact range M 18 S
I Mode of operation
Compact range 0
Compact range 0 is designed for simple applications. The devices are only suitable for operation as diffuse sensors. The devices can be supplied with a switching output or analog output. The upper limit of the switching or analog range can be set by means of a potentiometer. Up to 6 devices can be mutually synchronized. with a switching output, analog output or frequency output. Up to 10 devices of compact range M 18 can be mutually synchronized via the enabling inputs. The devices are also suitable for multiplex operation. For further details, see compact ranges I to III.
Compact range M 18 S
The versions available are diffuse sensors and reflex sensors. The devices can be supplied with a switching output or frequency output. Their wide range and reduced close range makes them suitable for numerous applications.
Compact range M 18
The devices are suitable for operation as diffuse sensors, reflex sensors and thru-beam sensors. The devices can be supplied
I Programming
Compact range M 18
For optimum adjustSONPROG ment to the application requirements, all the devices in compact range M 18 can be programmed by means of a PC and the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface unit. The following parameters can be changed: Lower and upper limit of the operating range Differential travel NO/NC switching output function Switching frequency Lower and upper limit of the analog range Analog characteristic, rising/ falling End of blind zone End of sensing range Mean-value generation Multiplex function Temperature compensation Sensitivity The proximity switches can also be ordered preset with values other than the standard values. These values must be submitted in plain text with the order.
Devices with a switching output can be adjusted by means of a teach-in function via the device connection. The devices with a frequency output cannot be adjusted. The signals can be evaluated in a PLC or in a LOGO! mini controller.
I Forms
Compact range 0
The devices of compact range 0 are supplied in the standard version with permanently installed sensors. The devices of compact range 0 can also be supplied with separate sensors. The small physical size of the sensors makes them ideal for applications where space is limited. The ultrasonic sensor is separate from the other parts of the electronics and housed in a cylindrical case. Switches of type 3RG63 42 have the sensor in an M 18 screwed sleeve and switches of type 3RG63 43 have the sensor in an M 30 screwed sleeve, each 25 mm in length. Two nuts are included for securing the housing. The 1.6 m cable is permanently molded into the sensor. A preassembled coaxial plug provides the connection to the signal evaluator which is contained within a housing of compact range 0. The connection is incorporated at the front of the case.
Compact range M 18 S can be supplied with an aligned sensor head or and angled sensor head. The small physical size of the sensors makes them ideal for applications where space is limited.
Compact range M 18
The devices of compact range M 18 are only supplied with permanently installed sensors.
Compact ranges 0 and M 18
NSD00759
1 2 3 4
L+ XI LOutput
NSD00760
1 2 3 4
L+ Output LXI
2 3
1 4
NSD01042a
NO or analog output
Compact range M 18 S (as above, but ET instead of XI)
NC
2/20

Compact range with LOGO!
When a Sonar-BERO with a frequency output (compact ranges II and M 18) is combined with the LOGO! mini controller levels of any form can be measured and controlled economically. The following features are available: Overflow protection Pump control No-load protection and Functions Other applications include: Automatic door control Object detection Collision protection Gap measurement and Stack height measurement
2
sured and the distance to the object is determined from this time. Depending on the type of Sonar-BERO used, objects at a distance of up to 6 m can be detected. The BERO outputs a squarewave signal at its switching output which has a frequency proportional to the measured distance. With a control such as LOGO! the frequency of this square-wave can be measured and indicated as an analog value or used in further processing.
I Mode of operation
The Sonar-BERO emits short ultrasonic pulses at regular intervals. The time that elapses before the echo from the sound pulse is received following reflection by an object is mea-
I Programming
The devices of the LOGO! range (DC version only) feature the special function Threshold switch with which the frequency output of the Sonar-BERO can be evaluated. The input to the special function must be connected to Input I11, I12 (for LOGO! Long) or I5, I6 (for LOGO! Basic) because only these are designed for frequencies up to 1 kHz. The switch-on threshold (SW ) and switch-off threshold (SW) as well as the gate time (G_T) can be set as parameters of the threshold function. The gate time is the time taken to count the pulses at the input to the special function.
Example
The parameterization shown causes the switching output to be set by an approaching object with SW (70 cm) and this is reset when SW (50 cm) is undershot. When the object moves away, the switching output is set again for SW and remains set until the object undershoots the switching threshold SW again.
The Sonar-BERO (in this example, with a range of 20 to 130 cm) has a frequency of 66 Hz which corresponds to a distance of 66 cm for this device. If the gate time is set to 1 s, the flag fa in operating mode corresponds to the distance in cm.
2/21

Compact range for pump control
The Sonar-BEROs of forms M 30 and M 18 with a switching output are suitable for pump controls, e. g. for applications with automated filling or emptying.
I Design
The Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges II (M 30) and M 18 feature a switching output with either an NO function or an NC function as required. In the case of the M 30 form, the standard design with a fixed sensor head as well as the devices with separate or swivel sensor heads can be used.
I Mode of operation
Automated emptying
A Sonar-BERO with NO function is used for this purpose. The fill level rises and approaches the Sonar-BERO: The switching output is inactive while the level approaches the Sonar-BERO before the maximum fill height is reached. When the maximum level is reached, the Sonar-BERO switches the pump on and automatic emptying is performed until the minimum level is reached (dryrunning protection). During emptying, the switching output remains active.
Sonar-BERO
Automated filling
A Sonar-BERO with NC function is used for this purpose. The fill level falls and moves away from the Sonar-BERO: The switching output remains inactive as long as the falling fill level has not reached the minimum fill height. When the minimum level is reached, the SonarBERO switches the pump on and automatic filling is performed until the maximum level is reached. During filling, the switching output remains active.
Pump
Sonar-BERO
Blind zone Max. fill level Start of operating range
Blind zone Max. fill level Start of operating range
Pumpe OFF
Pump OFF
Pump ON, draining
Pump
NSD01185
Min. fill level End of operating range
NSD01186
I Programming
The devices can be switched to fill level mode by means of the SONPROG interface unit. The existing potentiometers, SONPROG software or teach-in keys of the SONPROG interface can be used to set the lower and upper limits of the operating range. In the case of the M 30 form, the lower and upper limits of the operating range can be set using potentiometers, but with the M 18 form, only the upper limit can be set; in this case the lower limit is preset. It is important to set a mean value. Mean value generation over 100 measured values is recommended as standard. The required parameters can also be set at the factory. For this purpose, the order number must be supplemented with Z. Furthermore, Z = fill level software and the required parameters should be specified in plain text: NO (automatic emptying) or NC (automatic filling) Fill level limits adjustable via potentiometers or permanently programmed, then: Lower limit of operating range (maximum fill level) Upper limit of operating range (minimum fill level) Mean-value
2/22
Pump ON, filling
Min. fill level End of operating range

SONPROG PC interface
Using the SONPROG 3RX4 000 PC interface SONPROG unit and the relevant software, the following SonarBEROs can be individually adapted to the respective application requirements: Compact ranges II and III Compact range M 18 Compact form K 65.
Scope of supply PC interface Plug-in power supply unit Connecting leads to the PC and Sonar-BERO SONPROG software for Windows.
I Programming
The new version of the SONPROG 3RX4 000 allows the user to program several SonarBEROs simultaneously. The lower and upper limit of the operating range can be saved at the click of a button for copying to other Sonar-BEROs. For each BERO, the following parameters can be set: Lower and upper limit of the operating range Differential travel NO/NC switching output function Switching frequency Lower and upper limit of the analog characteristic Analog characteristic, rising/ falling End of blind zone End of sensing range Mean-value generation Sensitivity The function can also be set for the device: Multiplex function Function as diffuse or reflex sensor Fill level mode The programmed values are saved in the BERO and are retained even after the interface or supply voltage has been disconnected. The programmed values can be printed out and recorded. They will then be immediately available, for example, for series applications or for replacement of the Sonar-BERO.
I Technical data
Type Required hardware Required software 3RX4 000 PC with VGA video card serial interface COM1 or COM2 MS-DOS, Version 3.1 upwards Windows 3.X, Windows 95, 98 Windows NT 100 to 240 V AC, 24 V DC
Operating voltage range
Software update on the Internet: http://www.siemens.de/bero
2/23

Compact range 3SG16
The Sonar-BERO in compact form for DC is a complete factory-assembled unit, ready for connection. It cannot be combined with devices from the compact ranges and the modular range.
I Design
All components are integrated into a single box-shaped housing. The ultrasonic converter and the terminal compartment are arranged on the same housing level. The electrical connections are made via screw terminals in the terminal compartment; cable entry is through the M 20 cable gland.
Aligning unit
To make it easier to align the Sonar-BERO with the object to be detected, an aligning unit 3SX6 287 is available.
This apparatus allows swiveling about a horizontal and a vertical axis with an angle of rotation in each case of up to 30.
I Mode of operation
Range definition and adjustability
The Sonar-BERO outputs a signal as long as an object is located in the preset operating range or inhibit range within an aperture angle of approximately 5 (see the diagram). The sensing range between 0.2 and 1 m is subdivided into 8 equal operating ranges of 0.1 m. Each operating range, B1 to B8, can be selected by setting a jumper in the terminal compartment. The Sonar-BERO signals by means of one output and indicates with one diode (LED) whether objects are located in the preset operating range or in the so called inhibit range that lies before it. The programming connector supplied can be used to combine from two to eight of the existing individual operating ranges (B1 to B8) to form one extended switching range. For each operating range that can only be coupled with adjacent areas, a programming connector is necessary. It is plugged into a pin connector in the terminal compartment of the unit. The possible pin assignments are shown in the cover of the terminal compartment.
Sound cone approx. 5
Sensing range (selectable operating ranges via jumpers in terminal compartment)
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
Operating modes
Standard operating mode: Diffuse sensor The Sonar-BERO switches when an object enters the sound cone from any direction; Output 14 (S) is set to the 1 signal when the object is located in a preset operating range (B1 to B8). Output 24 (SX) is set to 1 when an object is within the inhibit range. Objects within blind zone do not cause an identifiable signal change on Outputs 14 and 24.
0
Blind zone
0,2
Blocking range: Output 2 (red LED)
0,8
0,9
1m
Reflex sensor If a reflector is set up in the preset operating range, the ultrasonic pulse can be interrupted by all objects (including soundabsorbing objects) situated in the inhibit range. In this case, Output 14 (S) switches to the 0 signal. If a reflecting object is within the inhibit range, Output 24 (SX) will switch to the 1 signal simultaneously.
Series and parallel connection

Series connection of the SonarBERO (Terminal 2 or 4) is possible. The voltage drops must however be taken into account. Parallel connection of the outputs is also possible. If the Sonar-BEROs connected in parallel are connected to different supply voltages, the outputs must be decoupled using diodes (diodes for 300 mA, 150 to 300 V blocking voltage; recommended diode type, for example, 1N4004).
I Connection diagram
NSD00755
1 2 3 4
L+ Output 1 LOutput 2
2/24
NSD00754
Set operating range e. g. 0.8 to 0.9 m Output 1 (green LED)

Compact form K 65
The Sonar-BEROs of compact form K 65 are complete, factoryassembled units, ready for connection. They operate with a DC supply. Their housing design and function makes them ideal for level applications in small containers. They cannot be combined with devices from the modular range. The devices feature two switching outputs (Smin and Smax) to which a different distance can be assigned. This allows, for example, the minimum and maximum fill level in a tank to be evaluated. The values are set using SONPROG or by means of automatic alignment (teach-in function).
I Design
All components are integrated into a rounded box-shaped housing. The ultrasonic converter is protected set back slightly in the housing. The integrated circumferential seal allows the Sonar-BERO to be used directly as a cap with integrated level measurement. The tank opening must have a minimum diameter of 26 mm. The Sonar-BERO can be connected to the tank using two M 5 bolts. The electrical connection is made via an M 12 connector.
2
Adjustability
The product is supplied with the two ranges set (see Technical Data). The values are set using SONPROG 3RX4 000 or by means of automatic alignment. Alignment can be performed using the buttons of the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface unit or via terminal XI. Special settings can be programmed on request. The following parameters can be changed using SONPROG: Lower or upper limits of the two operating ranges Smin and Smax Differential travel (Hmin, Hmax) Blind zone End of sensing range Mean-value generation Switching output Smin NO/NC
Definition of ranges
Sonar-BERO Blind zone S max Sensing range S min
NSD0 01120
I Mode of operation
Within the sensing range, the fill level of a container is detected. If the fill level reaches one of the two switching limits (Smin, Smax), the relevant output is set. During emptying or filling, the switching outputs remain set in accordance with the differential travel (Hmin, Hmax). This is signaled by the relevant LED. When the level lies between the two operating ranges, both outputs are reset (see Definition of ranges). Objects within the blind zone can cause fault signals, so the customer must ensure with appropriate installation that the fill level cannot enter close range.
S max S min Hmax S max S min
H min S max S min
Connection
1 2 1 3 4 4 5 L+ XI LS min S max
NSD01119a
Automatic alignment
1 2 1 3 4 4 5
NSD01134
2 5 3
2 5 3
For automatic alignment, XI must be connected to L.
2/25

I Design
The sonar thru-beam sensor comprises an ultrasonic emitter and a receiver. The emitter and receiver circuits are installed in separate boxshaped housings of molded plastic. Depending on the type selected, the electrical connection consists of either an M 8 or M 12 connector.
I Mode of operation
Operating modes
The emitter of the sonar thrubeam sensor emits a narrowly focussed continuous tone in the direction of the receiver. The receiver located opposite evaluates this ultrasonic signal. Interruption of the tone by an object will cause the output signal to change.
Application information
The minimum size of detectable objects depends on the distance between emitter and receiver. If the distance is less than 40 cm, objects 2 cm or larger will be detected. The gap width between two objects must be at least 3 mm. If the distance is shorter, gaps of <1 mm can even be detected. At maximum distance, objects greater than 4 cm in size can be detected. In this case, the gaps between the objects must be >1 cm.
Arrangement
Emitter Object Receiver
NSD00750
5 - 150 cm
Adjustability
The sensitivity can be adjusted at the receiver module at terminal 2 (NO version) or 4 (NC version).
XI Switching Emitter/ frequency receiver distance < 150 cm < 80 cm < 40 cm
Not 100 Hz connected L L+ 150 Hz 200 Hz
NSD00751
4/2 3 2/4 1 LL+
2 3
1 4
NSD01042a
Emitter
NSD00753a
WH/BK 2/4 3 BU BK/WH 4/2 1 BN
X1 LL+
Receiver (NO/NC)
2/26

Double-layer sheet monitoring
I Overview
The 3RX2 210 Sonar-BERO for double-layer sheet monitoring comprises one signal evaluator and two ultrasonic sensors (emitter and receiver). Reliable monitoring of multilayer paper sheets, plastic sheets or metal foil Measuring range from 20 g paper to 1100 g card Manual or automatic adjustment Sonar sensors in M 18 housing Short-circuit-proof solid-state outputs (pnp) Connection via M 12 connector.
2
Manual adjustment Switch S1 (adjustment) is in position 1. The device is adjusted to the material to be detected using either the SET button on the top of the device or a control signal on the SET input of the M 12 connector (Pin 5). The set value remains fixed until adjustment is performed again. The device is set by placing a singlelayer sheet between the sonar sensors and activating the SET command. The 3RX2 210 requires up to 100 ms to readjust; i. e. the SET button must remain depressed or the 1 signal must remain applied (> 6 V) to Pin 5 for this time. During adjustment, the green LED SET flashes. When adjustment has been completed, it stops flashing and remains lit. Automatic adjustment Switch S1 (adjustment) is set to position 0 (factory setting). Adjustment is performed either as described above, or automatically when a sheet arrives and the supply voltage is applied if a sheet lies between the sensors at this moment. Automatic adjustment is performed when sheets are moving and when a sheet has not been detected between the sensors for 2 s.
I Mode of operation
The devices are used mainly for checking sheets of paper, plastic and metal foil. Each sheet is compared with the saved reference value and where a singlelayer or double-layer sheet is measured, appropriate indication is given. The 3RX2 210 signal evaluator constantly indicates the situation between the sonar sensors on the two outputs A1 and A2. Output A1 Single-layer sheet is active as long as only one sheet is positioned between the sensors. Output A2 Double-layer sheet is active as soon as there are two or more sheets between the sensors. Two LEDs also indicate the status of the outputs. The yellow LED A1 indicates a single-layer sheet and the red LED A2 indicates a double-layer sheet.
SEND
SEND REC
REC
SIEMENS
3RX2210
LED SET SET LED A1
S2 S1
1 0 01
SET
A1
A2
LED A2
Programming
The signal evaluator can be set to two different modes.
UB : 20..30VDC MADE IN GERMANY
OUT
NSD01129

The emitter and receiver sensors are of an identical design and are installed at an angle of 30 (10) and 5 to the vertical. They are adjusted using the internal switch S2. If the system is operated at an angle between 5 and 20, switch S2 (operating mode) must be set to position 1. The material to be detected must be approximately 5 to 15 mm above the sensor. A larger angle of inclination will increase the flutter range, e. g. at 40 inclination, flutter is permissible within 60 % of the measuring field. The distance between the emitter and the receiver must be at least 20 mm and can be up to 60 mm. They must be accurately aligned (1). If they are not aligned along the axis, the operating range is reduced.
Mounting the sensors
B = 5 ... 15 mm
20 ... 60 mm
REC
A=
C = 20 ... 40 SEND
NSD01130
2/27

Modular range II
I Overview
The Sonar-BEROs of modular range II comprise the 3RG61 sonar sensor and 3RX2 110 signal evaluator. The signal evaluators are suitable for all sonar sensors of modular range II and adapt themselves automatically to the type of sensor connected. The parameters can be set using four input keys through menuassisted programming in English or German. The extended version of the signal evaluator offers in addition: Differential measurement Multiplex operation with two sensors Calibration (correction of systematic measurement errors)
Signal evaluator and sonar sensors
I Design
Sensors
There are three different sensor designs: Cubic sensors with a swivel sensor head Cylindrical sensors Spherical sensors The spherical sensors can accommodate a larger converter and are therefore suitable for distances up to 10 m. The temperature sensor is fitted to the sensor. It can also measure the ambient temperature at another location via a 2 m long extension cable 3RX1 516.
Signal evaluator
The signals output by the sensor are conditioned by the signal evaluator. It also provides the operating voltage for the sensors. The signal evaluator is suitable for mounting on a 35 mm standard mounting rail to EN 50 022.
Control keys and an LCD display on the front panel are used for menu-assisted adjustment. A green LED indicates the operating voltage and a red LED reports faults.
I Programming
There are two menu sections for programming: The main menu and submenu. The main menu comprises the following parameters: Language Relative measurement Yes/No If Yes: Reference zero point Lower and upper limit of the operating range The submenu comprises the following parameters: Resolution Inhibit range expanded Operating range expanded Differential travel Arithmetic mean Switching frequency Axial speed Analog output Lower and upper limit of the analog range Reference measurement Yes/ No If Yes: Ref. meas. distance Ref. meas. cycle The extended version has an extended main menu with the parameters: Language Relative measurement Yes/No If Yes: Reference zero point Differential measurement Yes/ No If Yes: Differential operating point Multiplex mode On/Off If On: Min. operating point Sensor 1 Max. operating point Sensor 1 Min. operating point Sensor 2 Max. operating point Sensor 2 Lower and upper limit of operating range (not for multiplex operation or differential measurement). The submenu for the extended version also comprises the following parameters: Calibration On/Off If On: Distance Calibration is performed by entering the actual distance to the object. The signal evaluator calculates a correction factor from this value and the value measured by the sensor which is then applied to all the following measurements.
2 3 1 4
View onto rear of sensor
NSD0 00752a
Pin assignment Pin 1: Supply L+ Pin 2: REC Pin 3: Supply L Pin 4: SEND/TEMP
2/28

Compact range III
I Selection and ordering data

K III Housing M 30 1.5 Adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1)
SONPROG
SW 36
3RG 61 123..00 3RG 61 133..00

M 30x1,5
3RG 61 153..00
47,5 34 33 19
3RG 61 223..00 3RG 61 233..00

18 12 28 105 30 45
150
M 30x1,5 SW 36
80
Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Foreground and background suppression Synchronization capability, multiplex operation Solid-state outputs: Switching output Analog output Electrical connection via M 12 connector, Type G Temperature range: Operation 25 to 70 C Storage 40 to 85 C
131
99
80
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00783
NSD00778
27,3
NSD00779
10,5
131
27,3
M 12x1
10,5
M 12x1
10,5
27,3
M 12x1
3RG 61 253..00
18 12 34 100 47,5
3RG 61 123..01
M 18x1 Cable length 1,6 m SW 24 25
3RG 61 133..01
Cable length 1,6 m SW 36 25 M 30x1,5
35
80
M 30x1,5
NSD00784
131 148
27,3 10,5
M 30x1,5
M 30x1,5
27,3
NSD00786
M 12x1
10,5
NSD00787
27,3 10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current (NC/NO) No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight, approx.
cm cm V mA mA Hz ms ms mm mm kHz
6 to 30 20 to 130 40 to 300 11 22 55 10 to 30 ( 10 % residual ripple included; for 10 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %) 300/150 < 60 5 100 280 10 0.45 Yellow 4 120 10 2 2 200 20 5
kg
400 200 120 Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0.21 0.21 0.34 Order No. } Preferred type Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG61 133BF00 3RG61 133BE00 3RG61 133CF00 3RG61 133CE00 } 3RG61 133GF00 3RG61 133GE00 3RG61 233BF00 3RG61 233BE00 3RG61 233CF00 3RG61 233CE00 3RG61 233GF00 3RG61 233GE00 3RG61 133BF01 3RG61 133BE01 3RG61 133CF01 3RG61 133CE01 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG61 153BF00 3RG61 153BE00 3RG61 153CF00 3RG61 153CE00 } 3RG61 153GF00 3RG61 153GE00 3RG61 253BF00 3RG61 253BE00 3RG61 253CF00 3RG61 253CE00 3RG61 253GF00 3RG61 253GE00
Analog output 4 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 10 V With swivel sensor Analog output 4 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 10 V With separate sensor Analog output 4 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 10 V
1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp
} 3RG61 123BF00 3RG61 123BE00 3RG61 123CF00 3RG61 123CE00 } 3RG61 123GF00 3RG61 123GE00 3RG61 223BF00 3RG61 223BE00 3RG61 223CF00 3RG61 223CE00 3RG61 223GF00 3RG61 223GE00 3RG61 123BF01 3RG61 123BE01 3RG61 123CF01 3RG61 123CE01
1 NO, pnp 3RG61 123GF01 3RG61 133GF01 1 NC, pnp 3RG61 123GE01 3RG61 133GE01 1) Parameters can be preset to non-standard values. A programming supplement will be charged in this case per Sonar-BERO. Siemens NS BERO 2001/02
131 148
SW 36 80
SW 36
SW 36 80
131
2/29

Compact range III

K III Housing M 30 1.5 Adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1)
SONPROG
3RG 61 143..00
65 34 35 21
3RG 61 766..00
NSD00781
160 8,5
112
26 10
160
M 30x1,5 SW 36 101 153
Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Foreground and background suppression Synchronization capability, multiplex operation Solid-state outputs: Switching output Analog output Electrical connection with M 12 connector, Type G or screw terminals Temperature range: Operation 25 to 70 C Storage 40 to 85 C
27,3
NSD00780
M 12x1
3RG 61 243..00
18 12 37 95 65
80
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00785
131
27,3
10,5
M 12x1
Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current (NC/NO) No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight, approx.
80 to 600 100 to 1000 10 10 10 10 10 to 30 ( 10 % residual ripple included; for 10 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %) 300/150 < 60 < 75 1 400 280 60 9 Yellow 80 Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0.38 Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.5 800 10 2 200 CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0.5 Order No. } Preferred type 3RG61 766BH00 3RG61 766BG00 3RG61 766CH00 3RG61 766CG00 3RG61 766GH00 3RG61 766GG00 Weight, approx. kg
kg
Analog output 4 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 10 V With swivel sensor Analog output 4 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 10 V Spherical sensor Analog output 4 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 10 V
1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 2 NO, pnp 2 NC, pnp 2 NO, pnp 2 NC, pnp 2 NO, pnp 2 NC, pnp
} Preferred type } 3RG61 143BF00 3RG61 143BE00 3RG61 143CF00 3RG61 143CE00 } 3RG61 143GF00 3RG61 143GE00 3RG61 243BF00 3RG61 243BE00 3RG61 243CF00 3RG61 243CE00 3RG61 243GF00 3RG61 243GE00
1) Parameters can be preset to non-standard values. A programming supplement will be charged in this case per Sonar-BERO.
2/30
10,5
25
10
138
90
102
69

Compact range II

K II Housing M 30 1.5 Adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1)
SONPROG
3RG 60 123..00
M 30x1,5
3RG 60 223..00
18 12 28 105 30
3RG 60 133..00
M 30x1,5
3RG 60 233..00
18 12 28 105 30
80
SW 36
SW 36
45
131
80
45
131
Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Foreground and background suppression Synchronization capability, multiplex operation Solid-state outputs: 1 or 2 switching outputs Frequency output, suitable for connection to LOGO! Electrical connection via M 12 connector, Type F Temperature range: Operation 25 to 70 C Storage 40 to 85 C
80
SW 36
NSD00778
80
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00783
131
NSD00778
M 30x1,5
NSD00783
10,5
27,3 10,5
10,5
131
27,3
27,3
27,3 10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
M 12x1
M 12x1
3RG 60 123..01
3RG 60 133..01
SW 36 80
M 30x1,5
M 30x1,5
27,3
NSD00786
10,5
NSD00787
M 12x1
M 12x1
Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight, approx.
6 to 30 11
20 to 130 22
12 to 30 ( 10 % residual ripple included; for 12 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %) 300 < 50 8 4 80 110 280 10 0.45 Yellow 400 10 2 200
Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65; with separate sensor IP 68 kg 0.21 Order No. } Preferred type Weight, approx. kg 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG60 133AF00 3RG60 133AE00 } 3RG60 133AH00 3RG60 133AG00 3RG60 133RS00 0.21 Weight, approx. kg 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21
1 switching output 2 switching outputs (plug connection Type G)
1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 2 NO, pnp 2 NC, pnp
} 3RG60 123AF00 3RG60 123AE00 } 3RG60 123AH00 3RG60 123AG00 3RG60 123RS00
Frequency output 30 to 150 Hz, pnp suitable for LOGO! Frequency output 20 to 130 Hz, pnp suitable for LOGO! With swivel sensor 1 switching output With separate sensor 1 switching output 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp
3RG60 223AF00 3RG60 223AE00 3RG60 123AF01 3RG60 123AE01
0.28 0.28 0.29 0.29
10,5
SW 36 80 131 148 27,3
131 148
3RG60 233AF00 3RG60 233AE00 3RG60 133AF01 3RG60 133AE01
0.28 0.28 0.32 0.32
2/31

Compact range II

K II Housing M 30 1.5 Adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1)
SONPROG
3RG 60 153..00
47,5 34 33 19
3RG 60 253..00
18 12 34 100 47,5
3RG 60 143..00
65 34 35 21
3RG 60 243..00
18 12 37 95 65
M 30x1,5 SW 36
99
M 30x1,5 SW 36
Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Foreground and background suppression Synchronization capability, multiplex operation Solid-state outputs: 1 or 2 switching outputs Frequency output, suitable for connection to LOGO! Electrical connection via M 12 connector, Type F Temperature range: Operation 25 to 70 C Storage 40 to 85 C
Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight, approx. kg cm cm V mA mA Hz ms ms mm mm kHz
150
80
80
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00784
101 153
35
25
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00785
131
27,3
NSD00779
27,3
NSD00780
27,3 10,5
131
10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
40 to 300 55
60 to 600 10 10
12 to 30 ( 10 % residual ripple included; for 12 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %) 300 < 50 2 200 280 20 5 Yellow 120 1 400 60 9 80
Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0.34 Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.38 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG60 143AF00 3RG60 143AE00 } 3RG60 143AH00 3RG60 143AG00 3RG60 143RS00 Weight, approx. kg 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38
1 switching output
1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp
2 switching outputs 2 NO, pnp 2 NC, pnp (plug connection Type G) Frequency output 20 to 150 Hz, pnp suitable for LOGO! Frequency output 15 to 150 Hz, pnp suitable for LOGO! With swivel sensor 1 switching output 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp
} Preferred type } 3RG60 153AF00 3RG60 153AE00 } 3RG60 153AH00 3RG60 153AG00 3RG60 153RS00
0.38
3RG60 253AF00 3RG60 253AE00
0.36 0.36
3RG60 243AF00 3RG60 243AE00
0.43 0.43
2/32
10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
10,5
27,3

Compact range I

KI Housing M 30 1.5 Adjustable via potentiometer Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Solid-state output: Switching output Electrical connection via M 12 connector, Type E, F Temperature range: Operation 25 to 70 C Storage 40 to 85 C
3RG 60 123..00
M 30x1,5
3RG 60 223..00
18 12 28 105 30
3RG 60 133..00
M 30x1,5
3RG 60 233..00
18 12 28 105 30
80
SW 36
SW 36
45
131
80
45
131
80
SW 36
NSD00778
80
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00783
131
NSD00778
M 30x1,5
NSD00783
10,5
27,3 10,5
10,5
131
27,3
27,3
27,3 10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
M 12x1
M 12x1
3RG 60 123..01
3RG 60 133..01
SW 36 80
M 30x1,5
M 30x1,5
27,3
NSD00786
10,5
NSD00787
M 12x1
M 12x1
6 to 30 11 20 to 30 ( 10 % residual ripple included) 300 < 50 10 80 280 10 0.45 Yellow 400
20 to 130 22
4 110 10 1.5 200
Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65; with separate sensor IP 68 kg 0.21 Order No. } Preferred type Weight, approx. kg 0.21 0.21 0.28 0.28 0.29 0.29 0.21 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG60 133AD00 3RG60 133AC00 3RG60 233AD00 3RG60 233AC00 3RG60 133AD01 3RG60 133AC01 Weight, approx. kg 0.21 0.21 0.28 0.28 0.32 0.32
1 switching output With swivel sensor 1 switching output With separate sensor 1 switching output
1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp
} 3RG60 123AD00 3RG60 123AC00 3RG60 223AD00 3RG60 223AC00 3RG60 123AD01 3RG60 123AC01
10,5
SW 36 80 131 148 27,3
131 148
2/33

Compact range I

KI Housing M 30 1.5 Adjustable via potentiometer Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Solid-state output: Switching output Electrical connection via M 12 connector, Type E, F Temperature range: Operation 25 to 70 C Storage 40 to 85 C
3RG 60 153..00
47,5 34 33 19
3RG 60 253..00
18 12 34 100 47,5
3RG 60 143..00
65 34 35 21
3RG 60 243..00
18 12 37 95 65
M 30x1,5 SW 36
99
M 30x1,5 SW 36
150
80
80
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00784
101 153
35
25
SW 36 M 30x1,5
NSD00785
131
27,3
NSD00779
27,3
NSD00780
27,3 10,5
131
10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply rating I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight, approx.
40 to 300 55 20 to 30 ( 10 % residual ripple included) 300 < 50 2 200 280 20 5 Yellow
60 to 600 10 10
1 400 60 9
kg
120 80 Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0.34 0.38 Order No. } Preferred type Weight, approx. kg 0.34 0.34 0.36 0.36 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG60 143AD00 3RG60 143AC00 3RG60 243AD00 3RG60 243AC00 Weight, approx. kg 0.38 0.38 0.43 0.43
1 switching output With swivel sensor 1 switching output
1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp
} 3RG60 153AD00 3RG60 153AC00 3RG60 253AD00 3RG60 253AC00
2/34
10,5
M 12x1
M 12x1
10,5
27,3

Compact ranges M 18, M 18 S

K M 18 Housing M 18 1 M 18 adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1)
SONPROG
104 (-3) 65 104 (-3) 65 SW 24 90,5 SW 24 72,5 90,5
3RG 62 3.3A.00
M 18x1 4
3RG 62 3.3.S00
M 18x1 4
3RG64 2. (angular sensor)

Sensing M 18x1 face 12 18,5
3RG64 3. (straight sensor)
NSD01291a
M 18 S adjustable via teach-in Versions as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Foreground and background suppression Synchronization capability, multiplex operation Solid-state outputs: Switching output Analog output (not for M 18 S) Frequency output Electrical connection via M 12 connector, Type F Temperature range: Operation 25 to 70 C Storage 40 to 85 C
Type Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) cm cm V
51,5 37
51 37
12
12
Pot.
NSD0 00776
SW 24
LED (4x)
LED
NSD00775
LED (4x)
LED M 12x1
M 12x1
SW 24
NSD01290a
0,5
M 18x1
2
M 18 5 to 30 11 10 to 30 ( 10 % residual ripple included; for 10 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %) 150 < 60 5 100 280 10 1 Yellow M 18 S 3 to 20 22 20 to 30 ( 10 % residual ripple included) M 18 15 to 100 22 10 to 30 ( 10 % residual ripple included; for 10 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %) < 60 4 120 280 10 2 M 18 S 10 to 70 22 20 to 30 ( 10 % residual ripple included)
Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight, approx.
mA mA Hz ms ms mm mm kHz
< 20 10 50 20 1 (freq. output 2.5)
< 20 5 100 20 1 (freq. output 2.5)
kg
400 200 Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 67 0.05 0.05 Order No. } Preferred type Weight, approx. kg 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG62 333AB00 3RG62 333AA00 } 3RG62 333LS00 3RG62 333TS00 3RG62 333JS00 3RG62 333RS00 0.05 0.05 0.05 3RG64 333AB00 3RG62 333BB00 3RG64 333RS00 0.05 0.05 0.05 3RG64 233AB00 3RG62 233BB00 3RG64 233RS00 0.5 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 Weight, approx. kg 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
Straight form M 18 Switching output Analog output 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 4 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA 0 to 10 V Frequency output, suitable for LOGO! Straight form M 18 S Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor 1 NO, pnp 1 NO, pnp 3RG64 323AB00 3RG64 323BB00 3RG64 323RS00 3RG64 223AB00 3RG64 223BB00 3RG64 223RS00 3RX4 000 250 to 1500 Hz 150 to 1000 Hz } 3RG62 323AB00 3RG62 323AA00 } 3RG62 323LS00 3RG62 323TS00 3RG62 323JS00 3RG62 323RS00
Frequency output 400 to 1600 Hz or 200 to 800 Hz 300 to 1400 Hz or 150 to 700 Hz Angular form M 18 S Diffuse sensor Reflex sensor 1 NO, pnp 1 NO, pnp
Frequency output 400 to 1600 Hz or 200 to 800 Hz 300 to 1400 Hz or 150 to 700 Hz Accessories SONPROG interface unit, 100 to 240 V AC, 24 V DC
1) Parameters can be preset to non-standard values. A programming supplement will be charged in this case per Sonar-BERO. Siemens NS BERO 2001/02
2/35

Compact range 0

K0 Housing 65 88 30 Adjustable via potentiometer Operates as diffuse sensor Background suppression Solid-state outputs: Switching output Analog output Electrical connection via M 12 connector, Type F Temperature range: Operation 0 to 55 C Storage 40 to 85 C
3RG 63 4.3..00
65 53 Pot. + LED 30 Ultrasonic converter
NSD00772
3RG 63 4.3..01
65 53 Pot. + LED 30
88 76
76 88
5,3 13,5
24
5,3
B A
Type 3RG63 423..01 3RG63 433..01
A M 18 M 30
B SW 24 SW 36
6 to 30 20 to 100 11 22 10 to 35 ( 10 % residual ripple included; for 10 to 18 V sensitivity reduced by 30 %) 100 < 35 8 70 7 5 0.45 Yellow 400 CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65; with separate sensor IP 68 0.2 Order No. } Preferred type Weight, approx. kg 0.2 0.2 0.2 5 90 10 1.5 200
kg
0.2 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG63 433AB00 3RG63 433AA00 } 3RG63 433JK00 Weight, approx. kg 0.2 0.2 0.2
Switching output Analog output 0 to 10 V With separate sensor Switching output Analog output 0 to 10 V
1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp
} 3RG63 423AB00 3RG63 423AA00 } 3RG63 423JK00
1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp
3RG63 423AB01 3RG63 423AA01 3RG63 423JK01
0.3 0.3 0.3
13,5
M 12 25
M 12
3RG63 433AB01 3RG63 433AA01 3RG63 433JK01
0.3 0.3 0.3
2/36
NSD0 00773

Compact form 3SG16

KF Housing 80 130 40 Adjustable via plug-in jumpers Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Foreground and background suppression Solid-state outputs: 2 switching outputs Terminal compartment with screwtype terminals Temperature range: Operation 25 to 70 C Storage 40 to 85 C
3RG 63 4.3..00
80 65
5,3
40 33
NSD00777
65
135
7,3x5,3 LED
19,5 Sensor connector can be retrofitted
2
20 to 100 22 10 to 35 ( 10 % residual ripple included; for 10 to 18 V sensitivity reduced by 30 %) < 60 150 2 0.01 4 120 280 10 2 Yellow 200 CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0.39 Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.39
Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching output Rated operational current Voltage drop Off-state current Switching frequency Response time Power-up delay Differential travel H Repeat accuracy R LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight, approx.
cm cm V mA mA V mA Hz ms ms mm mm kHz
kg
2 switching outputs Accessories Aligning unit
2 NO, pnp
} Preferred type } 3SG16 671BJ87
3SX6 287
2/37

Compact form K 65

10 17 30 30
NSD01138
K 65 Housing 65 120 30 Adjustable via teach-in or SONPROG

SONPROG
3RG 62 5.3AH00
8,8 6 5,5
Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Solid-state outputs: 2 switching outputs Electrical connection via M 12 connector, Type G Temperature range: Operation 25 to 70 C Storage 40 to 85 C
54 12
125
Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching output Rated operational current Voltage drop Switching output function Smax Switching output function Smin Ultrasonic frequency Measurement rate Switching limit Smax Smin Differential travel H Hmax (adjustable) Hmin (adjustable) LED (switching state) LED (operation) Housing material Degree of protection Weight, approx.
cm cm V mA mA V
6 to 50 20 to 150 11 22 20 to 30 ( 10 % residual ripple included) < 60 150 2 NO NO/NC programmable 400 20 8 45 2 10 2 yellow Green CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 200 25 25 140 5 10
46 64,4
25 to 250 55
kHz ms cm cm cm cm
100 50 35 230 10 20
kg
0.5 Order No. Order No. 3RG62 533AH00 Order No. 3RG62 553AH00
2 switching outputs Accessories SONPROG interface unit, 100 to 240 V AC, 24 V DC
2 NO, pnp
3RG62 523AH00
3RX4 000
2/38


Sonar thru-beam sensor Housing 40 40 19 3 measurement ranges can be set Operates as thru-beam sensor with emitter and receiver Solid-state output: Switching output Connection: With 3 m cable With M 8 connector, Type B With M 12 connector, Type F Temperature range: Operation 0 to 70 C Storage 25 to 85 C
3RG62 430..00
For M 4 40 31 4,5
3RG62 433..00. 3RG62 437..00

For M 4 28 40 31 4,5
28
31 40
29
NSD00771
NSD00774
4,5
4,5
19
28
19
29
28
31 40
2
(receiver) 22 11 20 to 30 ( 10 % residual ripple included) 100 < 20 200 150 100 2 1.5 1 < 40 Green CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 0.2 Order No. } Preferred type Weight, approx. kg 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 } 3RG62 430NN00 3RG62 437NN00 } 3RG62 433NN00 0.2 0.2 0.2 5 to 150 (emitter) < 30
Sensing range Standard target Up to 40 cm Over 40 cm Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Up to 40 cm Up to 80 cm Up to 150 cm Response time Up to 40 cm Up to 80 cm Up to 150 cm Power-up delay LED (status indication) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Degree of protection Weight, approx.
cm cm cm V mA mA Hz Hz Hz ms ms ms ms kHz
200
kg
0.2 Order No. } Preferred type Weight, approx. kg
Receiver With cable, 3 m, switching output With M 8 connector, 4-pole, switching output With M 12 connector, 4-pole, switching output Emitter With 3 m cable With M 8 connector, 4-pole With M 12 connector, 4-pole 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp 1 NO, pnp 1 NC, pnp } 3RG62 430PB00 3RG62 430PA00 3RG62 437PB00 3RG62 437PA00 } 3RG62 433PB00 3RG62 433PA00
2/39

Double-layer sheet monitoring

DK Housing 84 98 37 Adjustable via teach-in With 2 separate sensors Solid-state outputs: 2 switching outputs Electrical connection via M 12 connector, Type G Temperature range: Operation 0 to 65 C Storage 40 to 85 C
Signal evaluator
24 M8 84 64 16 2,5 4,3 37 13
Sensor
~2000 M8 25 M 18 x 1
NSD01132
78 98
74
NSD01131
10
13
M 12 x 1
Sensing range Material thickness (paper, card) Rated operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching output Rated operational current Voltage drop at 200 mA Switching frequency Response time LED (switching state) Ultrasonic frequency Housing material Signal evaluator Sensor Degree of protection Weight, approx.
mm g V mA mA V Hz ms kHz
20 to 60 20 to 1100 18 to 36 ( 10 % residual ripple included) < 75 200 <3 100 5 Red and yellow 200 Metal Brass, nickel-plated; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65
kg
0.5 Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.5
2 switching outputs
2 NO, pnp
3RX2 210
2/40

Modular range II

B II Signal evaluator Adjustable via four keys and a two-line LCD Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensor Outputs: 2 switching outputs 1 analog output 1 alarm output 1 relay output Connections Screw terminals Temperature range: Operation 0 to 55 C Storage 10 to 70 C
Signal evaluator
4,8
SIEMENS
NSD00794
100 113
85
LED
SEL
1)
70 90
100
43
96 3
2
20 to 30 ( 10 % residual ripple included) < 150 3.0 0.1 30 million operating cycles
Rated operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching output Current Ie /AC-12 at 230 V Current Ie /DC-12 at 230 V Life at switching frequency of 5000/h Analog output Range Burden Max. voltage Resolution Switching frequency Response time Display Mounting Cable to sensor Housing material Degree of protection Weight, approx.
V mA A A
mA V bit Hz ms
4 to 20 0 to 500 10 8 Depending on sensor type Depending on sensor type LCD, 2 lines of 16 characters Screw fitting or snap-on fitting (standard mounting rail) max. 100 m (shielded) CRASTIN IP 20
kg
0.6 Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.6 0.6
Standard version Extended version
} Preferred type } 3RX2 110 3RX2 1101A
I Time diagram
a: Input SEND, output TEMP b: Output REC
(24V) U H a 0V ts tp ti
Values depend on sensor type, see following pages. Sending pulse width tS Temperature pulse time tP Temperature pulse width ti Cycle time tW
tw
(24V) UA b 0V tT
NSD00766
tL
tE
Sending deadtime tT Sound propagation time tL Echo duration tE
2/41

Modular range II

B II External sensors Connections M 12 connector Temperature range: Operation 0 to 55 C Storage 10 to 70 C
3SG61 523MM00
M 30x1,5
NSD00790
3SG61 533MM00
M 30x1,5
NSD00790
3SG61 523MM00
47,5 34 33 19
90
90
4,5
4,5
23,5
13,7
13,7
23,5
NSD00791
27,5
27,5
M 12x1
3SG61 423MM00
16 18
30
3SG61 433MM00
16 18 28
30
3SG61 453MM00
47,5 16 18
28
6,5
108,5
12
12
60 72
60 72
NSD01173
NSD01173
60 72
12
5,3
5,3
30 42
36 41
30 42
36 41
5,3
NSD01174
30 42
36 41
Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Power-up delay Differential travel H Resolution Ultrasonic frequency Sending pulse width tS Temperature pulse time tP Temperature pulse width ti Cycle time tW Sending deadtime tT Echo duration tE Housing material 3RG61 4. 3RG61 5. Degree of protection Weight, approx. 3RG61 4. 3RG61 5.
cm cm V mA Hz ms mm mm kHz s ms s ms ms s
6 to 30 11
20 to 130 22
40 to 300 55
20 to 30 (10 % residual ripple included) < 30 1 to 20 < 50 Adjustable 1 400 70 to 80 9 to 12 350 to 750 > 13 < 0.35 40 to 400 1 to 10 1 to 4
1 200 140 to 160 18 to 24 > 25 < 1.17 100 to 800
10 120 235 to 265 30 to 40 > 50 < 2.33 100 to 800
CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 kg kg 0.27 0.21 Order No. } Preferred type 0.27 0.21 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG61 433MM00 3RG61 533MM00 0.3 0.3 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG61 453MM00 3RG61 553MM00
Cubic housing with a swivel sensor Cylindrical housing M 30 1,5
} 3RG61 423MM00 3RG61 523MM00
2/42
36

Modular range II

B II External sensors Connections M 12 connector Temperature range: Operation 0 to 55 C Storage 10 to 70 C
3SG61 543MM00
65 34 35 21
3SG61 746MM00, 3SG61 766MM00

NSD00781
160 8,5
112
26 10
111,5
160 138 90 69
NSD00792
6,5
M 12x1
10
102
3SG61 443MM00
16 18
65
2
36
60 72
12
5,3
NSD01174
30 42
36 41
Sensing range Standard target Rated operational voltage (DC) No-load supply current I0 Switching frequency Power-up delay Differential travel H Resolution Ultrasonic frequency Sending pulse width tS Temperature pulse time tP Temperature pulse width ti Cycle time tW Sending deadtime tT Echo duration tE Housing material 3RG61 4., 3RG61 7. 3RG61 5. Degree of protection Weight, approx. 3RG61 4. 3RG61 5. 3RG61 7.
cm cm V mA Hz ms mm mm kHz s ms s ms ms s
60 to 600 10 10 20 to 30 (10 % residual ripple included) < 30 1 to 3 < 50 Adjustable 10 80 330 to 370 45 to 60 350 to 700 > 95 < 3.5 200 to 5000
80 to 1000 20 20
1 to 2
10 60 470 to 530 60 to 80 > 130 < 4.66 200 to 5000
CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin IP 65 kg kg kg 0.39 0.38 1.85 Order No. 1.9 Order No. 3RG61 766MM00
Cubic housing with a swivel sensor Cylindrical housing M 30 1,5 Spherical housing
} Preferred type } 3RG61 443MM00 3RG61 543MM00 3RG61 746MM00
2/43
Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches

D 4 and M 5 forms M 12 form M 18, M 18 M, M 18 P forms
3RG70
Selection and ordering data
Page 3/16
3RG71
Page 3/17
3RG7
Page 3/19
Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Beam diagrams Dimension drawings
3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/14 3/16
3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/14 3/17
3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/14 3/19
K 20 form
K 30, K 31 and K 35 forms
C 40 and K 40 forms
3RG74
Page 3/28
3RG70, 3RG73
Page 3/30
3RG72, 3RG70
Page 3/37
Overview Introduction Technical data Connection diagrams Dimension drawings
3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/28
3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/15 3/30
3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/15 3/37
3/2

K 50 and K 65 forms K 80 form L 18 and L 50 forms (Laser sensors)
3RG73
Page 3/41
3RG72
Page 3/48
3RG7
Page 3/56
3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/41
3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/15 3/48
3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/56
KL 40 form
CL 40 form (color sensor)
C 80 and G 20 forms (color mark sensor)
3RG74
Page 3/52
3RG75
Page 3/53
3RG75
Page 3/54
3/4 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/52
3/6 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/53
3/6 3/8 3/11 3/12 3/54
3/3

Overview
Form Sensing range
120 mm
150 mm
50 mm
50 cm
60 cm
1.2 m
2.5 m
12 m
15 m
50 m
Diffuse sensor
D 4, M 5 K 20 M 12 M 18 P M 18 M K 35 M 18 K 31 K 50 C40 K 30 K 40 K 65 K 80
50 mm 30 cm 30 cm 30 cm 30 cm 50 cm 60 cm 60 cm 90 cm 1m 1.2 m 2m 2m 2m 100 mm 100 mm 120 mm 150 mm 25 cm 25 cm 50 cm 1m 150 mm 75 mm 200 mm 280 mm 400 mm 1500 mm 45 to 85 mm
Diffuse sensor with background suppression
K 20 M 18 P M 18 K 31 C 40 K 50 K 65 K 80 Laser L 50 K 35 K 31 KL 40 K 30 K 40
Opto-BEROs with optical fibers
Laser diffuse sensor with analog output
L 50
3/4
70 m
1m
2m
4m
6m

Overview
Voltage Output Analog output Connection AS-Interface with FK connect. M 12 connector M 8 connector Features Molded plastic h. Anti-interference function Timing function Enabling input Metal housing
AS-Interface
Terminals
AC/DC
Cable
Relay
10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 18 to 28 V 20 to 320 V 20 to 320 V 15 to 264 V
3/16 3/28 3/17 3/24 3/21 3/34 3/19 3/30 3/41 3/37 3/32 3/39 3/46 3/48 3/28 3/25 3/19 3/30 3/37 3/42 3/46 3/49 3/57 3/36 3/52 3/31 3/33 3/40 3/58
Page
pnp
npn
DC
3/5

Overview
Form Sensing range
120 mm
150 mm
50 mm
50 cm
60 cm
1.2 m
2.5 m
12 m
15 m
25 m
Retroreflective sensor
M 12 M 18 M 18 M M 18 P K 31 K 20 K 35 K 30 K 50 K 40 C 40 K 80 K 65 Laser Light array L 50
1.5 m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2.5 m 2.5 m 4m 4m 6m 6m 6m 8m 12 m 1.4 m
Thru-beam sensor
D 4, M 5 M 12 K 35 K 50 M 18 K 31 M 18 M M 18 P K 30 K 40 K 65 K 80 Laser L 18 G 20 2 mm
25 cm 4m 5m 5m 6m 6m 12 m 12 m 12 m 15 m 50 m 50 m 50 m
Fork/slot sensor
Color sensor
CL 40
15 mm
Color mark BERO
C 80
18 mm
3/6
50 m
1m
2m
4m
6m

Overview
Voltage Output Connection AS-Interface with FK connect. M 12 connector M 8 connector Features molded plastic h. Anti-interference function Timing function Enabling input Metal housing
AS-Interface
Terminals
AC/DC
Cable
Relay
10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 12 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 36 V 10 to 30 V 10 to 30 V 20 to 320 V 15 to 264 V 20 to 320 V 15 to 264 V
3/18 3/20 3/22 3/26 3/30 3/29 3/35 3/32 3/43 3/39 3/38 3/50 3/47 3/57 3/59 3/16 3/18 3/36 3/45 3/20 3/31 3/23 3/27 3/33 3/40 3/47 3/51 3/56 3/55
Page
pnp
npn
DC
10 to 30 V
3/53
10 to 30 V
3/54
3/7

Introduction
I Mode of operation
Opto-BEROs react to changes in the received quantity of light. The light beam emitted from the emitter diode is interrupted or reflected by the object to be detected. Depending on the type of BERO, the interruption or reflection of the light beam is evaluated. Opto-BEROs are available as Diffuse sensors Retroreflective sensors Thru-beam sensors. Due to the different physical principles of these systems, thru-beam sensors have wider ranges than retroreflective sensors. Diffuse sensors can also react to diffuse-reflecting materials. The sensing range is therefore shorter than the range of retroreflective sensors.
I Functions
Diffuse sensors (energetic sensors)
The light from the emitter falls on an object and is reflected in a diffuse pattern. Part of this reflected light reaches the receiver located in the same device. If the intensity of the received light is sufficient, the output is switched. The sensing range depends on the size and color of the object involved as well as its surface texture. The sensing range can be varied within a wide range by means of the built-in potentiometer. The energetic sensor can therefore also be used to detect different colors. Part of the reflected light passes through another polarization filter and reaches the receiver. The filters are selected and aligned in such a way that only the light reflected from the reflector reaches the receiver and not the light reflected from other objects within the beam range. An object that interrupts the light beam from the emitter through the reflector to the receiver causes the output to switch.
Fork/slot sensors
The object is placed inside the slot of the BERO. The emitted light of the sensor passes through the object. Variations in contrast, cracks or holes will change the quality of the light received by the receiver. The BERO reacts to the change in the received quantity of light.
Devices for optical fibers

The basic operation is the same for optical fibers made of glass or plastic. Optical fibers are fitted in front of the emitter and receiver. They represent the extended eye of the Opto-BERO. As optical fibers are very small and flexible, they provide a practical solution to the problem of sensing at points that are not easily accessible. Furthermore no electrical potential is transferred.
Color sensors
The color sensor uses three LEDs with the colors red, green and blue. The light is emitted to the object. When the BERO is set, the color of the object is measured and assigned to an output state. During the learning phase, the BERO saves the detected color in a non-volatile EEPROM. This ensures that the setting procedure will not have to be repeated whenever the supply for the BERO is switched on. One color or a color range can be set.
Light array (7-beam retroflective sensor)

The light from all seven emitters of this special Opto-BERO is directed to one reflector and reflected to the seven receivers of the BERO. The switching output switches as soon as one of the beams is interrupted. A line of 42 mm can be completely covered. This Opto-BERO type can be used, for example, in conveyor systems.
Diffuse sensors with background suppression

Diffuse sensors with background suppression can detect objects up to a specific sensing range. All objects beyond this range are suppressed. The focus level can be adjusted. The background is suppressed due to the geometric constellation between the emitter and the receiver.
Thru-beam sensors
Thru-beam sensors comprise an emitter and a receiver. The emitter is aligned in such a way that the greatest possible amount of pulsed light from the emitter diode reaches the receiver. The receiver evaluates the incoming light to clearly separate it from the ambient light and other light sources. Any interruption of the light beam between emitter and receiver causes the output to switch.

The analog laser BERO can measure the exact distance of an object within its sensing range. Due to the use of visible laser light, the measurement is highly accurate and the output is extremely linear. All laser BEROs belong to laser protection class 2, i. e. they are harmless and can be used without health risks (e. g. to the eyes).
Color mark BERO

The color mark BERO uses green or red emitted light. The color is selected automatically depending on the constrast. The mark color and the background color can be set separately by means of two keys.
Retroreflective sensors
The light from the emitter diode is focussed through a lens and directed via a polarization filter to a reflector (principle of a 3-way mirror).
3/8

Introduction

The devices can be mounted in any position. They should be installed in such a manner as to prevent dirt deposits as far as possible. The available accessories enable the devices to be mounted easily and correctly. Install the retroreflective sensor so that it switches reliably. Finally remove the adhesive tape from the reflector. Thru-beam sensors Place the receiver in the required position and secure it firmly. Align the emitter with the receiver as accurately as possible.
a a
Diffuse sensor
Thru-beam sensor
Alignment
Diffuse sensors The BERO must be aligned with the object to be sensed to ensure reliable switching. In devices that have a surplus light function, the relevant LED must be active. Retroreflective sensors Place the reflector at the required location and secure it firmly. Cover the reflector with adhesive tape so that only the center (approximately 25 % of the surface) remains free.
NSD00795
NSD00797
Clearance
The Opto-BEROs must not interfere with each other. For this reason, a minimum clearance a between 2 devices must be observed. The clearances shown in the table below are recommended values only. The values given are for maximum sensitivity.
NSD00796
Opto-BERO D 4/M 5 M 12 M 18 K 31 K 30 K 40 K 80 L 18 L 50 (diffuse) L 50 (retroreflective) 1) Focussing at 50 m.
Clearance a 50 mm 250 mm 250 mm 250 mm 500 mm 750 mm 500 mm 150 mm 1) 30 mm 80 mm
I Opto-BERO dictionary
Adjustment (potentiometer)
The sensitivity is adjusted via the built-in multi-turn potentiometer. Turning it clockwise increases the sensitivity. The potentiometer cannot be overwound (no stops). Diffuse sensors The sensitivity and the distance should be set such that the object is reliably detected. If required, the surplus light LED should be activated. The object must then be removed. If the output remains On, the sensitivity must be reduced slightly. Retroreflective sensors / thru-beam sensors The potentiometer is normally set to maximum sensitivity (clockwise rotation). This results in maximum surplus light. It may be necessary to reduce the sensitivity in the case of transparent objects. There is, however, an upper limit for the intensity of any external light which is referred to as the ambient light limit. It is specified for sunlight (unmodulated light) and halogen light (light modulated at twice the frequency of the electricity supply). Reliable operation is not possible above the respective ambient light limit.
Cable length (maximum)

For the devices, a long cable length causes: Additional capacitive load (short-circuit protection) Increased injection of interference. The specified maximum cable length should therefore not be exceeded.
Correction factors (sensing range)

The specified sensing ranges of diffuse sensors are achieved with the specified surfaces by using matte-white standard paper. The correction factors stated below are to be applied for other surfaces (guide values): Test card White paper Gray PVC Printed newspaper Light-colored wood Cork White plastic Black plastic Black neoprene Automobile tyres Untreated alumin. sheet Black anodized aluminum sheet Dull aluminum sheet (brushed) Stainless steel, polished 100 % 80 % 57 % 60 % 73 % 65 % 70 % 22 % 20 % 15 % 200 % 150 % 120 % 230 %
Anti-interference function
This function prevents mutual interference between OptoBEROs. The specified clearances between devices does not have to be observed for devices with an anti-interference function. It is therefore possible to align two retroreflective sensors with a common reflector.
Connection to AS-Interface
Allocation of data bits
Data bits D0 D1 D2 D3 Meaning Switching signal Surplus light Enabling input for testing 0: Emitter On 1: Emitter Off
Autocollimation
For these devices, the optical axes for the emitter and receiver are identical. The device has only one optical system. This means that there is no blind zone in front of the BERO and the accuracy of the switching point is higher.
Allocation of parameter bits

Parameter bits Meaning P0 P1 Inversion of D0 0: Inverted 1: Not inverted
Differential travel
The differential travel causes a defined switching response for the devices. The range is always specified with regard to the pick-up point on approach.
Ambient light limit

Ambient light is the light produced by external light sources. The luminance level is measured on the light incidence surface. Due to the use of modulated light, the sensors are largely insensitive to ambient light.
P2 P3
3/9

Introduction
Enabling input
Opto-BEROs with a test input allow the emitter to be selectively switched on or off. The output signal can be evaluated to check that the sensor is functioning correctly (thru-beam sensors: no obstruction of light beam / diffuse sensors: reflecting object exists). To disable the BERO, the enabling input must be connected to 0 V. For operation of the BERO, the enabling input does not have to be used. Operation with modulated light provides the following advantages: High degree of insensitivity to ambient light Wider range Minimal temperature rise and therefore longer service life of the emitter diodes.
Parallel connection
Devices can be connected in parallel for logic gating of the outputs. Different logic operations can be achieved by mixed use of dark-ON and light-ON outputs. Please note: The power consumption increases. Leakage currents add up so that even in the off state, the load may be energized. Diodes in the output leads serve to decouple the pull-up resistors. They can be omitted when a small number of devices are connected in parallel.
Solid-state lasers, laser diodes

These emit extremely high-intensity red light in a narrow light beam. The lasers used meet the standards of protection class 2. They use visible red light.
Optical fibers
Optical fibers are plastic or glass fibers inside which light can also be guided round bends. Optical fibers can be used for applications in confined spaces and extreme environmental conditions.
Spurious signal suppression

The devices feature spurious signal suppression. It prevents the occurrence of spurious signals from the moment of application of the operating voltage until the moment when the device is ready for operation (approximately 5 ms).
IR light
IR is the abbreviation for infrared. It refers to electromagnetic radiation with a wavelength between 780 and 1500 nm which is longer than that of visible light (wavelength between 380 and 780 nm).
Outputs
Dark-ON The dark-ON function means that this output is switched through (current-carrying) when no light reaches the receiver. Light-ON The light-ON function means that this output is switched through (current-carrying) when light reaches the receiver. Complementary Devices with complementary outputs have 2 outputs. One output is dark-ON and the other is light-ON. This configuration is called complementary. Surplus light Alternatively some of the devices are available with a different configuration of the outputs: One output is light-ON and the other is for surplus light.
Polarized light
Natural light (including the light from the emitter diodes or laser diodes) is unpolarized. When the light has passed through a polarization filter, only that part of the light remains which oscillates in the polarization direction of the filter.
Z X
Surplus light
The surplus light is the excess radiant power that falls on the light incidence surface and that is evaluated by the light receiver. The surplus light can decrease in the course of time due to pollution, changing of the reflection factor of the object and aging of the emitter diode, so that reliable operation is no longer guaranteed. All devices are therefore equipped with a surplus light LED. Devices are also available in which this signal is connected to one of the outputs. This can be used to recognize that operation can no longer be relied on.
Receive level Surplus light Differential travel t Output surplus light Switching output
NSD00798
LEDs
In Opto-BEROs, LEDs are used as emitting sources. They have a small emission spectrum, can be easily modulated and have a long life. They are also used in the Opto-BERO to signal the switching state or the surplus light.
Modulated light
Opto-BEROs operate with modulated light, i. e. the emitter is only active for a short time. Depending on the type, the modulation frequency fmod of the modulated light is between 5 and 30 kHz.
f mod
Y
NSD00800
Output current
The devices are designed for maximum output current (see rated operational current in technical data). If this current is exceeded, even briefly, the built-in overload and short-circuit protection will be activated. Destruction of the device is effectively prevented. Incandescent lamps, capacitors and other strongly capacitive loads (e. g. long leads) have a similar effect on an overload. A minimum load current is not necessary. A built-in pull-up resistor ensures that an output signal is always available.
Retroreflective sensors use this polarized light to minimize the influence of unwanted reflections. With polarization filters in front of the emitter and receiver, the retroreflective sensor only reacts to light that is reflected by a special reflector, the socalled 3-way mirror. Other reflections do not cause a reaction.
Safety-related applications
The use of OptoBEROs is not permissible for applications in which the safety of persons is dependent on the function of the BERO!
1 0 1 0
NSD00799
If an Opto-BERO is operated within close proximity of another Opto-BERO with the same modulation frequency, interference might occur (see minimum distance).
NSD00801
3/10

Introduction
I General technical data

Voltage drop at 200 mA Operating capacity Blocking output current Overload protection Overvoltage protection Short-circuit protection Power-up delay Max. lead length Differential travel (typical) for diffuse sensors Repeat accuracy for diffuse sensors Ambient light limit Sunlight acc. to DIN Halogen light Solid-state output Max. 2.0 V Max. 200 mA Max. 0.1 mA Built-in Built-in Built-in Max. 20 ms Max. 250 m 10 % 5 % of operating distance 10,000 Lux 3,000 Lux Relay output (K 80) 2A Not available Back-up fuse necessary Max. 300 ms Max. 250 m Devices with laser (L18, L 50) Max. 2.4 mA Max. 200 mA Max. 0.1 mA Built-in Built-in Built-in Max. 300 ms Max. 100 m 5% 5 % of operating distance
The use of Opto-BEROs is not permissible for applications in which the safety of persons is dependent on the function of the BERO.
NSD00801
I Special designs
Cable length
The designs including cables are normally supplied with a cable of 2 or 3 m in length (see selection data). Longer cables can be ordered as necessary. In this case, the Order No. must be supplemented with Z and the required length should be specified in plain text.
3/11

Introduction
Figure 1
NSD00867a
Figure 2
NSD00873a
BN (1)
4
+Ub Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V
M 8 connector, Type A, C, D Cable
BN (1)
4
+ Ub Enable input 0V
M 8 connector, Type A, C, D Cable
BK (4)
1 3
BK (4)
1 3
BU (3)
BU (3)
Figure 3
NSD00868b
Figure 4
NSD00874a
BN (1)
2 1 3 4
+ Ub Output dark-ON Output light-ON 0V
WH (2) BK (4) BU (3)
M 8 connector, Type B Cable
BN (1)
2 1 3 4
+ Ub Output surplus light Output light-ON 0V
WH (2) BK (4) BU (3)
M 8 connector, Type B, 4-pole Cable
Figure 5
NSD0 00869a
Figure 6
+ Ub
NSD00875a
2 3
1 4
BN (1) WH (2) BK (4) BU (3)
Output dark-ON Output light-ON

0V
M 12 connector, Type F, K, L Cable
BN (1)
2 3 1 4
+ Ub Output surplus light Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V
WH (2) BK (4) BU (3)
M 12 connector, Type F, K, L Cable
Figure 7
NSD0 00870a
Figure 8
NSD00876a
BN (1)
2 3 1 4
+ Ub
M 12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L Cable
BK (4) BU (3)
Enable input
0V
2 3
1 4
BN (1) WH (2) BK (4) BU (3) GR (5)
+U b Output surplus light Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V Enable input
M 12 connector, Type G, M
Figure 9
NSD00871a
Figure 10
NSD00877
BN (1)
2 3 1 4
+ Ub
M 12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L,M Cable
(1)
AS-Interface
AS-Interface FK connection
BU (3)
0V
(3)
AS-Interface
Figure 11
NSD00872
Figure 12
NSD00878
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
+ Ub 0V NC (relay) Common (relay) NO (relay)
Screw terminals
BN (1) WH (2) BK (4) BU (3) GR (5)
+U b Output surplus light Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V Enable input
Screw terminals
Figure 13
NSD00879
Figure 14
NSD00886
BN (1)
2 3 1 4
+ Ub Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V
M 12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L,N Cable
BN (1)
2 3 1 4
+ Ub Output light-ON/dark-ON 0V
M 12 connector Type E, F, H, J, K, L,N Cable
BK (4) BU (3)
WH (2) BU (3)
Figure 15
NSD00880
Figure 16
1 4
2 3
BN (1) WH (2) BU (3) BK (4)
NSD01084
+ Ub 10 ... 30 V DC Output dark-ON 0V Output light-ON
M 12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L,N
BN (1)
2 1 4 WH (2)
+ U b DC 10 ... 30 V Programming 0V Switching output light-ON/dark-ON
M 8 connector, Type B, 4-pole
BU (3)
3 BK (4)
Figure 17
NSD00881a
Figure 18
BN (1) 4 WH (2) BU (3)
3 BK (4)
2 1
+ U b 10 ... 30 V DC Changeover light-ON/dark-ON 0V Switching output
NSD0 01085
M 8 connector Type B, 4-pole
BN (1)
2 1 4 WH (2)
+ U b 10 ... 30 V DC Test input + 0V Test input
BU (3)
3 BK (4)
Figure 19 M 12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L,N
Figure 20
2 3
NSD0 01086
1 4
Pin 1: + Ub 10 ... 30 V DC Pin 2: Changeover light-ON/dark-ON Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output pnp
BK = Black BN = Brown BU = Blue
GR = Gray WH = White YE = Yellow
3/12

Introduction
I Connection diagrams (continued)

Figure 21
2 3
NSD0 01089
Figure 22
NSD00880
1 4
Pin 1: + U b 10 ... 30 V DC Pin 2: Test input + Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Test input _
2 3
1 4
BN (1) WH (2) BU (3) BK (4)
+ Ub 10 ... 30 V DC Output dark-ON 0V Output light-ON
M 12 connector Type E, F, H, J, K, L,N
Figure 23
2 1
NSD00883
Figure 24
Pin 1: +U b 10 ... 30 V DC Pin 2: Programming Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output
4 3
2 1
NSD01087
4 3
Pin 1: + U b 10 ... 30 V DC Pin 2: Switching output npn Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output pnp
Figure 25
2 1
NSD0 01090
Figure 26
Pin 1: + U b 10 ... 30 V DC Pin 2: Time function Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output
4 3
2 3
NSD01088
1 4
Pin 1: + Ub 10 ... 30 V DC Pin 2: Analog output Pin 3: 0 V Pin 4: Switching output npn/pnp
Figure 27
NSD0 00884
Figure 28
NSD00704
BN WH BK BU
+ U b 10 ... 30 V DC Test input + Test input 0V
Cable
BN WH BK BU RD
+U b 10 ... 30 V DC Switching output pnp 0V Changeover light: Ub
Cable
Figure 29
NSD00885
Figure 30
WH BK BU RD Switching output npn 0V Changeover light-ON : U b
NSD00887
BN
+ U b 10 ... 30 V DC
Cable
BN WH BK BU RD
+ U b 10 ... 30 V DC Switching output pnp 0V Changeover light: Ub ; dark: 0 V Alarm output
Cable
Figure 31
BN WH BK BU RD
NSD00888
Figure 32
+Ub 10 ... 30 V DC Switching output npn 0V Changeover light: Ub ; dark: 0 V Alarm output
NSD0 00889
Cable
Cable
BK BU 15 ... 264 V AC/DC
Figure 33
WH BN RD BK BU
NSD00890
Figure 34
NSD00891
Cable
Switching output relay
BN WH BU OR
+ Ub 10 ... 30 V DC Switching output 0V Programming
Cable
15 ... 264 V AC/DC
Figure 35
BN BK GR BU WH RD + Ub 10 ... 30 V DC Switching output Time function 0V Programming Alarm output
NSD00892
Figure 36
NSD00893
Cable
RD OR GR WH BN BU
Control input A Control input B Analog output Switching output npn/pnp + Ub 10 ... 30 V DC 0V
Cable
Figure 37
NSD00894
Figure 38
NSD00895
BN WH YE GN
+ Ub + Ua _U
a
Cable
BN WH BK BU
+ Ub 10 ... 30 V DC Switching output (npn), Progr. (pnp) Progr. (npn), Switching output (pnp) 0V
M 12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L,N Cable
0V Shielding
Figure 39
NSD01205
Figure 40
1 4
2 3
PIN 1: + U b PIN 2: Programming PIN 3: 0 V PIN 4: Switching output light-ON/dark-ON
NSD01206
2 5 3
1 4
PIN 1: + U b PIN 2: Programming PIN 3: 0 V PIN 4: Switching output light-ON/dark-ON PIN 5: Output surplus light
BK = Black BN = Brown
BU = Blue GR = Gray
OR = Orange RD = Red
WH = White YE = Yellow
3/13

Introduction
I Beam diagrams
D 4 and M 5 forms
Diffuse sensor
60 50 40 30 20 10 20 10 0 10 20 a (mm) S (m)
NSD00896a
Thru-beam sensor
a
S
0,30 0,25
S (m)
NSD00897a
a 0,20 0,15 0,10 0,05 80 40 0 40 80 a (mm)
M 12 form
Diffuse sensor
0,4 S (m)
NSD00898a
a
S
Thru-beam sensor
S (m)
NSD00899a
2,0 1,6 1,4 1,0 0,6
a
S
4,5
S (m)
NSD00900a
0,3
3,5
0,2
2,5
1,5
0,1 20 10 0 10 20 a (mm)
0,2 40 20 0 20 40 a (mm) 300 150 0 150 300 a (mm)
M 18 form
Diffuse sensor
0,8 S (m)
NSD00901a
a
S
Thru-beam sensor
S (m)
NSD00902a
2,4
a
S
7,0
S (m)
NSD00903a
0,6
1,8
5,0
0,4
1,2
3,0
0,2
0,6
1,0
80
40
40
80 a (mm)
40
20
20
40 a (mm)
600
300
300
600 a (mm)
3/14

Introduction
I Beam diagrams (continued)

K 30 and K 31 forms
Diffuse sensor
S (m)
NSD00904a
a
S
Thru-beam sensor
S (m)
NSD00905a
4,0
a
S
20 16 12
S (m)
NSD00906a
1,2 0,9 0,6 0,3
3,0
2,0 8 1,0 4
200
100
100
200 a (mm)
80
40
40
80 a (mm)
800
400
400
800 a (mm)
Series K 30 Series K 31
K 40 form
Diffuse sensor
2,4 2,0 1,6 1,2 0,8 0,4 400 200 0 200 400 a (mm) S (m)
NSD00907a
a
S
Thru-beam sensor
S (m)
NSD00908a
6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0
a
S
20 16 12 8
S (m)
NSD00909a
3
S
2,0 1,0 400 200 0 200 400 a (mm) 4
2,0
1,0
1,0
2,0 a (m)
K 80 form
Diffuse sensor
2,4 2,0 1,6 1,2 0,8 0,4 400 200 0 200 400 a (mm) S (m)
NSD00910a
a
S
Thru-beam sensor
S (m)
NSD00911a
6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 80 40 0
a
S
60 50 40 30 20 10
S (m)
NSD00912b
40
80 a (mm)
2000 1000
1000
2000 a (mm)
3/15

D 4 and M 5 forms

Diffuse sensor Thru-beam sensor
NSD00803
NSD00802
LED
NSD00802
LED
M 5x0,5 SW 7 26,5 30 35
M 5x0,5 SW 7 26,5 30
M 5x0,5 SW 7 26,5 30 35
NSD00803
D 4 and M 5 Sensing range 50 mm (diffuse sensor; energetic sensor) Range 250 mm (thru-beam sensor) IR light 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range 0 to +55 C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K
26,5 35
26,5 28
26,5 35
45
26,5 28 LED M 5x0,5 SW 7 26,5 30

NSD00805
LED
45
45 LED
NSD00804
Sensing range/Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector)
cm V mA mA Hz ms
5 (not adjustable) 10 to 30 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 100 m 10 250 2.5 Yellow = Reliable detection; Yellow flashing = Surplus light low 100 mm 100 mm (white) 880 (IR) D 4: Stainless steel; M 5: Brass, nickel-plated IP 67 35 / 4 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12)
NSD00804
NSD00805
LED
LED
LED
25 (not adjustable) 10 to 30 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 100 m 5 / 5 (emitter/receiver) 250 2.5 Yellow = Reliable detection; Yellow flashing = Surplus light low 880 (IR) D 4: Stainless steel; M 5: Brass, nickel-plated IP 67 35 / 4 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12)
nm
2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 M 8 connector, 3-pole, Type A M 5 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 M 8 connector, 3-pole, Type A For thru-beam sensors D4 D4 M5
pnp, light-ON npn, light-ON pnp, light-ON npn, light-ON pnp, light-ON npn, light-ON pnp, light-ON npn, light-ON
} 3RG70 400AB00 3RG70 400GB00 } 3RG70 407AB00 3RG70 407GB00 } 3RG70 300AB00 3RG70 300GB00 } 3RG70 307AB00 3RG70 307GB00
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Receiver } 3RG70 420AB00 3RG70 420GB00 } 3RG70 427AB00 3RG70 427GB00 } 3RG70 320AB00 3RG70 320GB00 } 3RG70 327AB00 3RG70 327GB00 Emitter } 3RG70 420BG00 } 3RG70 427BG00 } 3RG70 320BG00 } 3RG70 327BG00
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 M 8 connector, 3-pole, Type A 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 M 8 connector, 3-pole, Type A
3/16
45

M 12 form

Diffuse sensor
M 12 Sensing range 30 cm (energetic sensor) Modulated red light, visible 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 12 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range 25 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K
M 12x1 4
M 12x1 4 60 Pot. LED

NSD0 00807
Pot. LED
NSD0 00806
SW 17 31,5
50
SW 17 44
3
Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) cm V mA mA Hz ms 30 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 200 mm 200 mm (white) 660 (red, visible) Brass, nickel-plated IP 67 100 / 20 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG71 200AB00 3RG71 200AA00 3RG71 200GB00 3RG71 200GA00 } 3RG71 203AB00 3RG71 203AA00 3RG71 203GB00 3RG71 203GA00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14
nm
2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2
pnp, light-ON pnp, dark-ON npn, light-ON npn, dark-ON
M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F
3/17

M 12 form

Retroreflective sensor Thru-beam sensor
M 12 Range 1.5 m (retroreflective sensor) Range 4 m Enabling input for test purposes (thru-beam sensor) Red light 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 12 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range 25 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K Supplied without reflector
M 12x1 4
M 12x1 4
M 12x1 4
M 12x1 4 SW 17 31,5 60 LED LED

NSD00809
SW 17 44
SW 17 31,5
60
LED LED
NSD00808 NSD00808
NSD00809
Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector)
m V mA mA Hz ms
1.5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916 660 (red, polarized, visible) Brass, nickel-plated IP 67 100 / 20 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12)
4 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 / 15 (emitter/receiver) 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 660 (red, visible) Brass, nickel-plated IP 67 100 / 20 Order No. } Preferred type Receiver Connection diagram (see Page 3/12)
nm
} 3RG71 210AB00 } 3RG71 210AA00 3RG71 210GB00 3RG71 210GA00 } 3RG71 213AB00 } 3RG71 213AA00 3RG71 213GB00 3RG71 213GA00
14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13
} 3RG71 220AB00 } 3RG71 220AA00 3RG71 220GB00 3RG71 220GA00 } 3RG71 223AB00 } 3RG71 223AA00 3RG71 223GB00 3RG71 223GA00 Emitter } 3RG71 220BG00 } 3RG71 223BG00
14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 7 7
For thru-beam sensors 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type F
3/18
SW 17 44
50
50

M 18 form

Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor with background suppression
NSD0 00810
NSD0 00811
NSD0 00810
M 18 Sensing range 60 mm (diffuse sensor; energetic sensor) Sensing range 30 to 120 mm (diffuse sensor with background suppression) Red light (visible) 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 12 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range 25 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K
M 18x1 4 SW 24 29
M 18x1
M 18x1 SW 24 29 4
M 18x1
4 SW 24 29
50
63,5
50
Pot. LED
Pot. LED 4x
63,5
Pot. LED
NSD0 00811
4 SW 24 29 Pot. LED 4x
3
Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) cm V mA mA Hz ms 60 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 200 mm 200 mm (white) 660 (red, visible) Brass, nickel-plated IP 67 115 / 40 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 1 to 12 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 25 500 1 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 50 mm 50 mm (white) 660 (red, visible) Brass, nickel-plated IP 67 115 / 40 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14
nm
3RG71 300AB00 3RG71 300AA00 3RG71 300GB00 3RG71 300GA00 3RG71 303AB00 3RG71 303AA00 3RG71 303GB00 3RG71 303GA00
3RG71 340AB00 3RG71 340AA00 3RG71 340GB00 3RG71 340GA00 3RG71 343AB00 3RG71 343AA00 3RG71 343GB00 3RG71 343GA00
3/19

M 18 form

M 18 Range 2 m (retroreflective sensor) Range 6 m Enabling input for test purposes (thru-beam sensor) Red light 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 12 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range 25 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K Supplied without reflector
M 18x1 4
M 18x1 4
M 18x1 4
M 18x1 4 SW 24 29 63,5 LED 4x

NSD00813
SW 24 29
SW 24 29
50
LED
NSD00812
63,5
50
LED 4x
NSD00812
LED
NSD00813
m V mA mA Hz ms
2 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 V (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916 660 (red, polarized, visible) Brass, nickel-plated IP 67 115 / 40 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12)
6 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 V (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 660 (red, visible) Brass, nickel-plated IP 67 115 / 40 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12)
nm
Receiver 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 pnp, light-ON pnp, dark-ON npn, light-ON npn, dark-ON M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F pnp, light-ON pnp, dark-ON npn, light-ON npn, dark-ON For thru-beam sensors 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type E 3RG71 310AB00 3RG71 310AA00 3RG71 310GB00 3RG71 310GA00 3RG71 313AB00 3RG71 313AA00 3RG71 313GB00 3RG71 313GA00 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 3RG71 320AB00 3RG71 320AA00 3RG71 320GB00 3RG71 320GA00 3RG71 323AB00 3RG71 323AA00 3RG71 323GB00 3RG71 323GA00 Emitter 3RG71 320BG00 3RG71 323BG00 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 7 7
3/20
SW 24 29

M 18 M form

Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor
8 4
42 65
Pot.
NSD0 00814 NSD0 00815
8 4
Pot. 11.9
18.8
42 65
M 18 M Sensing range 8 cm or 30 cm (diffuse sensor) 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Metal housing, IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories
23.5
M 18x1 16.6
4.5 3
23.5
M 12 16.6
16.6
3
8 (not adjustable)
Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector)
cm V mA mA Hz ms
30 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) 100 mm 100 mm (white) 880 (IR) Brass, nickel-plated IP 67 100 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG76 001RH00 } 3RG76 003RH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38
nm
Order No.
Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38
2 m cable, PVC, 4 0.25 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F
pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON
3RG76 001RH60 3RG76 003RH60
3/21

M 18 M form

Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter Retroreflective sensor without polarization filter
M 18 M Range 2 m 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Metal housing, IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector
8 4
23.5
M 18x1 16.6 6
4.5 3
42 68
8 4
Pot.
NSD0 00818 NSD0 00819
Pot. 11.9 16.6
M 12 16.6
Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector)
m V mA mA Hz ms
1.5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) Reflector type S 48, 3RX7 922 660 (red, visible) Brass, nickel-plated IP 67 100 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG76 011RH00 } 3RG76 013RH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38
18.8
68
42
23.5
2 (not adjustable)
nm
880 (IR)
Order No.
3RG76 011RH51 3RG76 013RH51
3/22

M 18 M form

Thru-beam sensor
M 18 M Range 12 m 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Metal housing, IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories
3
Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz ms 12 (not adjustable) 10 to 30 150 < 30 250 2 Switching state (yellow) 880 (IR) Brass, nickel-plated IP 67 100 Order No. Receiver 2 m cable, PVC, 4 0.25 mm M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F Emitter 2 m cable, PVC, 4 0.25 mm M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F } Preferred type } 3RG76 021RH00 } 3RG76 023RH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38
nm
} 3RG76 021BG00 } 3RG76 023BG00
21 21
3/23

M 18 P form

Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor
8 4
42 65
Pot.
NSD0 00814 NSD0 00815
8 4
Pot. 11.9 16.6
M 12 16.6
cm V mA mA Hz ms
30 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) 100 mm 100 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 100 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG76 201RH00 } 3RG76 203RH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38
18.8
42 65
M 18 P Sensing range 8 cm (diffuse sensor) Sensing range 30 cm (diffuse sensor) 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories
23.5
M 18x1 16.6 6
4.5 3
23.5
8 (not adjustable)
nm
Order No.
3RG76 201RH60 3RG76 203RH60
3/24

M 18 P form

NSD00824a
45.5
16.6
88.1
M 18x1
M 18 P Sensing range 20 to 100 mm 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories
Angular optical system

21.4 10 22 19
Straight optical system
cm V mA mA Hz ms
2 to 10 (not adjustable) 10 to 30 V 100 < 30 200 2.5 Switching state (yellow), surplus light (green) 100 mm 100 mm (gray 18 %) 660 (red, visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 100 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG76 341CC00 3RG76 341HC00 } 3RG76 343CC00 3RG76 343HC00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 15 15 15 15 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG76 241CC00 3RG76 241HC00 } 3RG76 243CC00 3RG76 243HC00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 15 15 15 15
nm
2 m cable, PVC, pnp, light-ON, dark4 0.25 mm2 ON (compatible) npn, light-ON, darkON (compatible) pnp, light-ON, darkON (compatible) npn, light-ON, darkON (compatible)
3/25

M 18 P form

Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter Retroreflective sensor without polarization filter
M 18 P Sensing range 2 m 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector
8 4
23.5
M 18x1 16.6 6
4.5 3
42 68
8 4
Pot.
NSD0 00818 NSD0 00819
Pot. 11.9 16.6
M 12 16.6
Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector)
m V mA mA Hz ms
1.5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) Reflector type S 48, 3RX7 922 660 (red, visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 100 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG76 211RH00 } 3RG76 213RH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38
18.8
68
42
23.5
2 (not adjustable)
nm
880 (IR)
Order No.
3RG76 211RH51 3RG76 213RH51
3/26

M 18 P form

Thru-beam sensor
M 18 P Range 12 m 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 67 Light-ON/Dark-ON programmable Solid-state output pnp/npn Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories
3
Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) m V mA mA Hz ms 12 (not adjustable) 10 to 30 150 < 30 250 2 Switching state indication (yellow) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 100 Order No. Receiver 2 m cable, PVC, 4 0.25 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F Emitter 2 m cable, PVC, 4 0.25 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F } Preferred type } 3RG76 221RH00 } 3RG76 223RH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 38 38
nm
} 3RG76 221BG00 } 3RG76 223BG00
38 38
3/27

K 20 form

K 20 Sensing range 300 mm (diffuse sensor) Sensing range 20 to 100 mm (diffuse sensor with background suppression) Anti-interference function Adjustment with teach-in function (interlocking possible) 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range 20 to +60 C Supplied without fixing accessories
12
3.2
NSD00826
12
3.2
NSD00827
4.2
24
32
24
4.2
2.6
10.7
M 8x1 20
2.6
10.7
20
Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current at 24 V DC Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (with connector)
cm V mA mA Hz ms
30 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 100 Max. 35 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 100 mm 100 mm (white 90%) 660 (red, visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 40 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG74 000CH00 3RG74 000HH00 } 3RG74 007CH00 3RG74 007HH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 16 16 16 16
2 to 10 (adjustable via "teach-in")
100 mm 100 mm (gray 18 %)
nm
Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG74 040CH00 3RG74 040HH00 } 3RG74 047CH00 3RG74 047HH00
Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 16 16 16 16
pnp, light-ON or dark-ON npn, light-ON or dark-ON pnp, light-ON or dark-ON npn, light-ON or dark-ON
M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B
Accessories Mounting bracket for K 20 3RX7 308
For mounting brackets, see also Page 3/66.
3/28
3.8

K 20 form

Retroreflective sensor Retroreflective sensor for transparent objects
K 20 Range 0.1 m to 2.5 m (retroreflective sensor) Range 0.1 m to 3.5 m (retroreflective sensor with increased range) Range 50 cm (retroreflective sensor for transparent objects) Anti-interference function Adjustment with teach-in function (interlocking possible) 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range 20 to +60 C Supplied without fixing accessories
12
3.2
NSD00826
12
3.2
NSD00827
4.2
24
32
24
4.2
2.6
10.7
M 8x1 20
2.6
10.7
20
3.8
3
Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current at 24 V DC Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (with connector) cm V mA mA Hz ms 10 to 250 or 10 to 350 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 100 Max. 35 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Reflector type R 60, 3RX7 305 660 (red, visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 40 Order No. Range 2.5 m/50 cm 2 m cable, PUR, pnp, light-ON or 4 0.14 mm2 dark-ON npn, light-ON or dark-ON pnp, light-ON or dark-ON npn, light-ON or dark-ON pnp, light-ON or dark-ON npn, light-ON or dark-ON M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B pnp, light-ON or dark-ON npn, light-ON or dark-ON Accessories Mounting bracket for K 20 3RX7 308 } Preferred type } 3RG74 010CH00 3RG74 010HH00 } 3RG74 017CH00 3RG74 017HH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 16 16 16 16 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG74 010CH52 3RG74 010HH52 } 3RG74 017CH52 3RG74 017HH52 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 16 19 16 16 50 (adjustable via "teach-in")
nm
Range 3.5 m 2 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 } 3RG74 010CH61 3RG74 010HH61 } 3RG74 017CH61 3RG74 017HH61 16 16 16 16
3/29

K 31 form

Diffuse sensor Retroreflective sensor
K 31 Sensing range 30 to 150 mm (diffuse sensor with background suppression) red light Sensing range 60 cm (diffuse sensor; energetic sensor) IR light Range 2 m (retroreflective sensor) red light (polarized) 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 65 Solid-state output Temperature range 25 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories and reflector
For M 4 14 21
30 21
4,5
For M 4 14 21
30 21
5 4,5
NSD00828
NSD00829
21 30
20
4,5
For M 4 14 21
30 21
4,5
For M 4 14 21
30 21
5 4,5
NSD00830
NSD00831
21 30
20
4,5
With background suppression Sensing range/Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) cm V mA mA Hz ms 3 to 15 (potentiometer)
Energetic sensor 60 (potentiometer) 200 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916 660 (red, polarized, visible) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP 65 80 / 18 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG70 110AB00 } 3RG70 110AA00 3RG70 110GB00 3RG70 110GA00 } 3RG70 117AB00 } 3RG70 117AA00 3RG70 117GB00 3RG70 117GA00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12)
nm
10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 25 15 500 1000 1 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 100 mm 100 mm (white) 200 mm 200 mm (white) 660 (red, visible) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP 65 75 / 17 Order No.
Energetic sensor 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 pnp, light-ON pnp, dark-ON npn, light-ON npn, dark-ON pnp, light-ON pnp, dark-ON npn, light-ON npn, dark-ON pnp, light-ON pnp, dark-ON npn, light-ON npn, dark-ON pnp, light-ON pnp, dark-ON npn, light-ON npn, dark-ON
} Preferred type } 3RG70 100AB00 3RG70 100AA00 3RG70 100GB00 3RG70 100GA00 } 3RG70 107AB00 3RG70 107AA00 3RG70 107GB00 3RG70 107GA00 } 3RG70 140AB00 3RG70 140AA00 3RG70 140GB00 3RG70 140GA00 } 3RG70 147AB00 3RG70 147AA00 3RG70 147GB00 3RG70 147GA00 3RX7 910
M 8 connector, 3-pole, Type A
With background suppression 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2
Accessories Mounting bracket for K 31
3/30
4,5
15
21
20
15
21
21 30
4,5
15
20
21
15
21
21 30

K 31 form

Thru-beam sensor BERO for plastic fiber-optic conductor
K 31 Range 6 m (thru-beam sensor) IR light 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 65 Enabling input for test purposes Solid-state output Temperature range 25 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories
For M 4 14 21
30 21
4,5
For M 4 21
30 21
4,5 4,5
NSD00828
NSD00832
21 30
20
4,5
For M 4 21 14
30 21
4,5
For M 4 21
30 21
4,5 4,5
NSD00830
NSD00833
21 30
20
4,5
4,5
15
21
20
15
21
21 30
4,5
15
21
20
15
21
21 30
m V mA mA Hz ms
6 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 10 / 15 (emitter/receiver) 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP 65 75 / 17 (emitter and receiver) Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG70 120AB00 } 3RG70 120AA00 3RG70 120GB00 3RG70 120GA00 } 3RG70 127AB00 } 3RG70 127AA00 3RG70 127GB00 3RG70 127GA00 } 3RG70 120BG00 } 3RG70 127BG00 3RX7 910 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
Dependent on fiber type 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 100 mm 100 mm (white) 660 (red, visible) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP 65 80 / 18 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG70 130AB00 } 3RG70 130AA00 3RG70 130GB00 3RG70 130GA00 } 3RG70 137AB00 } 3RG70 137AA00 3RG70 137GB00 3RG70 137GA00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
nm
pnp, light-ON pnp, dark-ON npn, light-ON npn, dark-ON pnp, light-ON pnp, dark-ON npn, light-ON npn, dark-ON
Emitter for thru-beam sensors 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 M 8 connector, 3-pole, Type A Accessories Mounting bracket for K 31
For mounting brackets, see also Page 3/66. For plastic fiber-optic conductors, see Pages 3/60 and 3/61.
3/31

K 30 form

14
21
NSD00830
NSD00831
21 30
14
21
K 30 Sensing range 1.2 m (diffuse sensor) IR light Range 4 m (retroreflective sensor) red light (polarized) 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range 25 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K Supplied with fixing accessories; without reflector
For M 4 14 21
30 21
4,5
For M 4 14 21
30 21
5 4,5
NSD00828
NSD00829
21 30
20
4,5
For M 4
30 21
4,5
For M 4
30 21
5 4,5
20
4,5
m V mA mA Hz ms
1.2 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 20% residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 200 mm 200 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP 67 75 / 17 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG70 100CC00 3RG70 100CD00 3RG70 100HC00 3RG70 100HD00 } 3RG70 107CC00 3RG70 107CD00 3RG70 107HC00 3RG70 107HD00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 17 4 3 4
4 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 20% residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916 660 (red, polarized, visible) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP 67 80 / 18 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG70 110CC00 3RG70 110CD00 3RG70 110HC00 3RG70 110HD00 } 3RG70 117CC00 3RG70 117CD00 3RG70 117HC00 3RG70 117HD00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
nm
3 m cable, PUR, pnp, light-ON and dark4 0.14 mm2 ON (compatible) pnp, light-ON and surplus light function npn, light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn, light-ON and surplus light function M 8 connector, pnp, light-ON and darkON (compatible) 4-pole, Type B pnp, light-ON and surplus light function npn, light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn, light-ON and surplus light function Accessories Mounting bracket for K 30
3RX7 910
3/32
4,5
15
21
20
15
21
21 30
4,5
15
20
21
15
21
21 30

K 30 form

K 30 Range 12 m (thru-beam sensor) IR light 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 67 Enabling input for test purposes solid-state output Temperature range 25 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories
For M 4 14 21
30 21
4,5
For M 4 21
30 21
4,5 4,5
NSD00828
NSD00832
21 30
20
4,5
For M 4 21 14
30 21
4,5
For M 4 21
30 21
4,5 4,5
NSD00830
NSD00833
21 30
20
4,5
4,5
15
21
20
15
21
21 30
4,5
15
21
20
15
21
21 30
m V mA mA Hz ms
12 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 10 / 15 (emitter/receiver) 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP 67 75 / 17 (emitter and receiver) Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG70 120CC00 3RG70 120CD00 3RG70 120HC00 3RG70 120HD00 } 3RG70 127CC00 3RG70 127CD00 3RG70 127HC00 3RG70 127HD00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
Dependent on fiber type 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 100 mm 100 mm (white) 660 (red, visible) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP 67 78 / 18 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG70 130CC00 3RG70 130CD00 3RG70 130HC00 3RG70 130HD00 } 3RG70 137CC00 3RG70 137CD00 3RG70 137HC00 3RG70 137HD00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
nm
3 m cable, PUR, pnp, light-ON and dark4 0.14 mm2 ON (compatible) pnp, light-ON and surplus light function npn, light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn, light-ON and surplus light function M 8 connector, pnp, light-ON and darkON (compatible) 4-pole, Type B pnp, light-ON and surplus light function npn, light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn, light-ON and surplus light function Emitter for thru-beam sensors 3 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B Accessories Mounting bracket for K 30
} 3RG70 120BE00 } 3RG70 127BE00 3RX7 910
2 2
3/33

K 35 form

Diffuse sensor

29 26 25
4 20 42
29.5
50
13 13 M 8x1
NSD00834
13
Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight
cm V mA mA Hz ms
50 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 100 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) 100 mm 100 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 30 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12)
15.5
M 8x1
NSD00835
13
13
K 35 Sensing range 10 or 50 cm Anti-interference function 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 66 pnp/npn (M 8 pnp only) Solid-state output Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories

13 4 26 23 8 3.7 11.5 52 44
16
20
28 15.5
10 (adjustable via potentiometer)
nm
Order No.
Connection diagram (see Page 3/12)
Straight optical system 2 m cable, PVC, 5 0.2 mm2 M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B npn/pnp, light-ON or dark-ON pnp, light-ON or dark-ON 0} 3RG73 201RH00 0} 3RG73 207CH00 28, 29 17
Angular optical system 2 m cable, PVC, npn/pnp, light-ON or dark-ON 5 0.2 mm2 M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B Accessories pnp, light-ON or dark-ON
} 3RG73 301RH00 } 3RG73 307CH00
28, 29 17
3RG73 301RH60 3RG73 307CH60
28, 29 17
Mounting bracket for K 35
3RX7 313
3/34

K 35 form

Retroreflective sensor Retroreflective sensor without polarization filter
K 35 Range 0.1 to 2.5 m Anti-interference function 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 66 pnp/npn (M 8 pnp only) Solid-state output Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector

13 4 26 23 8 3.7 11.5 52 44

29 26 25
28
4 20 42
29.5
50
16 13
20
15.5 13
M 8x1
NSD00835
13 13 M 8x1
NSD00834
13

29 26 25
4 20 42
29.5
50
15.5
13 13 M 8x1
NSD00834
3
2.5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 100 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) Reflector type S48, 3RX7 922 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 30
13
Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight
m V mA mA Hz ms
1.8 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 100 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) Reflector type S48, 3RX7 922 660 (red, visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 30 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12)
nm
15.5
Order No.
Straight optical system 2 m cable, PVC, 5 0.2 mm2 M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON pnp, light-ON or dark-ON 0} 3RG73 211RH00 0} 3RG73 217CH00 28, 29 17
Angular optical system 2 m cable, PVC, pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON 5 0.2 mm2 M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B Accessories pnp, light-ON or dark-ON
} 3RG73 311RH00 } 3RG73 317CH00
28, 29 17
3RG73 311RH51 3RG73 317CH51
28, 29 17
3RX7 313
3/35

K 35 form

M 8x1
13
NSD00835
13
13
K 35 Range 5 m Anti-interference function 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 66 pnp/npn (M 8 pnp only) Solid-state output Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories

13 4 26 23 8 3.7 11.5 52 44

61.5 28.5 36 54 13 13 3.7 13 M 8x1 11.5 23 8 13 35 25.4 8 46 3.7
NSD00837
28
16
20
15.5
7.5

29 26 25

7.5 37 29.5 26
NSD00836
4 20 42
29.5
50
13 13
NSD00834
m V mA mA Hz ms
5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 100 < 30 250 2 Switching state (yellow) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 30 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12)
Dependent on fiber type 10 to 30 100 < 30 500 Switching state (yellow) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 30 Order No. } Preferred type 30, 31 17 0} 3RG73 231RH00 0} 3RG73 237CH00 30, 31 17 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12)
nm
Straight optical system 2 m cable, PVC, 6 0.2 mm2 M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON pnp, light-ON or dark-ON 0} 3RG73 221RK00 0} 3RG73 227CK00
Angular optical system 2 m cable, PVC, pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON 6 0.2 mm2 M 8 connector, pnp, light-ON or 4-pole, Type B dark-ON Emitter for thru-beam sensors 2 m cable, PVC, 4 0.2 mm2 Straight optical system Angular optical system M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B Straight optical system Angular optical system Accessories Mounting bracket for K 35
} 3RG73 321RK00 } 3RG73 327CK00
30, 31 17
} 3RG73 331RH00 } 3RG73 337CH00
35 9 25.4 8 46
15.5
13
30, 31 17
0} 3RG73 221BG00 } 3RG73 321BG00 0} 3RG73 227BG00 } 3RG73 327BG00
27 27 18 18
3RX7 313
3/36
N
Diffuse sensor
C 40 form
C 40 Sensing range 70 cm (diffuse sensor) Sensing range 5 to 25 cm (diffuse sensor with background suppression) Anti-interference function Adjustment with teach-in function (interlocking possible) 10 to 30 V DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range 25 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/K Supplied with mounting bracket
LED
NSD 01184
LED 40 46 55 40 46 55
NSD 01184
69
30 40
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
30 40
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
69
3
Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wave length (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight cm V mA mA Hz ms 70 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 200 35 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 200 mm 200 mm (white) 660 (red, visible) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 0.40 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 39 39 5 to 25 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 250 35 200 2.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 100 mm 100 mm (gray) 660 (red, visible) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 0.40 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 40 40
nm
pnp, light-ON or darkON npn, light-ON or darkON
3RG72 403CH00 3RG72 403HH00
3RG72 443CH00 3RG72 443HH00
3/37

C 40 form
N
Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter Retroreflective sensor for transparent objects

C 40 Range 6 m (retroreflective sensor) Range 1 m (retroreflective sensor for transparent objects) Anti-interference function Adjustment with teach-in function (interlocking possible) 10 to 30 V DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range 25 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/K Supplied with mounting bracket
LED
NSD 01184
LED 40 46 55 40 46 55
NSD 01184
69
30 40
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
30 40
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
m V mA mA Hz ms
6 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 200 35 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916 660 (red, polarized, visible) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 0.40 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 39 39
1 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 200 35 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916 660 (red, polarized, visible) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 0.40 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 40 40
nm
pnp, light-ON or darkON npn, light-ON or darkON
3RG72 413CH00 3RG72 413HH00
3RG72 413CH52 3RG72 413HH52
3/38
69

K 40 form

K 40 Sensing range 2 m (diffuse sensor) IR light Range 6 m (retroreflective sensor) red light (polarized) 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 8 and M 12 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range 25 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/K Supplied with fixing accessories
For M 4 28
40 31
4,5
For M 4 16 28
40 31
5 4,5
31 40
NSD00838
NSD00839
29
29
For M 4 28
40 31
4,5
4,5
fr M 4 16 28
40 31
5 4,5
31 40
NSD00840
NSD00841
29
29
31 40
4,5
19
28
19
28
31 40
4,5
m V mA mA Hz ms
2 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 400 mm 400 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP 67 90 / 35 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 5 6 5 6
6 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916 660 (red, polarized, visible) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP 67 90 / 35 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 5 6 5 6
nm
3 m cable, PUR, pnp, light-ON and dark4 0.14 mm2 ON (compatible) pnp, light-ON and surplus light function npn, light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn, light-ON and surplus light function M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B pnp, light-ON and darkON (compatible) pnp, light-ON and surplus light function npn, light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn, light-ON and surplus light function M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F pnp, light-ON and darkON (compatible) pnp, light-ON and surplus light function npn, light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn, light-ON and surplus light function Accessories Mounting bracket for K 40
3RG70 200CC00 3RG70 200CD00 3RG70 200HC00 3RG70 200HD00 3RG70 207CC00 3RG70 207CD00 3RG70 207HC00 3RG70 207HD00 3RG70 203CC00 3RG70 203CD00 3RG70 203HC00 3RG70 203HD00
3RX7 911
4,5
19
28
19
28
3/39

K 40 form

Thru-beam sensor BERO for glass fiber-optic conductor
K 40 Range 15 m (thru-beam sensor) Red light 10 to 36 V DC Cable or M 8 and M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 67 Enabling input for test purposes solid-state output Temperature range 25 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/K Supplied with fixing accessories
For M 4 16 28
40 31
5 4,5
For M 4 28
40 31
4,5
31 40
NSD00839
NSD00842
29
4,5
For M 4 16 28
40 31
5 4,5
For M 4 28
40 31
31 40
NSD00841
NSD00843
29
4,5
m V mA mA Hz ms
15 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 10 / 15 (emitter/receiver) 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP 67 90 / 35 (emitter and receiver) Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 5 6 5 6
Dependent on fiber type 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) Max. 200 mA 15 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 100 mm 100 mm 660 nm (red, visible) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP 67 90 / 35 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 5 6 5 6
nm
3 m cable, PUR, pnp, light-ON and dark4 0.14 mm2 ON (compatible) pnp, light-ON and surplus light function npn, light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn, light-ON and surplus light function M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B pnp, light-ON and darkON (compatible) pnp, light-ON and surplus light function npn, light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn, light-ON and surplus light function M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F pnp, light-ON and darkON (compatible) pnp, light-ON and surplus light function npn, light-ON and darkON (compatible) npn, light-ON and surplus light function Emitter for thru-beam sensors 3 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 M 8 connector, 3-pole, Type A M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type F Accessories Mounting bracket for K 40
3RG70 220BE00 3RG70 227BE00 3RG70 223BE00 3RX7 911
2 2 7
For glass FO conductors., see P. 3/62 to 3/65.

3/40
4,5
19
28
29
19
28
31 40
4,5 4,5
19
28
29
19
28
31 40

K 50 form

Diffuse sensor
K 50 Sensing range 90 cm Anti-interference function DC or AC/DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 65 Solid-state or relay output Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories
50 40 4.6 50 40
30
20.4
NSD00844
M 12 18 16.2
11.6
27
3
Sensing range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight cm V mA mA Hz ms 90 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 DC 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) 100 mm 100 mm (white) 660 (red, visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 100 Order No. } Preferred type 2 m cable, PVC, 5 0.5 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F 2 m cable, PVC, 5 0.5 mm2 Accessories Mounting bracket for K 50 3RX7 310 pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON Relay, light-ON or dark-ON } 3RG73 001RH00 } 3RG73 003RH00 28, 29 20 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG73 001PH00 33 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 15 to 264 V AC/DC 3 A (for 250 V AC, 30 V DC); min. 5 V/10 mA < 40 2 30 nm
3/41

K 50 form

20.4
NSD00844
M 12 18 16.2
Sensing range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight
cm V mA mA Hz ms
5 to 25 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 DC 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) 100 mm 100 mm (gray 18 %) 660 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 100 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 28, 29 20
11.6
From AS-Interface I/O Configuration 1, ID-Code 1 < 30 <5
nm
Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG73 043WS00
27
K 50 Range 5 to 25 cm Anti-interference function DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 65 Solid-state or relay output AS-Interface Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories
50 40 4.6 50 40
30
2 m cable, PVC, 5 0.5 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F With AS-Interface connection, M 12 connector Accessories
pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON pnp, light-ON or dark-ON
} 3RG73 041RH00 } 3RG73 043CH00
19
3RX7 310
3/42

K 50 form

Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter
K 50 Range 3 m Anti-interference function DC or AC/DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 65 Solid-state or relay output AS-Interface Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector
50 40 4.6 50 40
30
20.4
NSD00844
M 12 18 16.2
11.6
27
3
Range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V mA mA Hz ms 3 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 DC 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) Reflector S 48, 3RX7 922 660 (red, polarized, visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 100 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG73 011RH00 } 3RG73 013CH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 28, 29 20 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG73 013WS00 19 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 15 to 264 V AC/DC 3 A (for 250 V AC, 30 V AC); min. 5 V/10 mA < 40 mA 2 30 From AS-Interface I/O Configuration 1, ID-Code 1 < 30 mA <5 nm
2 m cable, PVC, 5 0.5 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F With AS-Interface connection, M 12 connector 2 m cable, PVC, 5 0.5 mm2 Accessories
pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON pnp, light-ON or dark-ON Light-ON or dark-ON
Relay, light-ON or dark-ON
} 3RG73 011PH00
33
3RX7 310
3/43

K 50 form

Retroreflective sensor without polarization filter
30
20.4
NSD00844
M 12 18 16.2
Range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight
m V mA mA Hz ms
4 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 DC 150 < 30 500 1 Switching state (yellow) Reflector S 48, 3RX7 922 660 (red, visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 100 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 28, 29 20
11.6
15 to 264 V AC/DC 3 A (for 250 V AC, 30 V DC); min. 5 V/10 mA < 40 2 30
nm
Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG73 011PH51
27
K 50 Range 4 m Anti-interference function DC or AC/DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 65 Solid-state or relay output Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector
50 40 4.6 50 40
2 m cable, PVC, 5 0.5 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F 2 m cable, PVC, 5 0.5 mm2 Accessories
pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON pnp, light-ON or dark-ON Relay, light-ON or dark-ON
} 3RG73 011RH51 } 3RG73 013CH51
33
3RX7 310
3/44

K 50 form

Thru-beam sensor
K 50 Range 5 m Anti-interference function DC or AC/DC M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 65 Solid-state or relay output Temperature range 15 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories
50 40 4.6 50 40
30
20.4
NSD00844
M 12 18 16.2
11.6
27
3
Range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V mA mA Hz ms 5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 DC 150 < 30 250 2 Switching state (yellow) 660 (red, visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 100 Order No. Receiver 2 m cable, PVC, 6 0.35 mm2 M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F 2 m cable, PVC, 5 0.5 mm2 Emitter 2 m cable, PVC M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type F Accessories Mounting bracket for K 50 3RX7 310 } 3RG73 021BG00 } 3RG73 023BG00 27 21 } 3RG73 021FG00 32 pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON, with alarm output pnp, light-ON or dark-ON Relay, light-ON or dark-ON } Preferred type } 3RG73 021RH00 30, 31 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 15 to 264 V AC/DC 3 A (for 250 V AC, 30 V DC); min. 5 V/10 mA < 40 2 30 nm
} 3RG73 023CH00
20
} 3RG73 021PH00 33
3/45

K 65 form

K 65 Sensing range 2 m, adjustable via potentiometer Temperature range 20 to +60 C

55 5.5 5 20
65
Sensing range 10 to 50 cm, adjustable via "teach-in" (background suppression) Temperature range 10 to +55 C Anti-interference function 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 66 Solid-state output Supplied without fixing accessories
4.3 36
22
16
NSD00845
40
M12
41
Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight
cm V mA mA Hz ms
200 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 200 < 40 500 1 Switching state (yellow) 100 mm 100 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 130 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 22 22 22 22
10.8
10 to 50 (adjustable via "teach-in") 10 to 30 200 < 50 200 2.5 Switching state (yellow), Ready (green) 100 mm 100 mm (gray 18 %) 660 (red, visible) ABS IP 66 130 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG73 441CC00 3RG73 441HC00 } 3RG73 443CC00 3RG73 443HC00 22 22 22 22 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13)
nm
2 m cable, PVC, pnp, light-ON, dark4 0.25 mm2 ON (compatible) npn, light-ON, darkON (compatible) M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F pnp, light-ON, darkON (compatible) npn, light-ON, darkON (compatible) Accessories Mounting bracket for K 65
} 3RG73 401CC00 3RG73 401HC00 } 3RG73 403CC00 3RG73 403HC00
3RX7 311
3/46
10

K 65 form

K 65 Range 8 m (retroreflective sensor) Range 50 mm (thru-beam sensor)

Adjustment via potentiometer Anti-interference function 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 66 Solid-state output Temperature range 20 to +60 C Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector
55
5.5 5
20
4.3 36 65
22
16
NSD00845
40
M12
10
41
3
50 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 200 < 40 25 20 Switching state (yellow), surplus light (green) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 130 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 22 22 22 22 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG73 421CC00 3RG73 421HC00 } 3RG73 423CC00 3RG73 423HC00 22 22 22 22 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13)
Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight
m V mA mA Hz ms
8 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 200 < 40 500 1 Switching state (yellow), surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916 660 (red, visible) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 66 130 Order No. } Preferred type
nm
2 m cable, PVC, pnp, light-ON, dark4 0.25 mm2 ON (compatible) npn, light-ON, darkON (compatible) M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F pnp, light-ON, darkON (compatible) npn, light-ON, darkON (compatible) Emitter 2 m cable, PVC, 4 0.25 mm2 M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type F Accessories Mounting bracket for K 65
} 3RG73 411CC00 3RG73 411HC00 } 3RG73 413CC00 3RG73 413HC00
10.8
3RX7 311
} 3RG73 421BG00 } 3RG73 423BG00
21 21
3/47

K 80 form

Diffuse sensor
K 80 Sensing range 2 m Infrared light DC or AC/DC M 12 connector or Pg 11 molded plastic screw gland, molded plastic housing, IP 67 ON-delay, OFF-delay, pulse shaping Time range 0.01 s to 10 s Solid-state or relay output, enabling input for test purposes, AS-Interface with FK connection Temperature range 5 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories
65 Pot. + LEDs
NSD0 00846b
65 Pot. + LEDs
NSD0 00848b
83 73 62
30 13,2
83 73 62
30
5,5
5 5,5 36 M 12x1 50 25
10 20
10 20
PG 11 36 50
25
Sensing range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight
m V
2 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 DC 200 mA 30 mA 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 400 mm 400 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 95 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG72 003CC00 3RG72 003HC00 } 3RG72 103DK00 3RG72 103EK00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 8 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 20 to 320 AC/DC, 2 A (at 240 V AC) 2 VA 20 20 From AS-Interface I/O Configuration 1, ID-Code 1 30 mA 5
Hz ms
nm
M 12 connector Light-ON and dark- pnp 4-pole, Type F ON (compatible) npn M 12 connector, Light-ON or dark- pnp 5-pole, Type G, ON, npn with enabling surplus light, input with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) Pg 11 Pg 11, with enabling input Light-ON and dark- pnp ON (compatible) npn Light-ON or dark- pnp ON, npn surplus light, with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) Relay, light-ON and dark-ON, with timing function (0.1 to 10 s)
} 3RG72 006CC00 3RG72 006HC00 } 3RG72 106DK00 3RG72 106EK00
12 12
Pg 11
} 3RG72 106MC00
11
FK connection AS-Interface, with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) Accessories
} 3RG72 105WS00
10
3/48

K 80 form

K 80 Sensing range 0.2 m to 1 m Infrared light DC or AC/DC M 12 connector or Pg 11 molded plastic screw gland, molded plastic housing, IP 67 ON-delay, OFF-delay, pulse shaping Time range 0.01 s to 10 s Solid-state output, enabling input for test purposes, AS-Interface with FK connection Temperature range 5 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories
65 Pot. + LEDs
NSD0 00846b
65 Pot. + LEDs
NSD0 00848b
83 73 62
30 13,2
83 73 62
30
5,5
5 5,5 36 M 12x1 50 25
10 20
10 20
PG 11 36 50
25
3
Sensing range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V mA mA Hz ms 0.2 to 1 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 DC 200 45 250 2 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 200 mm 200 mm (white) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 95 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 8 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) From AS-Interface I/O Configuration 1, ID-Code 1 30 5
nm
M 12 connector Light-ON and dark- pnp 4-pole, Type F ON (compatible) npn M 12 connector, Light-ON or dark- pnp 5-pole, Type G, ON, npn with enabling surplus light , input with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) Pg 11 Pg 11, with enabling input Light-ON and dark- pnp ON (compatible) npn
3RG72 043CC00 3RG72 043HC00 3RG72 143DK00 3RG72 143EK00
3RG72 046CC00 3RG72 046HC00 3RG72 146DK00 3RG72 146EK00
12 12
Light-ON or dark- pnp ON, npn surplus light , with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) FK connection AS-Interface, with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) Accessories Mounting bracket for K 80
3RG72 145WS00
10
3RX7 303
3/49

K 80 form

K 80 Range 6 m (autocollimation principle) Visible red light DC or AC/DC M 12 connector or Pg 11 molded plastic screw gland, molded plastic housing, IP 67 ON-delay, OFF-delay, pulse shaping Time range 0.01 s to 10 s Solid-state or relay output, enabling input for test purposes, AS-Interface with FK connection Temperature range 5 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector
65 Pot. + LEDs
NSD0 00846b
65 Pot. + LEDs
NSD0 00848b
83 73 62
30 13,2
83 73 62
30
5,5
5 5,5 36 M 12x1 50 25
10 20
10 20
PG 11 36 50
25
Range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight
m V
6 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 DC 200 mA 30 mA 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916 660 (red, polarized, visible) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 95 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG72 013CC00 3RG72 013HC00 } 3RG72 113DK00 3RG72 113EK00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 8 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 20 to 320 AC/DC, 2 A (at 240 V AC) 2 VA 20 20 From AS-Interface I/O Configuration 1, ID-Code 1 30 mA 5
Hz ms
nm
M 12 connector Light-ON and dark- pnp 4-pole, Type F ON (compatible) npn M 12 connector, Light-ON or dark- pnp 5-pole, Type G, ON, npn with enabling surplus light , input with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) Pg 11 Pg 11, with enabling input Light-ON and dark- pnp ON (compatible) npn Light-ON or dark- pnp ON, npn surplus light , with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) Relay, light-ON and dark-ON, with timing function (0.1 to 10 s)
12 12
Pg 11
} 3RG72 116MC00
11
FK connection AS-Interface, with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) Accessories Mounting bracket for K 80
} 3RG72 115WS00
10
3RX7 303
3/50

K 80 form

Thru-beam sensor
K 80 Range 50 m Modulated infrared light DC or AC/DC M 12 connector or Pg 11 molded plastic screw gland, molded plastic housing, IP 67 ON-delay, OFF-delay, pulse shaping Time range 0.01 s to 10 s Solid-state or relay output, enabling input for test purposes, AS-Interface with FK connection Temperature range 5 to +55C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories
65 Pot. + LEDs
NSD0 00846b
65 Pot. + LEDs
NSD0 00848b
83 73 62
30 13,2
83 73 62
30
5,5
5 5,5 36 M 12x1 50 25
10 20
10 20
PG 11 36 50
25
3
Range Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight Hz ms m V 50 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 36 DC 200 mA 30 mA 1000 0.5 Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) 880 (IR) Molded plastic (PBTP) IP 67 95 Order No. Receiver M 12 connector Light-ON and dark- pnp 4-pole, Type F ON (compatible) npn M 12 connector, Light-ON or dark- pnp 4-pole, Type F ON, npn surplus light , with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) Pg 11 Light-ON and dark- pnp ON (compatible) npn Pg 11, with enabling input Light-ON or dark- pnp ON, npn surplus light , with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) Relay, light-ON and dark-ON, with timing function (0.1 to 10 s) } Preferred type } 3RG72 023CC00 3RG72 023HC00 } 3RG72 123DK00 3RG72 123EK00 5 6 Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 20 to 320 AC/DC, 2A 2 VA 20 20 From AS-Interface I/O Configuration 1, ID-Code 1 30 mA 5
nm
12 12
Pg 11
} 3RG72 126MC00
11
FK connection AS-Interface, with timing function (0.01 to 1 s) Emitter M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type F Pg 11 FK connection for AS-Interface Accessories Mounting bracket for K 80
} 3RG72 125WS00
10
} 3RG72 023BG00 } 3RG72 026BG00 3RX7 303
7 12
} 3RG72 026FG00 } 3RG72 025WG00
12 10
3/51

KL 40 form

BERO for plastic fiber-optic conductor
KL 40 Snap-on fitting (standard mounting rail) 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 65 Programmable via teach-in Solid-state output npn or pnp Temperature range 10 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories
64
NSD00849
44.5
25.75
24.65
6.3
3.6
12
12
LED YE LED GN/RD
Programming
mm V mA mA Hz s
Max. 280 10 to 30 100 < 55 1500 333 Switching state (yellow), Set (red/green) 660 (red) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 100 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG74 131CH00 3RG74 131HH00 } 3RG74 137CH00 3RG74 137HH00 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 34 34 23 23
nm
2 m cable, PVC, 6 0.088 mm2
pnp, light-ON or dark-ON npn, light-ON or dark-ON pnp, light-ON or dark-ON npn, light-ON or dark-ON
Accessories Mounting bracket for KL 40 3RX7 313
3/52
17
16

CL 40 form

Color sensor
CL 40 Sensing range 3 to 15 mm 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 8 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 65 Programmable via teach-in Version with cable: Also with remote teach-in and alarm output Solid-state output npn/pnp Timing function Temperature range 10 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories Supplied with plastic fiber-optic conductor 3RX7 011
64
NSD00850
44.5
6.3
3.6 25.75 24.65
12
12
LED GN LED YE LED RD/GN Programming
mm V mA mA Hz s
3 to 15 10 to 30 100 < 60 550 100 Switching state (yellow), programming (red/green), timer (green) 3 LEDs: 660 (red), 525 (green), 470 (blue) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 65 40 Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG75 501CA00 3RG75 501HA00 } 3RG75 507CA00 3RG75 507HA00 3RX7 011 3RX7 313 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 35 35 25 25
nm
2 m cable, PVC, 6 0.088 mm2 M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B Accessories
pnp npn pnp npn
Plastic fiber-optic conductor, 1 m long, for color sensor CL 40 Mounting bracket for CL 40
3/53

C 80 form

Color mark sensor
C 80 Sensing range 9 or 18 mm 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector Metal housing, IP 67 Programmable via teach-in ON-delay, switchable Solid-state output pnp, analog output 0 to 5.5 V Horizontal or vertical light spot Temperature range 10 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories
7.5 25
5.9
82.8
M5
15 33.7
31 25
21
18
14.1 36.6
27.5 28
28 M5
M 12
20.9
42.2
READY OUT
MARK
BKGR
Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Analog output (R i = 22 k) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight
mm V mA mA V kHz s
9 10 to 30 200 < 80 0 ... 5.5 10 50 Switching state (yellow), Ready (green) 660 (red) or 565 (green); automatic selection Aluminum die-cast IP 67 560 Order No. } Preferred type Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 36
4.3
NSD00851
18
nm
39.8
Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG75 601CH54
M 12x1
58
24
Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 36
3 m cable, PVC, 6 0.15 mm shielded M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F
pnp, light-ON or dark-ON, vertical light spot pnp, light-ON or dark-ON, vertical light spot pnp, light-ON or dark-ON, horizontal light spot
} 3RG75 601CH55
} 3RG75 603CH55
26
} 3RG75 603CH54
26
3RG75 603CH53
26
3RG75 603CH56
26
3/54

G 20 form

Fork/slot, visible red/green Fork/slot, infrared
G 20 Fork/slot width 2 mm 10 to 30 V DC M 8 connector Metal housing, IP 65 Solid-state output, pnp and npn Teach-in Temperature range 0 to +55 C Supplied without fixing accessories
2
16 12
M4
NSD00852
7.5
4.25
90 9
20
18
26
18 26
50 7.5 20
M8
97.5
Fork/slot width Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current Supply current Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight
mm V mA mA kHz s
2 10 to 30 100 < 55 6 80 Switching state (yellow) Green/red Aluminum die-cast IP 65 115 g Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG75 027RH57 Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 24
nm
IR
Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG75 027RH58
Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 24
pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON
3/55

L 18 form (Laser)

L 18 Range 50 m Visible laser light, Laser Protection Class 2 10 to 30 V DC Cable or M 12 connector IP 65 Solid-state output Temperature range 10 to +60C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/K Supplied with focussing and adjustment tool; without fixing accessories
Laser thru-beam sensor Straight optical system Angular optical system
M 18x1 5
M 18x1
27,7 SW 24
20 SW 24
28,7
Pot. LED
NSD0 00853 NSD00854 NSD00855
M 18x1 5 4
M 18x1
27,7 SW 24
20 SW 24
NSD0 00856
28,7
NSD00857
Pot. LED
Pot. LED
NSD0 00858 NSD00859 NSD00860
Pot. LED
NSD0 00861 NSD00862
M 12x1
M 12x1
M 12x1
M 12x1
M 12x1
Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector)
m V mA mA Hz s
50 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 200 Emitter: 10, receiver: 15 6000 83 Operating voltage (green), switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (red) 660 (red laser light, visible) Brass, nickel-plated IP 65 75 / 175 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 6 5 6 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 6 5 6
nm
Receiver 3 m cable, PUR, pnp, light-ON, dark-ON 4 0.25 mm (compatible) pnp, light-ON and surplus light function M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F pnp, light-ON, dark-ON (compatible) pnp, light-ON and surplus light function Emitter 3 m cable, PUR, 4 0.25 mm M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type F Accessories Mounting bracket for L 18 3RG71 350CC00 3RG71 350CD00 3RG71 353CC00 3RG71 353CD00 3RG71 750CC00 3RG71 750CD00 3RG71 753CC00 3RG71 753CD00
3RG71 350BE00 3RG71 353BE00 3RX7 300
9 9
3RG71 750BE00 3RG71 753BE00
9 9
3/56
M 18x1 SW 24
37
48
48
SW 24
SW 24
48
M 18x1
75
75
75
75
64
M 18x1
M 18x1 SW 24
37
48
48
SW 24
SW 24
48
75
M 18x1
75
75
75
64
M 18x1

L 50 form (Laser)

Laser diffuse sensor with background suppression Laser diffuse sensor
L 50 Sensing range 30 to 150 mm (diffuse sensor with background suppr.) Range 12 m (retroreflective sensor)
Visible laser light, Laser Protection Class 2 Cable or M 12 connector IP 67 Solid-state output Temperature range 20 to +45C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/K Supplied without fixing accessories and without reflector
17
50 Pot. + LEDs
17
50 Pot. + LEDs
50
46 44
50
NSD0 00863
NSD0 00863
16
4,3 40 44 50 Pot. + LEDs
16
46 44
4,3 40 44 50 Pot. + LEDs
17
17
50
50
46 44
NSD0 00864
NSD0 00864
27,5
46 44
16
4,3
16
M 12x1
M 12x1 40 44
M 12x1
M 12x1 40 44
Sensing range/Range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight (cable/connector) V mA mA Hz s
30 to 150 mm (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 (max. 10 % residual ripple) 200 50 2500 200 Operating voltage (green), switching state (yellow), surplus light (red) 100 mm 100 mm (white) 670 (red laser light) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 140 / 40 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6
12 m (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 30 (max. 10 % residual ripple) 200 50 2500 200 Operating voltage (green), switching state (yellow), surplus light (red) Reflector type RL 50, 3RX7 307 670 (red laser light) Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 145 / 45 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6
nm
2 m cable, PUR, pnp, light-ON and 4 0.25 mm dark-ON pnp, light-ON and surplus light function npn, light-ON and dark-ON npn, light-ON and surplus light function pnp, light-ON and dark-ON pnp, light-ON and surplus light function npn, light-ON and dark-ON npn, light-ON and surplus light function
} Preferred type 3RG70 560CC00 3RG70 560CD00 3RG70 560HC00 3RG70 560HD00 } 3RG70 563CC00 3RG70 563CD00 3RG70 563HC00 3RG70 563HD00
3RG70 570CC00 3RG70 570CD00 3RG70 570HC00 3RG70 570HD00 3RG70 573CC00 3RG70 573CD00 3RG70 573HC00 3RG70 573HD00
Accessories Mounting bracket for L 50 3RX7 302
4,3
27,5
3/57

L 50 form (Laser)

L 50 Sensing range 45 to 85 mm Resolution 80 m/20 m Visible laser light, Laser Protection Class 2 (acc. to IEC 825/VDE 0837) Cable IP 67 Voltage output 0 to 10 V Temperature range 0 to +45 C, temperature drift 18 m/K Supplied without fixing accessories
17
50 Pot. + LEDs
50
NSD0 00863
16
46 44
4,3 40 44
Sensing range Resolution Linearity Rated operational voltage (DC) Analog output No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Spot size when sensor is 65 mm from target Housing material Degree of protection Weight
mm m V V mA Hz ms mm
45 to 85 (adjustable via potentiometer) 80 < 1 % of measuring range (40 mm) 18 to 28 0 to 10 / max. 3 mA 35 500 1 Operating voltage (green), surplus light (red) < 0.8 Molded plastic (ABS) IP 67 280 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 37 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/13) 37 50 10 20
6 m cable, PVC, Analog output 0 to 10 V, 4 0.34 mm rising shielded M 12 connector 4-pole, Type F Analog output 0 to 10 V, rising
3RG70 561CM00
3RG70 561CM03
3RG70 563CM00
37
3RG70 563CM03
37
Accessories Cable plug, shielded, 4 0.34 mm Right angle cable plug, shielded, 4 0.34 mm Mounting bracket for L 50
3RX1 680 3RX1 681 3RX7 302

NSD00865
Characteristic
Measuring range
10 V
0V
45 mm
85 mm
3/58

Light array

LG Range 1.4 m Visible red light, 7 light beams Autocollimation principle 12 to 36 V DC M 8 connector IP 54 Solid-state output Temperature range 10 to +50C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/K Supplied with fixing accessories Supplied without reflector
30
60 LED YE LED RE 16 M4 46 7 Direction of travel 23 9 60 6x7=42
12 20 45
NSD00866
3
Sensing range Rated operational voltage (DC) Rated operational current No-load supply current I0 (typ.) Switching frequency Operating time LEDs Standard target Wavelength (type of light) Housing material Degree of protection Weight m V mA mA Hz ms 1.4 12 to 36 Max. 200 < 30 50 10 Switching state indication (yellow), fouling indic. (red) Reflector type R 45, 3RX7 924 660 (red, polarized, visible) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) IP 54 120 Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12) 6 nm
} Preferred type M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B pnp, dark-ON and surplus light function The switching output switches as soon as one of the 7 beams is interrupted. Accessories Reflector type R 45 3RX7 924 } 3RG70 717CD27
3/59

3RX7 plastic fiber-optic conductors
I Overview
The plastic fiber-optic conductors are used in conjunction with the Opto-BEROs of types K 30, K 31, K 35 and KL 40. The sensing range of the plastic fiber-optic conductors depends on the type of OptoBERO used. The main advantages are: Extremely small dimensions Small bending radius For cutting to length Visible light Wide range of types Attractively priced
Typical beam diagram (fiber type 3RX7 003)
50 40 30 20 10 20 10 0 10 20 a (mm) a TW TW (mm)
NSD00913a
TW = Sensing range
I Technical data
Temperature range Degree of protection Sensor head Sensor Standard length Bending radius Tensile strength Attenuation Sleeve material Angle of incidence Solvent resistance 40 to +75 C IP 67 IP 65 2 m 0.1 m Min. 25 mm Max. 30 N Max. 0.4 dB/m at 660 nm Polyethylene Max. 56 Not resistant

Design Order No. Weight kg
Plastic fiber-optic conductors for diffuse sensors

M 3 (P=0,5)
NSD00914
Sensing range:
7
Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40
20 mm 40 mm 20 mm 35 mm
3RX7 001
0.01
2000 + - 100 M 6 (P=0,75)

NSD00915
12
2 individual fibers 1 mm, can be cut Adapter sleeves for 2.2 mm contained in the scope of supply. Sensing range: Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40 60 mm 120 mm 50 mm 110 mm 3RX7 002 0.01
2,2 2000 + - 100 M 3 (P=0,5)

NSD00917
2 individual fibers 2.2 mm, can be cut

1,8 15
Sensing range:
1,2 90 + -2
20 mm 40 mm 20 mm 35 mm
3RX7 004
0.01
2000 + - 100 M 6 (P=0,75)

NSD00918
7 12
2 individual fibers 1 mm, can be cut Adapter sleeves for 2.2 mm contained in the scope of supply. Sensing range: Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40 60 mm 120 mm 16 mm 100 mm 3RX7 005 0.01
2,2
2,5
2000 + - 100
1,8 15
90
3/60

3RX7 plastic fiber-optic conductors

Design Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.01
Plastic fiber-optic conductors for thru-beam sensors

Range: Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40 60 mm 120 mm 32 mm 90 mm 3RX7 006
M 3 (P=0,5)
NSD00919
2 individual fibers 2.2 mm, can be cut (fine internal fiber)
2,2
2000
+ 100 -
12
Range:
200 mm 400 mm 50 mm 280 mm
3RX7 007
0.01
M 4 (P=0,7)
NSD00920
M 2,6 (P=0,45)
2,2
2000 + - 100
11
Range:
M 3 (P=0.5)
NSD00921
60 mm 120 mm 14 mm 60 mm
3RX7 008
0.01
2 individual fibers 2.2 mm, can be cut (fine internal fiber)

2.2
2000 + - 100
12
0.9
90 + -2
Range:
200 mm 400 mm 75 mm 280 mm
3RX7 010
0.01
M 4 (P=0,7)
NSD00922
1,2
2,2
2000 + - 100
11
90 + -2
Front lenses
NSD00923
Front lenses (1 pair)

4,5
3RX7 901 1500 mm 3000 mm 250 mm 2000 mm 3RX7 902 250 mm 500 mm 20 mm 350 mm
0.02
for use with 3RX7 007 fiber type Range: Series K 31 Series K 30 Series K 35 Series KL 40
M 2,6 (P=0,45)
5,5 8,7
NSD00924
Front lenses 90 (1 pair) for use with 3RX7 007 fiber type Range:
9,7 5,8
0.02
4,5
M 2,6 (P=0,45)
3/61

3RX7 glass fiber-optic conductors
I Overview
The glass fiber-optic conductors are used in conjunction with the Opto-BEROs of type K 40. The main advantages are: Small dimensions Wide range of types Large selection of fibers and sensor heads Detection of extremely small parts Depending on the type, glass fiber-optic conductors comprise 200 to 5000 individual fibers with a diameter of 30 to 50 mm. The bundle of fibers is surrounded by a sheath that can be selected according to the application: Wound sheath of chromeplated brass Silicon sheath with stainless steel braiding for strain-relief for use in corrosive media and under mechanical stress. The sensor heads are available with light outlet at the front or side. The range includes glass optical fibers for operation in retroreflective mode (with separate bundles of fibers for emitter and receiver) and for operation as diffuse sensors (the bundles for emitter and receiver are located in a common sleeve).
Typical beam diagram
I Technical data
Temperature range Silicon sheath Wound sheath Sensor head degree of protection Optical fiber degree of protection With wound sheath of chromeplated brass With silicon sheath sleeve Standard lengths Attenuation at 880 nm Angle of incidence Solvent resistance 25 C to +150 C 25 C to +250 C IP 54 (optionally IP 68) IP 50 IP 65 0.25 m; 0.5 m; 1.0 m Max. 0.4 dB/m Max. 32 Not resistant

Design Order No. Weight, approx. kg
Glass fiber-optic conductors for axial diffuse sensors

1 6 15 12 75 0,7
Sensing range 5 mm With flexible light outlet sleeve (minimum radius 4 mm) for detecting the smallest objects
NSD00926
50
Sheath: Silicon sheath 4.7 mm Min. bending radius 20 mm Max. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see Page 4/65. 3RX7 1010CF 3RX7 1010FA 3RX7 1011AA 0.01 0.02 0.04
1,5
15 12
100
Sensing range 15 mm
1
With flexible light outlet sleeve (minimum radius 5 mm) for practically inaccessible locations Sheath: Silicon sheath 4.7 mm Min. bending radius 20 mm Max. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see Page 4/65. 3RX7 1040CF 3RX7 1040FA 3RX7 1041AA 0.01 0.02 0.04
NSD00927
80
15
12
25
Sensing range 15 mm For detecting extremely small objects Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass 4.7 mm Min. bending radius 23 mm Max. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see Page 4/65.
NSD00928
NSD00925
3RX7 1070CF 3RX7 1070FA 3RX7 1071AA
0.01 0.02 0.04
3/62


Glass fiber-optic conductors for axial diffuse sensors (continued)

6 15 12 25 8 5
Sensing range 50 mm Universal sensor of medium range Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass 6.7 mm Min. bending radius 25 mm Max. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see Page 4/65. Sensing range 150 mm Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass 6.7 mm Min. bending radius 25 mm Max. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see Page 4/65.
NSD00929
10
3RX7 1110CF 3RX7 1110FA 3RX7 1111AA
0.01 0.02 0.04
15
12
25 8
NSD00930
10
3RX7 1140CF 3RX7 1140FA 3RX7 1141AA
0.01 0.02 0.04
Axial heads
6 3 12 24 15 3 15,3
Sensing range 100 mm For reducing the sensing range to 100 mm Housing material: Polyamide
3RX7 903
0.02
NSD00931
6 3 12
24 15
3 15,3
Sensing range 150 mm For reducing the sensing range to 150 mm Housing material: Polyamide
3RX7 904
0.02
NSD00931
Glass fiber-optic conductors for radial diffuse sensors

6 14 6 15 20 1,25 12
Sensing range 15 mm For detecting the smallest objects Limb length 14 mm Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass 4.7 mm Min. bending radius 23 mm Max. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see Page 4/65. 3RX7 2010CF 3RX7 2010FA 3RX7 2011AA 0.01 0.02 0.04
NSD00932
1,5
8 14
15
20 3,5
12
Sensing range 30 mm Universal design Limb length 14 mm Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass 6.7 mm Min. bending radius 25 mm Max. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see Page 4/65. 3RX7 2040CF 3RX7 2040FA 3RX7 2041AA 0.01 0.02 0.04
NSD00933
8 14
15
20
12
Sensing range 15 mm Limb length 14 mm Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass 6.7 mm Min. bending radius 25 mm Max. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see Page 4/65.
NSD00934
3RX7 2070CF 3RX7 2070FA 3RX7 2071AA
0.01 0.02 0.04
3/63


Radial heads
6 12 13 21 15
Sensing range 100 mm

15,3
3RX7 907
0.02
For reducing the sensing range to 100 mm Housing material: Polyamide
5 21 15
NSD00935
Sensing range 150 mm

15,3
3RX7 908
0.02
6 12 13
For reducing the sensing range to 150 mm Housing material: Polyamide
Glass fiber-optic conductors for axial thru-beam sensors

1 6 15 12 75 0,7
NSD00935
Range 50 mm With flexible light outlet sleeve (minimum radius 4 mm) for detecting the smallest objects
NSD00936
50
Sheath: Silicon sheath 4.7 mm Min. bending radius 20 mm Max. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see Page 4/65. 3RX7 1170CF 3RX7 1170FA 3RX7 1171AA 0.02 0.04 0.08
1,5
15 12
100
Range 200 mm
1
With flexible light outlet sleeve (minimum radius 5 mm) for practically inaccessible locations Sheath: Silicon sheath 4.7 mm Min. bending radius 20 mm Max. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see Page 4/65. 3RX7 1210CF 3RX7 1210FA 3RX7 1211AA 0.02 0.04 0.08
NSD00937
80
15
12
25
Range 200 mm For detecting the smallest objects Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass 4.7 mm Min. bending radius 23 mm Max. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see Page 4/65. Range 800 mm Universal design Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass 4.7 mm Min. bending radius 23 mm Max. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special length, see Page 4/65. 3RX7 1270CF 3RX7 1270FA 3RX7 1271AA 0.025 0.05 0.1
NSD00938
3RX7 1240CF 3RX7 1240FA 3RX7 1241AA
0.025 0.05 0.1
15
12
25 8
NSD00939
10
15
12
25 8
Range 1500 mm Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass 5.1 mm Min. bending radius 24 mm Max. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see Page 4/65. 3RX7 1310CF 3RX7 1310FA 3RX7 1311AA 0.025 0.05 0.1
NSD00939
10
3/64


Glass fiber-optic conductors for radial thru-beam sensors

6 14 6 15 20 1,25 12
Range 200 mm For detecting extremely small objects Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass 4.7 mm Min. bending radius 23 mm Max. tensile strength 10 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see below. Range 800 mm Universal design Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass 4.7 mm Min. bending radius 23 mm Max. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see below. 3RX7 2140CF 3RX7 2140FA 3RX7 2141AA 0.025 0.05 0.1
NSD00940
1,5
3RX7 2110CF 3RX7 2110FA 3RX7 2111AA
0.025 0.05 0.1
8 14
15
20 3,5
NSD00941
12
8 14
15
20 4
12
Range 1500 mm Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass 5.1 mm Min. bending radius 24 mm Max. tensile strength 300 N Length 250 mm 500 mm 1000 mm For special lengths, see below. 3RX7 2170CF 3RX7 2170FA 3RX7 2171AA 0.025 0.05 0.1
NSD00942
I Special designs
Special lengths for glass fiber-optic conductors The design is indicated in the first seven positions of the Order No. in accordance with Pages 4/62 to 4/65.
Order No.
Positions 8 to 10 ("0AZ") indicate special lengths. The required length must be specified in the order as follows: Order No. and additionally the length in cm.
Order No.
Ordering example The glass fiber-optic conductor 3RX7 127 is ordered with a length of 75 cm. The order is specified as follows: 3RX 1270AZ Length: 75 cm
Order No.
3RX7 1010AZ 3RX7 1040AZ 3RX7 1070AZ 3RX7 1110AZ 3RX7 1140AZ 3RX7 2010AZ
3RX7 2040AZ 3RX7 2070AZ 3RX7 1170AZ 3RX7 1210AZ 3RX7 1240AZ 3RX7 1270AZ
3RX7 1310AZ 3RX7 2110AZ 3RX7 2140AZ 3RX7 2170AZ
3/65

3RX7 accessories

Mounting brackets
3,3 18,75 3,3 14 6
Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 20
3RX7 308
30
3,3
20 1,2
NSD00943
4,5
7,5
21
4,5
4,2
1,5
Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 30, K 31 Material: Galvanized steel
3RX7 910
0.02
21
10 10
4,2
NSD00944a
42
4,2
33
16,5
4,2
8 8
4,5
21 30
49
7,5
Mounting bracket for 35 mm mounting rail for Opto-BEROs of Series K 30, K 31 Material: Galvanized steel
37,5
41 15
21
NSD00945a
34 13,8
21 30
4,5
3RX7 304
0.032
4,5
1 4 19
Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 35, KL 40 and CL 40
3RX7 313
0.017
4,2x12 4,2x12 4 1
NSD00946
19
1 4,5
13,8 31 4,5
4,2
1,5
Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 40 (included in scope of supply) Material: Galvanized steel
3RX7 911
0.035
31
10 10
4,2
NSD00947a
52
4,2
45
4,2
16,5
8 8
4,5
21 30
3/66
7,5

3RX7 accessories

Mounting brackets
20 2
10
6,5
60 40
3RX7 310
58
15
4,5
4,5
5,5
40
10 20 22 2 16
6,4
NSD00948
40
36
30
R36
R36
4,2
36 55
15
5,5
75
3RX7 311
0.08
4 12 13 R25 R14
6,4 30
30
NSD00949
3
5
137

26,5
3RX7 303
0.245
31,5
Material: Galvanized steel

63
16
R62
R25 34 63
NSD00950
R73
5,3
10
Mounting bracket for Laser BEROs of Series L 50 Material: Galvanized steel
3RX7 302
NSD00951
48 19 49 24 10,5
4,3
7,5 4 23 32
4,3
3/67

3RX7 accessories

Mounting brackets
Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs with M 18 housing (alignable, specially designed for laser BEROs of Series L 18)
50
3RX7 300
Material: Galvanized steel
NSD00952
50
28
M 18
30
13
4,2x6,2
42
Universal mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs with M 18 housing Material: Galvanized steel
18,5
NSD00953
3RX7 301
40 3 12 6 32
Metal supports and cutting tool for fiber-optic conductors

NSD00954
3 20
40
3,2 6
Metal support for fiber-optic conductors 3.5 mm 4.5 mm 6 mm 7 mm 8 mm 10 mm Cutting tool for plastic fiber-optic conductors 3RX7 940 3RX7 941 3RX7 942 3RX7 943 3RX7 944 3RX7 945 3RX7 918 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.02
B A
8 16 A 3,5 4,5 6 B 20 20 20 7 25
M3 12 8 25 10 25
NSD00955
51
3/68

3RX7 accessories

Reflectors
D 22
NSD00956
3RX7 914
25 mm diameter
25 2,2 5
Range typ. approx. 40% of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916) D 40 46 mm diameter 3RX7 915 0.01
NSD00957
Range typ. approx. 60% of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916)

46 6
D 84
8,5 4,8
3RX7 916
0.02
85 mm diameter
NSD00958
85
10
S 48 Range typ. approx. 50% of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916)

48 74 86 4,5
3RX7 922
0.01
NSD00959
55
5 8,5
R 70 Range typ. approx. 30% of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916)

NSD00960
3RX7 920
0.005
71 82 4,5 22,5
8 4 7,5
R 45
45 51 61 71
3RX7 924
0.01
Range typ. approx. 60% of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916)

4,3 8 4
NSD00961
36 58 60
R 60 Reflector 40 mm 60 mm
3,5 52 60
3RX7 305
0.01
Range typ. approx. 40 to 50 % of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916)
NSD00962
34 40,5
R 84 Reflector 84 mm 84 mm, high reflection factor for wide ranges

3,5 77 84,5
3RX7 306
0.02
NSD00963
77 84,5
RL 50
4,3 51 61
3RX7 307
0.01
Laser reflector 50 mm 50 mm, special reflector for laser retroreflective sensors
NSD00964
10 51,5
Reflecting foil 100 mm 100 mm
3RX7 917
0.005
3/69
BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches

Mini (D 3 to D 6.5, M 5, Shorty (M 8 to M 30) Cylindrical type (M 8 to M 30)
3RG4
Page 4/19, 4/38
3RG4
Page 4/25
3RG4
Page 4/26
Overview Introduction Technical data Special designs Connection diagrams Typical circuits Response characteristics Mounting instructions Dimension drawings
4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/19, 4/38 4/19, 4/38 4/19, 4/38
4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/25 4/25 4/25
4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/26 4/26 4/26
Cubic type (5 mm 5 mm, 8 mm 8 mm)
Cubic type (40 mm 40 mm)
Cubic type (60 mm 80 mm, 80 mm 100 mm)
3RG4
Page 4/20, 4/23
3RG4
Page 4/46
3RG4
Page 4/49
4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/20, 4/23 4/20, 4/23 4/20, 4/23
4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/46 4/46 4/46
4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/49 4/49 4/49
4/2

IP 68 degree of protection Cylindrical type IP 68 degree of protection Cubic type Explosion-protected acc. to NAMUR and DIN 19 234
3RG4
Page 4/73
3RG4
Page 4/81
3RG46
Page 4/108
4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/73 4/73 4/73
4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/81 4/81 4/81
Overview Introduction Technical data Special designs Description Connection diagrams Typical circuits Response characteristics Dimension drawings
4/4 4/10 4/16, 4/110 4/16 4/106 4/107 4/107 4/108 4/108
U BERO cylindrical (insensitive to magnetic fields)
U BERO cubic type (insensitive to magnetic fields)
3RG46
Page 4/95
3RG46
Page 4/99
4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/95 4/95 4/95
4/4 4/10 4/16 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/99 4/99 4/99
4/3

Overview
Operating distance Cylindrical type
6.5 mm diameter
6.5 mm diameter
12 mm diameter
12 mm diameter
18 mm diameter
18 mm diameter
20 mm diameter
3 mm diameter
4 mm diameter
8 mm diameter
M 12
M 12
M 18
M 18
M 30 s 4/54
Shielded / unshielded Standard duty 0.6 mm 0.8 mm 1 mm 1.5 mm
us
us
us
us
us
us
us
us
4/19 4/19 4/20 4/21 4/22 4/24 4/22 4/25 4/26 4/25
2 mm
4/27 4/28 4/32 4/30 4/34 4/35 4/37 4/38 4/39 4/40 4/43 4/41 4/42 4/44 4/45 4/38
2.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 30 mm 40 mm Standard duty (PLC) 1 mm 2 mm 2.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 15 mm 20 mm Pressure-resistant up to 500 bar (7250 psi) 3 mm With analog output 0 to 6 mm
4/51 4/51
4/52 4/53 4/53
4/54
4/103
4/104
4/4
M 30
M5
M8
M8

Overview
Cubic type Operating distance
us
us
us
us
us
us
us
100 mm 100 mm us
80 mm 100 mm
80 mm 100 mm
30 mm diameter
30 mm diameter
34 mm diameter
12 mm 32 mm
12 mm 40 mm
12 mm 40 mm
40 mm 40 mm
40 mm 40 mm
60 mm 80 mm
60 mm 80 mm
Box with M 14
Box with M 14
5 mm 5 mm
8 mm 8 mm
Shielded / unshielded Standard duty 0.6 mm
4/20
0.8 mm 1 mm 4/23 1.5 mm
4/29 4/29 4/30 4/31 4/33 4/36 4/36
2 mm
2.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 4/46 4/47 15 mm 4/44 4/48 4/49 4/50 20 mm 25 mm 30 mm 40 mm Standard duty (PLC) 1 mm 2 mm
4/43
4/52
2.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 4/55 4/55 15 mm 20 mm
4/5

Overview
6.5 mm diameter
6.5 mm diameter
12 mm diameter
12 mm diameter
18 mm diameter
18 mm diameter
20 mm diameter
3 mm diameter
4 mm diameter
8 mm diameter
M 12
M 12
M 18
M 18
M 30 s 4/78
Shielded / unshielded
us
us
us
us
us
us
us
us
Extra duty (65 V DC or AC/DC) 1 mm 2 mm 2.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 15 mm 4/57 4/64 4/59 4/66 4/59 4/66 4/68 4/60 4/67 4/60 4/67 4/56 4/57 4/64
20 mm 30 mm 40 mm Extreme environment (IP 68) 0.6 mm 1 mm 2 mm 2.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 15 mm Optimized for DESINA (IP 68) 2 mm 4 mm
4/105 4/105
4/73 4/73
4/74 4/75 4/75 4/74 4/76
4/74
4/74 4/77 4/76 4/77 4/77 4/77
4/78 4/79
4/6
M 30
M5
M8
M8

Overview
us
us
us
us
us
us
us
100 mm 100 mm us
80 mm 100 mm
80 mm 100 mm
30 mm diameter
30 mm diameter
34 mm diameter
12 mm 32 mm
12 mm 40 mm
12 mm 40 mm
40 mm 40 mm
40 mm 40 mm
60 mm 80 mm
60 mm 80 mm
Box with M 14
Box with M 14
5 mm 5 mm
8 mm 8 mm
Extra duty (65 V DC or AC/DC) 1 mm 2 mm 4/58 4/65 2.5 mm 4 mm 4/58 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 4/61 4/69 4/70 4/68 4/61 4/69 4/62 4/71 4/63 4/72 4/63 4/62 4/72 4/71 15 mm
20 mm 30 mm 40 mm Extreme environment (IP 68) 0.6 mm 1 mm 2 mm 2.5 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm
4/78 4/78 4/79 4/80
10 mm 15 mm
4/7

Overview
6.5 mm diameter
6.5 mm diameter
12 mm diameter
12 mm diameter
18 mm diameter
18 mm diameter
20 mm diameter
3 mm diameter
4 mm diameter
8 mm diameter
M 12
M 12
M 18
M 18
M 30 s 4/86 4/88 4/98
us
us
us
us
us
us
us
us
Greater rated operating distance 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 15 mm 20 mm 4/87 4/85 4/86 4/84 4/82 4/81 4/82 4/83 4/84 4/85
22 mm 25 mm 30 mm 35 mm 40 mm 50 mm 65 mm No reduction factor 1.5 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 35 mm 40 mm 75 mm 4/97 4/96 4/95 4/97 4/95 4/96
4/92
4/98
4/8
M 30
M5
M8
M8

Overview
us
us
us
us
us
us
us
100 mm 100 mm us
80 mm 100 mm
80 mm 100 mm
30 mm diameter
30 mm diameter
34 mm diameter
12 mm 32 mm
12 mm 40 mm
12 mm 40 mm
40 mm 40 mm
40 mm 40 mm
60 mm 80 mm
60 mm 80 mm
Box with M 14
Box with M 14
5 mm 5 mm
8 mm 8 mm
Greater rated operating distance 2 mm 4/83 3 mm 4 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 15 mm 4/87 4/88 4/89 4/90 20 mm
22 mm 4/91 4/93 4/91 4/89 4/90 4/92 4/93 4/94 4/94 25 mm 30 mm 35 mm 40 mm 50 mm 65 mm No reduction factor 1.5 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 4/99 15 mm 20 mm
4/100 4/101 4/101 4/102
25 mm 35 mm 40 mm 75 mm
4/9

Introduction
I Mode of operation
The inductive BEROs are position switches that can be operated without contact, that contain no mechanical parts subject to wear and that are mainly insensitive to environmental conditions. They are used in applications with stringent requirements for reliability, switch point accuracy, service life, number of switching operations, operating speed, and so on. A high-frequency alternating field is generated in the BERO and emerges at the sensing face. The physical size of this alternating field determines the range of the device. When a material that is a good conductor of electricity and/or magnetism comes into close proximity with the sensing surface, the field is damped. Both states (field damped or undamped) are evaluated in the BERO and result in a change in the output state of the switch.
The inductive BERO proximity switches are classified in accordance with their applications or their technical characteristics:
BEROs for extra duty

See Page 4/56. Rated operational voltage - 3-wire BERO: 10 to 65 V DC - 2-wire BERO: 20 to 320 V AC/DC, Output - 3-wire BERO: 1 NO or 1 NC, pnp, up to 300 mA - 2-wire BERO: 1 NO or 1 NC, resistive load up to 300 mA Operating frequency up to 5000 Hz (M 8) The actuation distance is between 0 and 81 % of the rated operating distance. Advantages: Problem-free adaptation to different rated operational voltages Insensitive to voltage deviations
Standard duty 3-wire, DC 15 to 34 V 3RG46: DC 10 to 30 V NAMUR (non-self contained) 2-wire, 5 to 25 V DC EEx ib IIC Optimized for solid-state inputs (PLC) 2-wire, 15 to 34 V DC Extra duty 2-wire, 20 to 320 V AC/DC 3-wire, 10 to 65 V DC
BEROs for standard duty

See Page 4/19. Rated operational voltage: 15 to 34 V DC 3RG46: 10 to 30 V DC Output - 3-wire BERO: 1 NO or 1 NC up to 200 mA - 4-wire BERO: 1 NO and 1 NC (compatible), pnp, up to 200 mA Operating frequency up to 3000 Hz ( 4 mm) Operating distance acc. to standard The actuation distance is between 0 and 81 % of the rated operating distance.
Extreme environment (IP 68) 2-wire, 20 to 320 V AC/DC 3-wire, 15 to 34 V DC 3-wire, 10 to 65 V DC 4-wire, 15 to 34 V DC Greater rated operating distance
AS-Interface 2-wire, AS-Interface
BERO
DESINA 2-wire, 10 to 55 V DC 3-wire, 10 to 30 V DC
3-wire, 10 to 30 V DC 3-wire, 10 to 65 V DC
Optimized for solid-state inputs (PLC)

See Page 4/51. Rated operational voltage: 15 to 34 V DC, Output 2-wire BERO: 1 NO up to 25 mA, Off-state current and voltage drop to suit PLC inputs Operating frequency up to 1500 Hz ( 8 mm, M 8), Operating distance acc. to standard The actuation distance is between 0 and 81 % of the rated operating distance. Advantages: Minimum wiring overheads Direct replacement of mechanical position switches possible in installations that are not safety-oriented Power is supplied from the PLC input npn as well as pnp switching
Analog output 4-wire, 10 to 30 V DC

NSD00296a
Pressure resistant 3-wire, up to 500 bar
No reduction factor 3-wire, 10 to 65 V DC 4-wire, 10 to 65 V DC insensitive to magnetic fields
BEROs for extreme environment (IP 68)

See Page 4/73. Rated operational voltage - 2-wire BERO: 20 to 320 V AC/DC, - 3-wire BERO: 15 to 34 V DC, 10 to 65 V DC - 4-wire BERO: 15 to 34 V DC, Output - 3-wire BERO: 1 NO or 1 NC, pnp, up to 300 mA - 4-wire BERO: 1 NO and 1 NC (compatible), pnp, up to 200 mA The actuation distance is between 0 and 81 % of the rated operating distance. Advantages: Can be used under extreme environmental conditions according to IP 68 by use of a well-sealed housing with a special potting compound.
BEROs with greater rated operating distance

See Page 4/81. Rated operational voltage: 10 to 65 V DC (for 3RG46: 10 to 30 V DC) Output 3-wire BERO: 1 NO or 1 NC, pnp, up to 300 mA Operating frequency up to 1000 Hz ( 6.5 mm), Operating distance considerably higher than German standard: Up to 3 times the standard rated operating distance The actuation distance is between 0 and 81 % of the rated operating distance. Advantages Wide range of mounting adjustment A smaller type can be selected for the required operating distance Reduction of actuation distance is corrected for nonferrous metals
No reduction factor
See Page 4/95. Rated operational voltage - 3-wire BERO: 10 to 30 V DC Output - 3-wire BERO: 1 NO, pnp, up to 200 mA Operating frequency up to 3000 Hz Advantages: No reduction factor for nonferrous metals Magnetic field resistant, i. e. these BEROs are insensitive to welding current. Magnetic field resistant up to 160 mT r.m.s. = 21 kA at 25.4 mm; exceptions: 3RG46 48: 140 mT r.m.s. 3RG46 44: 140 mT r.m.s. 3RG46 43: 75 mT r.m.s.
4/10

Introduction
BEROs pressure-resistant up to 500 bar (7250 psi)
See Page 4/103. Rated operational voltage: 10 to 30 V DC Output 3-wire BERO: 1 NO, pnp, up to 200 mA Operating frequency up to 400 Hz Operating distance: 3 mm. Advantages: Suitable for extreme dynamic mechanical stress Easy to install: BERO can be screw fastened against a stop, no adjustment required Sensing face seal is gas-tight
BEROs for DESINA

See Page 4/105. DESINA describes a comprehensive overall concept for the standardization and decentralization of the electrical and fluidic installation of machines and installations. Acc. to Specification 06 Rated operational voltage: - 3-wire BERO 10 to 30 V DC - 2-wire BERO 10 to 55 V DC Output - 3-wire BERO: 1 NO, pnp, up to 200 mA - 2-wire BERO: 1 NO, up to 200 mA - Additional diagnostics output, rated operational current up to 50 mA Operating frequency up to 3000 Hz Advantages: Standardized connection technique Diagnostic functions Adjustment aid
BEROs to NAMUR and DIN 19 234 standards

See Page 4/106. Intrinsically safe for use in potentially explosive areas (not Zone 0) Rated operational voltage: 5 to 25 V DC (can be extended with seriesconnection switching devices) Output 2-wire current loop for series connection of switching devices (continuous characteristic curve) Operating frequency up to 5000 Hz ( 4.5 mm, M 8) Operating distance acc. to standard The actuation distance is between 0 and 81 % of the rated operating distance. Advantages: Intrinsically safe, EEx ib IIC, certified by PTB (No. Ex-88.B.2145), Small types Matching SIMATIC NAMUR input modules Wire-break and short-circuit monitoring by seriesconnection switching devices
are permitted to be implemented in Zone 2 in accordance with DIN VDE 0165 Subsection 6.3. The following requirements are met or must be complied with. The proximity switches operate without contact. No sparks or arcing occur during operation. The maximum surface temperature with reference to the ambient temperature is +50 K. The requirements of the IP 54 degree of protection are met. For devices with plugs and connectors, they must be interlocked, such that plugging in and unplugging is only possible with the power turned off. A warning notice Do not operate when live must be applied to them. In addition, the general requirements of the DIN VDE 0165 standard for the installation of electrical equipment in potentially explosive areas must be observed.
BEROs with analog output

See Page 4/104. Rated operational voltage 10 to 30 V DC Output - Voltage output 0 to 5 V DC - Current output 1 to 5 mA Short-circuit protection, inductive interference protection, total reverse polarity protection Non-linearized design Connection via cable or S12 connector
Approvals
3RG40 and 3RG41 sensors with M 12 or M 18 connectors as well as terminal compartments are UL and CSA listed. For a complete overview, see the Appendix.
Applications in Zone 2
to DIN VDE 0165/2.91, Section 6.3 The proximity switches with the order designations 3RG40 . . 3RG41 . . 3RG46 . .
I Personnel safety
The use of inductive BEROs is not permissible for applications in which the safety of persons is dependent on the function of the BERO.
4/11

Introduction
I Functions
Built-in protection
The protective circuits built into most BEROs (see selection data) make them easy to handle and protect the devices from damage. Protection is possible against Wire-break (connection L or L+), Spurious signals Short-circuit and overload (DC) Overvoltage peaks Swapped connectors Radio interference Wire-break protection The DC version is designed such that the BERO does not output a false signal in the event of a wire-beak in any connection (not for 3RG46 and all 4-wire BEROs). A false signal is any signal other than 0 that remains active for longer than 2 ms whose current is larger than the off-state current. Spurious signal suppression When the operating voltage is suddenly applied, the damped status is simulated due to the transient state of the sensor inductor even when an object is not present. This protection function prevents the output from switching during this period. Inductive interference protection When inductive loads are deactivated, the output voltage rises (without a protection circuit) to a high value which can destroy the output transistor. The inductive BERO proximity switches therefore have a Zener diode connected to the output that limits the switch-off voltage to a safe value (3-wire BERO). When inductive loads are connected with a current > 100 mA as well as an operating frequency > 10 Hz, it is recommended that a free-wheeling diode is connected directly to the load (due to the power loss in the built-in Zener diode). Short-circuit and overload protection All DC devices are equipped with short-circuit and overload protection. Short-circuits between the output and the operational voltage connections will not damage the proximity switches and are permitted to be continuous; there are also no restrictions on the duration of an overload. During the short-circuit, the LEDs are not functional. Reverse polarity protection All inductive proximity switches are protected against the wrong connection of all connectors. Protection against interference from radio equipment The high-frequency sensitivity is so low that it meets the requirements of IEC 60 801-3, Level 3 (testing level 10 V/m). Protection against static electricity The devices are constructed such that they will not be damaged if charged with static electricity to IEC 60 801-3, Level 3 (8 kV).
LEDs
The cylindrical BEROs (with the exception of BEROs for extreme environmental conditions and BEROs according to NAMUR) are equipped with one or two light emitting diodes (LEDs). The yellow LEDs indicate the operating status, i. e. For the NO function: BERO damped = LED lit For the NC function: BERO not damped = LED lit The green LED indicates that the operational voltage is applied. This function is only available in certain devices.
Electromagnetic compatibility
All inductive BEROs meet the protection requirements of EMC guideline No. 89/336/EWG. This is verified by application of the standard EN 60 947-5-2 and certified by the appropriate authority. The following EMC standards are applicable for the individual tests: ENV 50 140 ENV 50 141 EN 55 011 EN 55 022 EN 61 000-4-2 EN 61 000-4-4

Specifications
EN 60 947-5-2 (VDE 0660, Part 208)
Connectors
For the cylindrical types, 8 mm combined plugs or plugs with M 12 threads are offered as standard (3-pole or 4-pole). A cable plug is additionally required for the plug-and-socket connections, see Accessories. As an option, plugs with an M 18 thread (3-pole) are also offered for the M 18 and M 30 types.
Cables
In general, highly flexible cables with oil-resistant outer casings of polyurethane (PUR) are used that are 2 m long as standard. For applications where cables come into contact with acids or alkalis, please order devices with PVC cables. For devices used in applications to UL and CSA, PVC cables must be ordered. Other cable lengths and materials are available on request.
Cable routing
The connecting leads of the proximity switches should not be routed in a cable duct alongside cables that are used to switch inductive loads (e. g. contactor coils, solenoid valves or motors) or that carry the currents of electronic motorized operating mechanisms. The lead lengths should be as short as possible; they can, however, be up to 300 m in length under the best conditions (minimal coupling capacitance, low interference voltage levels. Interference can be reduced by means of the following measures: Clearance from interfering cables > 100 mm, Shielding Connection of coils (of contactors, relays or solenoid valves) with RC elements or varistors.
Clearance
Mutual interference between the proximity switches is not permitted. For this reason, a minimum clearance a between BEROs must be observed. The clearance a depends on the housing size and device type (see diagrams in selection tables).
Cable length
a
NSD00796
For the BERO proximity switches, long cables cause: Capacitive loading of the output Increased injection of interference. Cables should be shorter than 300 m even under favorable conditions.
4/12

Introduction
I BERO dictionary
Actuating distance sa
See Operating distance
Degree of protection
Degree of protection to DIN 40 050/IEC 60 529. IP 67 degree of protection Where: 6 indicates protection against the ingress of dust. Complete protection against contact with live parts. 7 indicates protection against the effects of immersion in water at a specified pressure for a specified duration. Water must not penetrate in quantities that can cause adverse effects. Test conditions: Immersion depth 1 m Immersion time 30 min IP 68 degree of protection Where: 6 indicates the same protection as above. 8 indicates protection against the effects of immersion in water.
ZJ ZF ZB Q d w z r
NSD01061
Mounting
Ak A g c
Actuating element
The actuating elements are the structural parts made from metal that are used to actuate the BERO during normal operation. Their shape, material and dimensions have an effect on the response characteristic of the BERO (see Reduction factors). The rated operating distances sn specified were determined using the minimum surface area defined in the standard (see the characteristic curve). If the surface area used is less than this minimum, the usable operating distance is reduced su.
Proximity switches for shielded mounting Proximity switches for shielded mounting can be shieldedmounted in any type of metal. The specified clearance must be observed to ensure that the proximity switch functions correctly.
Sensing face
Ak Response characteristic A Response point c, g Partial height of the transition zone d Diameter of the BERO Q Sensing face r Radius of the free zone w Mounting status z Reference axis ZB Damping zone ZF Free zone ZJ Inactive zone
Metal
BERO
NSD01060
Functions
NO function An inductive BERO is said to have an NO function when its output is switched through in the damped state and blocked in the non-damped state. NC function An inductive BERO is said to have an NC function when its output is blocked in the damped state and switched through in the non-damped state.
Proximity switches for unshielded mounting When proximity switches for unshielded mounting are mounted in conductive materials (metals), the specified clearances between the sensor and the conductive material must be observed. This also applies in the case of semi-shielded mounting. Shielded mounting in non-conductive materials is permissible.
Sensing face
Axial approach
Axial approach is when the actuating element approaches the sensing face centrally along the reference axis z.
Build-up time ts
This is the time that elapses at the output between removal of the actuation and the change in signal, defined as s = 0.5 sn.
Differential travel H
The differential travel H is the distance between the switch-on point and the switch-off point of the BERO. It causes a defined switching response for the devices. The operating distance is always specified with reference to the switch-on point.
Direction of movement Switch-off point Switch-on point Operating distance s Differential travel Response curves
NSD01053
Non-equivalent outputs
The 4-wire BEROs have two outputs: A1 with NO function and A2 with NC function.
Magnetic fields
Permanent magnetic fields and low-frequency alternating fields do not generally affect the function of the proximity switches. Intense fields may saturate the ferrite core of the switch and therefore increase the operating distance or allow the device to switch through. Damage is however unlikely to occur. High-frequency fields with frequencies of several hundred kHz can have a detrimental effect on the function (operational frequency of the devices). In the event of problems with interference fields, shielding should be implemented.
Current consumption
Current consumption (supply current) is defined as the current consumed by the proximity switch itself for operation of the oscillator, amplifier, etc. This does not include the current that flows through the load. The no-load supply current I0 is the current that is drawn from the electricity supply when a load is not connected.
Metal
BERO
NSD01062
EMC
The electromagnetic compatibility of the devices meets the most stringent requirements. The following requirements are met: IEC 60 801-2, Level 3 IEC 60 801-3, Level 3 IEC 60 801-4, Level 3 IEC 60 255-4/E, Class III This is supplemented by strict practical tests.
Minimum load current

The minimum load current is the lowest current that is necessary to ensure reliable operation of the BERO in the switched through state (for 2-wire BEROs).
Free zone ZF
This is the zone that surrounds the damping zone and that has to be kept free of metal parts as does the damping zone itself. Its volume is determined by the dimensions r, c and w, g.
4/13

Introduction
I BERO dictionary
npn circuit
The output stage contains an npn transistor that switches the load onto the negative operating voltage (0 V). The load is connected between the output and the positive operating voltage (+UB).
+UB RL A Load 0V
NSD01049
Rated operating distance sn The rated operating distance sn of the BERO is a characteristic value of the device that does not take into account the practical deviations caused by external influences such as temperature and voltage. This operating distance is applicable when using the standard actuating element specified in EN 50 010. If the actuating element deviates from this with regard to its material and/ or size, reduction factors must be applied. Effective operating distance sr This is the operating distance that applies to a specific example in accordance with EN 50 010. The manufacturing tolerance is 10 %: 0.9 sn < sr < 1.1 sn Usable operating distance su This includes the expected deviations that are caused by temperature variations and operating voltage variations within a specified range. Taking into account the effective operating distance, the following is true for a reliable situation: 0.81 sn < su < 1.21 sn Assured operating distance (actuating distance) sa This is the minimum usable operating distance: sa = 0.81 sn
120% 100% +10% +10% -10%
sN sn + 20%
Operating frequency f
The operating frequency f is the maximum possible number of changeovers between the damped and undamped states of a BERO at which the output circuit still supplies a defined signal sequence in accordance with the operation. This specifies the highest permissible number of pulses per second for a constant ratio of Pulse:Interval = 1:2 and half the rated operating distance sn. Measurement was performed in accordance with EN 50 010.
Proximity switch m 2m sn / 2 Target
3-wire, DC, npn, load is between A and L+

L+
LNSD01056
4-wire, compatible, DC, load is between A1, A2 and L

L+
A2 A1
Oil resistance
The proximity switches to the IP 67 degree of protection are not suitable for continuous operation in oily environments. It is important to note the following: Lubricating oils Usually unproblematic. Hydraulic oils, cutting oils These oils attack most plastics. In particular, PVC cables are discolored and become brittle. Action: Avoid contact with these liquids wherever possible, especially on the sensing surface.
L-
Non-conductive material
NSD01058
Disc
NSD01052
Output current
The devices are designed for a specified maximum output current. If this current is exceeded, even briefly, the built-in overload protection will be activated. Incandescent lamps, capacitors and other strongly capacitive loads, e. g. long leads, have a similar effect to an overload.
Operating temperature
The specified operating temperature range must not be exceeded. Otherwise, the proximity switch may be damaged and the operating response is undefined.
Output
The BERO proximity switch is available with different types of outputs.
2-wire, DC or AC/DC, load is in series with BERO
L+
Output resistance
To ensure that the output voltage follows the switching state even when an external load is not connected, the BERO proximity switches have a built-in output resistance. For operation at high operating frequencies, a load resistance must be connected (to reduce the electrical time constant).
Off-state current
The off-state current is the current that flows through the output transistor when the output is inhibited and that therefore also flows through the load (this is particularly important in the case of connection in parallel).
Operating distance
The operating distance is the distance at which a target approaching the sensing surface of the proximity switch causes a signal change. The operating distance is measured in accordance with EN 50 010 using a standard target in the axial direction.
sn -10% 80% s r min s min Sensing face s r max s max 0% BERO
sa
LNSD01055
Parallel connection
Proximity switches can be connected in parallel to implement logic gating operations without any problems in the case of 3wire and 4-wire BEROs but not in the case of 2-wire BEROs. Please note: The power consumption increases. Leakage currents add up so that even in the off state, an impermissible voltage drop can occur across the load.
NSD01057
NSD01063
sa Operating distance sn Rated operating distance sr Effective operating distance smin Min. usable operating distance su (= Actuating distance sa) smax Max. usable oper. distance su
3-wire, DC, pnp, load is between A and L

L+
d
L-
See diagrams on Page 4/18.
NSD01051
4/14

Introduction
I BERO dictionary
pnp circuit
The output stage contains a pnp transistor that switches the load onto the positive operating voltage (+UB) The load is connected between the output and the negative operating voltage (0 V).
+UB Load RL 0V
NSD01050
The influence of geometry If a smaller plate is used instead of the standard actuating element specified in EN 50 010, the operating state must be corrected with a reduction factor.
1,0 Reduction factor 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 Relative side length of target 0
NSD01054
Response characteristic Ak
This is the line on which all the response points A for a BERO are located. They were determined using a standard actuation element. The device-specific characteristic values can be read from the response characteristic. The BERO axis z is aligned with the y-axis.
x x x B A B A H s y z Ak
Material of the standard target: St 37, 1 mm thickness Surface dimensions of the square standard target: The length of the sides is identical to the diameter of the circle drawn on the sensing face of the BERO (in accordance with EN 50 010) or equal to three times the rated operating distance sn, provided that 3 sn is larger than the diameter of the circle.
x x x
Switchback point B
This is the location of the lower rear edge of the actuating element, e. g. in the damping zone, at the moment when the signal changes on departure of the actuating element.
Reference axis z Power supply units

Single-phase power supply units must be smoothed with at least 1000 F/A. For the purpose of interference suppression, this action must also be taken in the case of threephase power supply units. The reference axis is the axis that passes vertically through the center of the sensing face of the BERO proximity switch (see also Mounting).
Ak A B H s x x y z
Sensing face x
NSD0 01059
Repeat accuracy R
The repeat accuracy R is defined as the repeat accuracy of the effective operating distance sr for two successive switching operations within a period of eight hours for housing temperature between 18 and 28 C at rated operating voltage Un. The specified repeat accuracy is based on this definition. The deviation from the effective distance sr is permitted to be up to 10 %. The repeat accuracy is usually significantly better for measurements that follow each other immediately.
Response characteristic Response point Switchback point Differential travel Operating distance Direction of motion Tripping distance Distance to BERO Reference axis
Temperature drift
The specified operating distances are based on an ambient temperature of 20 C. Within the permissible temperature range of 25 to +70 C, the operating distance varies by up to 10 % of the value for 25 C. The temperature of the actuating element itself has a negligible effect on the operating distance.
Power-up delay te
This is the device-specific time that elapses before the BERO is ready for operation after the operating voltage is applied (see also Spurious signal suppression).
Response point A
This is the location of the actuating element at the moment of signal output. The reference point is the lower front edge of the actuating element.
Programming
The NO or NC function can be selected by setting a slidingdolly switch in the base of the housing or by setting a jumper in the electronics socket. This is only possible in box-shaped BEROs with increased requirements and with increased operating distance.
Response time tA
This is the time that elapses at the output between actuation and the change in signal, defined as s = 0.5 sn.
Tightening torque
If the nuts are over-tightened, the BERO proximity switches can be mechanically damaged. The maximum permissible tightening torques are specified in the technical data.
Sensing face
The sensing face of a BERO proximity switch is the surface that the actuating element has to approach before the output will switch.
Residual ripple
The maximum value of residual ripple peak-to-peak is not permitted to exceed 10 % of the rated voltage Un. If the residual ripple is excessive, the operating response can be undefined. This can be rectified by means of a larger smoothing capacitor or a stabilized power supply.
Tripping distance x
Distance between the actuating element and BERO axis z at response point A.
Rated operational voltage

The rated operational voltage is specified inclusive of 10 % residual ripple.
Series connection
See diagrams on Page 4/18.
Unshielded mounting
See Mounting.
Reduction factors
The specified operating distance s refers to precisely defined measuring conditions (see Operating distance). Under other conditions, the operating distance is usually reduced. The reduction factors (see the technical data) are only approximate values. Deviations can occur due to differences in material composition and type.
Shielded mounting
See Mounting.
Voltage drop
In the switched through state, a (current-dependent) voltage drop occurs across the output transistor; the output voltage does not therefore reach the associated operating voltage (particularly important to note in the case of series connection and solid-state inputs).
Standard target
Actuating elements with specified dimensions that are used to determine the response characteristic.
Residual voltage
The residual voltage is the voltage that is measured across the load when the output is inhibited.
Weld-resistant
Devices that are characterized as weld-resistant are insensitive to magnetic fields of up to 0.23 Tesla (peak value). This corresponds to an effective current of up to 21 kA for 25.4 mm spacing.
4/15

Introduction
I Technical data
Differential travel H Cable length Max. permissible (unshielded) Degree of protection AC DC Molded cable Plug with cable plug Terminal compartment For extreme environmental conditions / DESINA Ambient temperature Shock resistance Vibration strength Reduction factor U BERO BERO for shielded mounting/ unshielded mounting (typical values) Stainless steel Al Cu Ms 1 0.7 to 0.9 0.35 to 0.5 0.2 to 0.4 0.3 to 0.6 8V 2.5 V 2.5 V During operation During storage H 0.2 sr 100 m 300 m IP 67 IP 67 IP 65 IP 68 25 to +85 C 1)2) 40 to +85 C 1) 30 g, 18 ms duration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude M 14 M 18 M8 M 12 Stainless steel Brass Brass Molded plastic Stainless steel Molded plastic Brass Molded plastic Stainless steel Type Material Tightening torque Nm 5 2 10 1 25 0.5 20 3 50
M 30
Brass 40 Molded plastic 5 Stainless steel 100
Voltage drop 2-wire BERO 3-wire BERO 4-wire BERO
I Special designs
Longer connecting cables
3RG40/41 inductive BEROs can be supplied with longer connecting cables (PUR). 3RG46 inductive BEROs can be supplied with longer connecting cables. Minimum order quantity 50 units. Delivery times on request. Price supplement per m The Order No. must be supplemented with Z and the short code for the required length should be appended. Up to 9.9 m in steps of 0.1 m: Short code A10 Length 1.0 m A21 Length 2.1 m A99 Length 9.9 m Note: These details do not apply to the standard design with a cable length of 2 m (no supplement). For shorter lengths under 2 m, the normal price applies. From 10 m in steps of 1 m: Short code B10 Length 10 m B99 Length 99 m Example: 3RG40 120AB00Z Example: B10
Special cables
3RG4 inductive BEROs can also be supplied with other types of cable See the table below. The Order No. must be supplemented with Z and the required cable and cable length should be specified in plain text. (3RG46 . . on request) If UL and CSA approvals are required, please order the approved PVC cable. Delivery times and prices will be supplied on request. Version with cable (standard 2 m PUR or PVC cable, depending on type) Cable type Outer Diameter mm 2-wire BERO 3-wire BERO LiYY11Y (PUR) PVC (UL + CSA approved) LiYY11Y (PUR) PVC (UL + CSA approved) PVC (oil resistant) Teflon Silicon LiYY11Y (PUR) PVC (UL + CSA approved) PVC (oil resistant) Teflon 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.8 4.6 4.0 5.5 4.5 5.3 4.6 4.3
Perm. conductor cross-section mm2 2 0.25 2 0.56 3 0.25 3 0.56 3 0.25 3 0.55 3 0.25 4 0.14 4 0.34 4 0.14 4 0.55
4-wire BERO
Stainless steel housing

Many types of 3RG4 cylindrical inductive BEROs (from type M 12 onwards) with metal housings can also be supplied in stainless steel. Can be supplied on request.
Extended temperature range

The 3RG40 BEROs can be supplied for an operating temperature range of 40 to +85 C or 25 to +100 C. Price supplement Can be supplied on request.
1) For 3RG41 and 3RG46, up to +70 C. 2) Maximum switching current for 3-wire BERO for normal requirements is 150 mA for operating temperatures >50 C.
4/16

Connection diagrams
Figure 1 Figure 12
1 2 4 3
NO+NC
NSD00642
Figure 23
BN L+ BK BU L
NC NO
NSD00664
L+
I
NC
NSD00653
1 2/4 3
L+
Figure 2
Figure 13
1 4 3 L
NO
NSD00654
Figure 24
BN L+ BK BU L
NC NO
NSD00665
I
NO
NSD00643
L+
1/3
L1/L+ (N/L ) N/L (L1/L+)
2/4
Figure 3
Figure 14
1 2 3 L
NC
NSD00655
Figure 25
BN BK BU L
NO+NC
NSD00666
L+
I
NC
NSD00644
L+
3 4 2 1
L+
Figure 4
Figure 15
1 4 3 L
NO
NSD00656
Figure 26
BN L+
L+
I
NO
NSD00645
I
BU L
I
NO
NSD00667
1/3 X 2/4
L+
Figure 5
Figure 16
1 2 3 L
NO
NSD00657
Figure 27
BK L1/L+ (N/L ) N/L (L1/L+)
I
NC
NSD00646
L+
I
BK
I
NC NO
NSD00668
1/3 X 2/4
L+
Figure 6
Figure 17
1 L+
BK
Figure 28
L1/L+ (N/L ) N/L (L1/L+)
I
NO
NSD00647
I
BK
NC
NSD00658
I
NO
NSD01167
1 4 3
L+
Figure 7
Figure 18
1 4 3 L+ L
1 L+
Figure 29
4 2 3 L
NO
NSD01168
I
NO
NSD00648
I
NO+NC
NSD00659
1 4 3
L+
Figure 8
Figure 19
3 L1/L+ N/L N/L L1/L+
1 L+
Figure 30
BN
39 V BK
I
NO
NSD00649
I
NO
NSD00660
+UB A1 A2 0V R L2 R L1
2/4 3 L
WH
39 V BU
NSD00669
Figure 9
Figure 20
1 L1/L+ N/L N/L L1/L+
1 L+
Figure 31
I
NC
NSD00650
I
NC
NSD00661
2/4 3 L
I
NO
NSD01182
1 4 2
Sensor Monitor
L+
2 3
1 4
Figure 10
BN
Figure 21
L+
1 L+
Figure 32
I
NO+NC
NSD00651
WH BK BU
I
NO
NSD00662
2/4 3 L
I
M
NO
NSD01183
1 4 2 3
L+
Sensor Monitor
2 3
1 4
Figure 11
Figure 22
BN BK
I
NO
NSD00652a
L+
L+
I
L
NO
NSD00663
Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables according to DIN IEC 60 757: BK= Black BU= Blue BN = Brown WH = White
BU
4/17

Connection diagrams
I Typical circuits
DC version
Parallel connection 2-wire BERO, for solid-state inputs (PLC) Not possible, because the sum of all residual currents of the BERO must be less than the holding current of the load. Series connection 1) Not possible, because U b 15 V n ------------------8V Ub PLC: 24 V Parallel connection with 1 contact (NO or NC)
L BN BU
NSD00671
Series connection with 1 contact (NO or NC) 1)

L BN BU
NSD00670
I
L
3-wire BERO, pnp

I
BN BK BU BN BK BU
NSD00672
L BN BK BU
NSD00674
L BN BK BU
BN BK BU L
NSD00675
BN BK BU
No other circuits are permitted.

L
NSD00673
U b U min ------------------- +1 2,5 V Uc = Ub (n 2.5 V)

L L BU BK BN
NSD00678
3-wire BERO, npn

I
BU BK BN BU BK BN
NSD00676
L BU BK BN
NSD00679
BU BK BN L
BU BK BN
NSD00677
U b U min - +1 n ------------------2,5 V Uc = Ub (n 2.5 V)

4-wire BERO, pnp
I
BN BK WH BU BN BK WH BU L L L L BN BK WH BU L BN BK WH BU
BN BK WH BU BN BK WH BU L
I
L
NSD01189
NSD01190
NSD01187
NSD01188
AC/DC version
Parallel connection With 2 connections
I
BK BK L1(L )
Series connection 1)
Parallel connection with 1 contact (NO or NC)

L1(L )
Series connection with 1 contact (NO or NC) 1)

L1(L )
L1(L )
BK BK
BK BK N(L )
BK BK N(L )
NSD00683
NSD00682
BK BK N(L )
BK BK N(L )
For DC operation, a diode must be connected in parallel with the mainly inductive load.
Ub The sum of all off-state currents of n -------20 V the BERO must be less than the Uc = Ub (n 8 V) holding current of the load. Ub = Operational voltage Uc = Minimum operating voltage of the load n = Number of BEROs Umin = Minimum permissible operational voltage
Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables according to DIN IEC 60 757: BK = Black BN = Brown BU = Blue WH= White 1) The power-up delay for the devices must be taken into account when calculating the operating times.
NSD00680
NSD00681
4/18

Standard duty

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 0.6 mm 3 mm Shielded Type 1
0.8 mm 4 mm Shielded Type 2
3 16
4 18
22
25 LED
Connecting wires
Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Operating frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms
3-wire
Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED 10 100 5000 0.01 10
1 2 3 5 6
NSD00298
LED
3-wire
1 2 3 5 6
NSD00307
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.021
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.055 mm2 With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 NO func., pnp NO func., pnp
1 } 3RG46 032AB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
} Preferred type
2 } 3RG46 001AB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No.
0.033
11
Response characteristics Mounting instructions

Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection
0,8 0,6
NSD00301
1,5
0,8 0,6
0,2
0,2 2 -x mm 1 0 1
NSD00303
0,4
NSD00302
0,4
1,5 -x 1 0,5 0 0,5 1+x 1,5 mm mm B
+x 2 mm
Determined with standard target
A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space
4/19
NSD00304
2,4
y mm 1
4,5
y mm 1

Standard duty

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 0.8 mm M5 Shielded Type 1
M 5x0,5 18 20
0.8 mm 5 mm 5 mm Shielded Type 2

M 5x0,5 SW 7 18
Type 3
5,5 14
NSD00310
5x5
1,5
25
23
NSD00308
15
NSD00309a
SW 7 LED
LED Sg M 8x1
25 3
M 1,6
Sg = Connecting thread
Connecting wires
Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms
3-wire
Brass, nickel-plated 10 to 30 LED 10 200 5000 0.01 10
1 2 3 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.01
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug, Type A, C NO func., pnp NO func., npn NO func., pnp NO func., npn
1 } 3RG46 100AG00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13 2 4
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.026 0.026
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG46 360AG00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13
3RG46 100GB00
2 } 3RG46 107AG00
3RG46 360GB00
3RG46 107GB00

2,4
0,8 0,6
NSD00303
0,8 0,6
0,2 2 -x mm 1 0 1
0,2 2 -x mm 1 0 1
NSD00303
0,4
NSD00306
0,4
NSD00311
+x 2 mm
+x 2 mm
4/20
2,4
y mm 1
7,5
10
y mm 1
7,5
10

Standard duty

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 1 mm M8 Shielded Type 1
M 8x1 34 SW 13 4
1 mm M8 Shielded Type 2
M 8x1 34 SW 13
Type 3
M 8x1 SW 13
Type 4
M 8x1 34 SW 13
Type 5
M 8x1 34 SW 13 4
Type 6
M 8x1 SW 13 LED
34
50
52
50
55
52
NSD00314b
LED
NSD00312
NSD00313
M 12x1
NSD00312
LED Sg
LED LED
NSD00313
LED Sg
NSD00314b
55 M 12x1
Connecting wires
3-wire
Stainless steel 15 to 34 LED 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1500 0.1 40
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-wire
Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED 1.0 50 1500 0.1 40
1 2 3 5 6
34
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.08 0.08 0.08
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 With 2 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 With 8 mm comb. plug Type A, C Type A With 8 mm combined plug, Type B With M12 connector Type E, F Type F Type E, F With M 12 connector, Type F NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NO and NC func., pnp NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO and NC func., pnp NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NO and NC func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 110AG00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
} Preferred type
4 } 3RG40 110CC00
3RG40 110AF00 } 3RG40 110GB00
0.072
10
2 } 3RG40 117AG00
3RG40 117AF00
0.018 0.018
2 3
5
3RG40 117CC00
6
0.018
3 } 3RG40 113AG00
3RG40 113AF00 3RG40 113GB00
0.021 0.021 0.021
2 3 4
3RG40 113CC00
0.021

y mm 1,0 0,8 0,6 A
12
B 3
y mm 1,0 0,8 0,6 A
12
B 3
NSD00319
NSD00318
0,2 2 -x 1 mm 0 1
0,2 2 -x 1 mm 0 1
NSD00318
0,4
0,4
+x 2 mm B
+x 2 mm B
4/21
NSD00319

Standard duty

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 1.5 mm 6.5 mm Shielded Type 1
1.5 mm M8 Shielded Type 2
Type 3
M 8x1
SW 13
Type 4
M 8x1 17 SW 13
6,5 16
6,5
20
29
16
29
NSD00328
NSD00338
LED
NSD00329
LED (4x) Sg
LED
NSD00339b
LED (4x) Sg
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 5 6
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug, Type A NO func., pnp NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn
1 } 3RG46 011AB00 2 } 3RG46 017AG00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 2 4
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.044 0.016 0.016 0.016
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG46 110AG31 4 } 3RG46 117AG31
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 2 3 4
3RG46 017GB00
3RG46 117AF31 3RG46 117GB31

y mm 1,5 1 A
13
B 4,5
y mm 1,5 1 A
12
B 3
NSD00332
NSD00331
0,5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1
0,5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1
NSD00331
2 +x 3 mm
2 +x 3 mm B
4/22
NSD00319

Standard duty

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 1.5 mm 8 mm 8 mm Shielded Type 1
8x8 5 3 10
Type 2
8x8 5 3 10 M3 20
M3
NSD00333a
59 50 37
40 37
20
LED
Sg
LED
NSD00334a
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.045 0.045 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 NO func., pnp NO func., npn
1 } 3RG46 370AB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13 2 3 4 5
3RG46 370GG00 3RG46 377AB00 3RG46 377AA00 3RG46 377GG00 3RG46 377GF00
With 8 mm combined plug Type A NO func., pnp Type A NC func., pnp Type A NO func., npn Type A NC func., npn

y mm 1,5 1 A
12
B 3
NSD00337
0,5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1
NSD00331
2 +x 3 mm B
4/23

Standard duty

1.5 mm 6.5 mm Shielded Type 2
Type 3
Type 4
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
35
45
33
50
34
NSD00326
NSD00335
NSD00336
LED
NSD00327
LED (4x) Sg
LED
LED
M 8x1
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
52
34
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2
NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn
3RG40 500AG33 3RG40 500AF33 3RG40 500GB33 3RG40 500GA33 3RG40 507AG33 3RG40 507AF33 3RG40 507GB33 3RG40 507GA33
0.066 0.066 0.066 0.066 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

y mm 1,5 1 A
12
B 3
y mm 1,5 1 A
12
B 3
NSD00319
NSD00330
0,5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1
0,5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1
NSD00331
2 +x3 mm B
2 +x 3 mm B
4/24
NSD00319

Standard duty

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 1.5 mm 8 mm Shielded Type 1
8

8
Type 3
M 8x1
Type 4
M 8x1 SW 13
33
SW 13
45 33
35
45
35
NSD00340
NSD00351
LED
NSD00352
LED (4x) Sg
LED
NSD00341b
LED (4x) Sg
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn
1 } 3RG40 510AG33
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 110AG33
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
} 3RG40 510AF33 3RG40 510GB33 3RG40 510GA33

2 } 3RG40 517AG33
} 3RG40 110AF33 3RG40 110GB33 3RG40 110GA33

4 } 3RG40 117AG33
} 3RG40 517AF33 3RG40 517GB33 3RG40 517GA33
} 3RG40 117AF33 3RG40 117GB33 3RG40 117GA33

y mm 1,5 1 A
12
B 3
y mm 1,5 1 A
12
B 3
NSD00319
NSD00330
0,5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1
0,5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1
NSD00330
2 +x3 mm B
2 +x3 mm B
4/25
NSD00319

Standard duty

M 8x1 34 SW 13 4

M 8x1 34 SW 13
Type 3
M 8x1 SW 13
Type 4
M 8x1 34 SW 13
Type 5
M 8x1 34 SW 13 4
Type 6
M 8x1 SW 13 LED
34
50
52
50
55
52
NSD00314b
LED
NSD00312
NSD00313
M 12x1
NSD00312
LED Sg
LED LED
NSD00313
LED Sg
NSD00314b
55 M 12x1
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-wire
Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED 1.0 50 1500 0.1 40
1 2 3 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.076 0.076 0.076 0.076
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO and NC func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 110AG05
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
34
3RG40 110AF05 3RG40 110GB05 3RG40 110GA05
3RG40 110CC05
0.071
10
With 8 mm combined plug Type A, C NO func., pnp Type A, C NC func., pnp With 8 mm combined plug, Type B With M12 connector Type E, F Type F Type E, F Type F With M 12 connector, Type F NO and NC func., pnp NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO and NC func., pnp
2 } 3RG40 117AG05
3RG40 117AF05
0.018 0.018
2 3
5
3RG40 117CC05
6
0.02
3 } 3RG40 113AG05
3RG40 113AF05 3RG40 113GB05 3RG40 113GA05
0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023
2 3 4 5
3RG40 113CC05
0.02

y mm 1,5 1 A
12
B 3
y mm 1,5 1 A
12
B 3
NSD00319
NSD00331
0,5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1
0,5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1
NSD00331
2 +x 3 mm B
2 +x 3 mm B
4/26
NSD00319

Standard duty

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2 mm M 12 Shielded Type 1
M 12x1 4
2 mm M 12 Shielded Type 2
M 12x1 4
Type 3
M 12x1 4
Type 4
M 12x1 4 59
NSD00361b
35
45
34
SW 17
50
NSD00367b
NSD00360a
LED
SW 17 LED (4x) Sg
NSD00366
SW 17
LED
Connecting wires
3-wire
Brass, nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
SW 17 LED (4x) Sg
48
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.085 0.085 0.085 0.085 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn
1 } 3RG40 120AG33
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.085 0.085 0.085 0.085 0.031 0.031 0.031
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 120AG01
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4
3RG40 120AF33 } 3RG40 120GB33 3RG40 120GA33

2 } 3RG40 123AG33
3RG40 120AF01 } 3RG40 120GB00 3RG40 120GA00

4 } 3RG40 123AG01
With M12 connector Type E, F Type F Type E, F Type F
3RG40 123AF33 } 3RG40 123GB33 3RG40 123GA33
3RG40 123AF01 } 3RG40 123GB00

y mm 2 A
12
B 5
y mm 2 A
12
B 5
NSD00363
NSD00362
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00362
4 +x mm
4 +x mm
4/27
NSD00363

Standard duty

M 12x1 4
M 12x1 4
Type 3
M 12x1 4
Type 4
M 12x1 4 59
NSD00361b
40
SW 17
SW 17 39
50
50
NSD00373
LED
NSD00374a
NSD00360a
LED (4x) Sg
SW 17
LED
Connecting wires
4-wire
Brass, nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED 1.0 50 800 0.1 3
1 2 3 5 6
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
SW 17 LED (4x) Sg
48
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 120CD00 4 } 3RG40 123CD00
With 2 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type F
NO and NC func., pnp NO and NC func., pnp
1 2
3RG40 120CD10 3RG40 123CD11
0.08 0.04

y mm 2 A
12
B 5
y mm 2 A
12
B 5
NSD00363
NSD00362
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00362
4 +x mm
4 +x mm
4/28
NSD00363

Standard duty

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2 mm Block 12 mm 40 mm Shielded Type 1
LED 3,2x5 26 18 6 4 Sensor center 12 M3 32 40
2 mm Block 12 mm 32 mm Shielded Type 3

12,6 10 27 8 2,4 13
16
3,2
NSD00376b
32
2,6
NSD00382
Type 2
3,2
NSD0 00377b
Connecting wires
3-wire
Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 800 0.2 40
1 2 3 4 5 6
16
10
Type Order No.
With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 With 2 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug, Type A
NO func., pnp NO and NC func., pnp NO func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 700AG45
2 } 3RG40 707AG45
1 8x
4-wire
Molded plastic 15 to 34 1.0 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40
1 2 3 5 6
4
Weight, approx. kg Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No.
} Preferred type
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 710CD00
0.02 2
0.073
10

y mm 2 A
6 5
y mm 2
NSD00378
B A
6 5
NSD00378
NSD00362
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00362
4 +x mm
4 +x mm
A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space These BEROs can be connected in series.
4/29

Standard duty

40 32 6 Sensor center

Sensor center 12 4 4
4 4
40 32
3,2
12 6
NSD00379b
26
17
LED
Sg
LED
Type 2
Sensor center 4 4
3,2
40 32
6
12 10
Sg
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
NSD00380
LED
6,5
34 26
17
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 2
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
NSD00381
6,5
36
6,5
17
26
3,2
With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug, Type A With M12 connector Type E, F Type F
NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., pnp
1 2
3RG40 700AG01 3RG40 700AF01 3RG40 707AG01
0.08 0.08 0.021
NO func., pnp NC func., pnp
3RG40 703AG01 3RG40 703AF01
0.023 0.023
2 3

y mm 2 A
6 5
y mm 2
NSD00378
B A
6 5
NSD00378
NSD00362
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00362
4 +x mm
4 +x mm
4/30

Standard duty

40 32 6 Sensor center

Sensor center 12 4 4
4 4
40 32
3,2
12 6
NSD00379b
26
17
LED
Sg
LED
Type 2
Sensor center 4 4
3,2
40 32
6
12 10
Sg
Connecting wires
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
NSD00380
LED
6,5
34 26
17
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
NSD00381
6,5
36
6,5
17
26
3,2
4
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug, Type A NO and NC func., pnp NO and NC func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 700CD00 2 2
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 10 1 1
Type Order No.
3RG40 707CD01 (LED corresponds to NO f.) 3RG40 707CD02 (LED corresponds to NC f.)
With M 12 connector, Type F
NO and NC func., pnp
3RG40 703CD00
0.023

y mm 2 A
6 5
y mm 2
NSD00378
B A
6 5
NSD00378
NSD00362
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00362
4 +x mm
4 +x mm
4/31

Standard duty

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2.5 mm 6.5 mm Unshielded Type 1
6,5
2.5 mm M8 Unshielded Type 2

6,5
Type 3
M 8x1 SW 13
Type 4
M 8x1
35 4
33
35 4
NSD00386
NSD00387
Sg
NSD00388
LED
LED (4x)
LED
NSD00389a
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
4 SW 13
LED (4x) Sg
45 33
45
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn
0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017

y mm 2,5 2 1,5
NSD00390
10 A 6
20
B 8
y mm 2,5 2 1,5
NSD00390
10 A 6
20
B 8
NSD00391
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
4 +x mm B
4 +x mm B
4/32
NSD00391

Standard duty

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2.5 mm Block with M 14 Shielded Type 1
M 14x1 20
2.5 mm Block with M 14 Shielded Type 2

M 14x1 20
Type 1
M 14x1 20
Type 2
M 14x1 20 5,5 LED 66 20 56
23
23
NSD00399a
66
6x3,5 3,5
20 5,5
NSD00398a
6x3,5 3,5
56
23
20 5,5 LED
6x3,5 3,5
20 5,5
NSD00398a
6x3,5 3,5
NSD00399a
56
LED
Sg
LED
56
Sg
Viewed from above

12
Viewed from above

12
NSD00400
27
NSD00400
27
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
23
4
Weight, approx. kg Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 0.085 10
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 With 2 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type F With M 12 connector, Type F NO func., npn NC func., npn NO and NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO and NC func., pnp
2 1
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
1 } 3RG40 720CD00
3RG40 720GB00 } 3RG40 720GA00
3RG40 723GB00 3RG40 723GA00
0.03 0.03
4 5

2 } 3RG40 723CD00
0.03

y mm 2,5 2 A
7 6
y mm 2,5 2 A
7 6
NSD00402a
NSD00401
NSD00402a
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00401
4 +x mm B
4 +x mm B
4/33

Standard duty

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 4 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 1
M 12x1
4 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 2
M 12x1 4 SW 17 34
Type 3
M 12x1
Type 4
M 12x1 6,5
35 6,5
56 6,5
4 4 65 SW 17
NSD00420
SW 17
45 6,5
NSD00427
LED
NSD00428
LED (4x) Sg
LED
NSD00421a
LED (4x) Sg
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032
SW 17
54
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 220AG01
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn
0.083 0.083 0.083 0.083 0.026 0.026 0.026 0.026
} 3RG40 220AF01 } 3RG40 220GB00 3RG40 220GA00

4 } 3RG40 223AG01
With M12 connector Type E, F Type F Type E, F Type F
3RG40 223AF01 } 3RG40 223GB00 3RG40 223GA00

y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9
15
27
B 8
y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9
15
27
B 8
NSD00423
4 +x mm B
4 +x mm B
4/34
NSD00423
NSD00422
NSD00422

Standard duty

M 12x1
M 12x1 6,5
Type 3
M 12x1
Type 4
M 12x1 6,5
SW 17 39
56 6,5
4 4 65 SW 17
NSD00420
40 6,5
50
SW 17
NSD00444
LED
NSD00448a
LED (4x) Sg
LED
NSD00421a
LED (4x) Sg
Connecting wires
4-wire
Brass, nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED 1.0 50 800 0.2 40
1 2 3 5 6
4-wire
1 2 3 5 6
SW 17
54
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 220CD00 4
With 2 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type F
NO and NC func., pnp NO and NC func., pnp
1 2
3RG40 220CD10 3RG40 223CD11
0.083 0.04
3RG40 223CD00

y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9
15
27
B 8
y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9
15
27
B 8
NSD00423
4 +x mm B
4 +x mm B
4/35
NSD00423
NSD00422
NSD00422

Standard duty

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 4 mm Block 12 mm 40 mm Unshielded Type 1
5 mm Block with M 14 Unshielded Type 3

M 14x1
Type 4
M 14x1 20 20 5,5 LED
10
16
23
23
NSD00376b NSD00398a
5,5 LED
Sg
Type 2
16
10
Viewed from above

12
3,2
NSD0 00377b
NSD00400
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
27
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug, Type A With 2 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type F NO func., pnp NO func., pnp NO and NC func., pnp NO and NC func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 800AG45 2 } 3RG40 807AG45
Type Order No.
NSD00399a
Weight, approx. kg
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 820CD00 4 } 3RG40 823CD00
0.085 0.03
10 1

y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9
NSD00422
15
27
B 8
3
NSD00474 NSD01073
A -x 8 mm 4
1 0 4
4 +x mm
8 +x mm B
4/36
NSD00475a
12
4 8
A 12
15
y mm 5
20
40
66
3,2
6x3,5 3,5
20
6x3,5 3,5
56
20
56
M 1 8x

Standard duty

M 18x1 4
M 18x1 4
Type 3
M 18x1
Type 4
Type 5
M 18x1 4
31
35
34
45
54
SW 24
SW 24
NSD00447
LED
NSD00456
NSD00449a
SW 24 LED (4x) Sg
NSD00445
LED Sg
LED
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
SW 24
74
42
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.123 0.123 0.123 0.123 0.067 0.067 0.067 0.067
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp
1
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.06
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 130AG01
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 2
3RG40 130AG33 3RG40 130AF33 3RG40 130GB33 3RG40 130GA33
3RG40 130AF01 } 3RG40 130GB00 3RG40 130GA00

4 } 3RG40 133AG01
With M12 connector Type E, F Type F Type E, F Type F With M 18 connector, Type P
2 } 3RG40 133AG33
3RG40 133AF33 3RG40 133GB33 3RG40 133GA33
3RG40 133AF01 3RG40 133GB00 3RG40 133GA00

5
3RG40 132AG01

y mm 5 4 3
11 A
30
B 10
y mm 5 4 3
11 A
30
B 10
NSD00451
NSD00450
1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
NSD00450
8 +x mm B
8 +x mm B
4/37
NSD00451

Standard duty

M 18x1
5 mm (3.2 mm) 18 mm Shielded 1) Type 2 Type 3

18 15,95 4 9,9 3,85
54
SW 24
NSD00445
LED
1) 3RG40 750GJ00 for unshielded mounting: Rated operating distance sn = 3.2 mm
Connecting wires
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
Molded plastic 10 to 30 1.5 50 100 0.15 1.0
3 5 6
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type F NO and NC func., pnp NO and NC func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 130CD00 2
Type Order No.
NSD00464
Weight, approx. kg
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 750AJ00
3RG40 133CD00
With single cores, 0.5 m, NO func., pnp PVC, 3 0.25 mm2 NC func., pnp NO func., npn
} 3RG40 750AH00 } 3RG40 750GJ00
0.011 0.011 0.011
11 12 13

y mm 5 4 3
11 A
30
B 10
y mm 5 4 3
15 A
30
B 10
NSD00451
NSD00450
1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
NSD00450
8 +x mm B
8 +x mm
4/38
NSD 00467

Standard duty

M 18x1
M 18x1 4
Type 3
M 18x1 4
Type 4
M 18x1 4
Type 5
M 18x1 4 10,5
NSD00497a
45 31 10,5
35 10,5
SW 24 34
SW 24
54 10,5
69 55 10,5
SW 24 58,5
NSD00502
LED
NSD00503
LED (4x) Sg
NSD00493
SW 24
LED
NSD00494b
LED (4x)
M 12x1
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
SW 24 LED Sg
74
42
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.115 0.115 0.115
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 230AG01
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13
NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp
0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
3RG40 230AF01 3RG40 230GB00

4
3RG40 233AG01 3RG40 233AF01 3RG40 233GB00 3RG40 232AG01 3RG40 232AF01
0.07 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06
2 3 4 2 3

15
15
6
NSD00499
6
NSD00499
NSD00500
2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
8 +x mm B
8 +x mm B
4/39
NSD00501
15
A 11
A 11
15
y mm 10
20
28
y mm 10
20
50

Standard duty

M 18x1 4
Type 2
M 18x1 4
Type 3
M 18x1 4 10,5
NSD00497a
54 10,5
69 55 10,5
SW 24 58,5
SW 24
NSD00493
LED
NSD00494b
LED (4x)
M 12x1
Connecting wires
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 10 1 1
With 2 m cable, PUR, 4 0.14 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type F With M 18 connector, Type P
NO and NC func., pnp NO and NC func., pnp NO and NC func., pnp
1 2 3
3RG40 230CD00 3RG40 233CD00 3RG40 232CD00
0.1 0.06 0.05

6
NSD00499
2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
8 +x mm B
4/40
NSD00500
15
A 11
15
y mm 10
20
28
SW 24 LED Sg
74
42

Standard duty

M 30x1,5
M 30x1,5 5
Type 3
M 30x1,5 5
Type 4
M 30x1,5 5
Type 5
M 30x1,5
45 31
35
34
54
SW 36 58,5
69 55
SW 36
SW 36
64
84
LED
NSD00518a
LED
LED (4x) M 12x1
NSD00520b
NSD00524
NSD00523
NSD00519a
LED
M 18x1
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
SW 36
Sg
SW 36 LED (4x)
53
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.165 0.165 0.165 0.165
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp
1
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 140AG01
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13
} 3RG40 140AF01 } 3RG40 140GB00

4 } 3RG40 143AG01
2 } 3RG40 143AG33
3RG40 143AF33 3RG40 143GB33 3RG40 143GA33
3RG40 143AF01 3RG40 143GB00

5
0.18 0.18 0.18 0.15 0.15
2 3 4 2 3
3RG40 142AG01 3RG40 142AF01

16
8 6
NSD00516
A
NSD00521
8 6
NSD00516
4 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5
4 2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5
10 +x mm B
10 +x mm B
4/41
NSD00522
16
y mm 10
25
37
y mm 10
25
45

Standard duty

M 30x1,5 5
M 30x1,5 5
Type 3
M 30x1,5
54
SW 36 58,5
69 55
50
SW 36
NSD00519a
NSD00518a
LED
LED (4x) M 12x1

NSD00528
Sg
Connecting wires
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-wire (designed for Mercedes-Benz)

Brass, nickel-plated 10 to 30 15 300 300 0.3 40
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
1 } 3RG40 140CD00 2
Type Order No.
SW 36
80
Weight, approx. kg
3RG40 143CD00
3RG40 143CD01
0.17

16
8 6
A
NSD00521
8 6
A
NSD00521
NSD00516
2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5
2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5
NSD00516
10 +x mm B
10 +x mm B
4/42
16
y mm 10
25
37
y mm 10
25
37

Standard duty

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 10 mm 20 mm Unshielded Type 1
20
NSD00533a
20 mm 34 mm Unshielded Type 2
34
NSD00579a
63
62
BERO with terminal compartment: Now supplied with metric thread M 16 or M 20 for molded plastic screw gland. A fixing clamp is included in the scope of supply.
92
LED M 16 LED M 20 38
30
Connecting wires
3-wire
Molded plastic 10 to 36 LED 5 250 300 0.3 6
1 2 3 5 6
98
3-wire
1 2 3 5 6
70
60
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
With terminal compart- NO func., pnp ment for cables 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 With terminal compart- NO or NC, pnp, programmable ment for cables 0.75 to 2.5 mm2
3RG46 256AG00
0.074
3RG46 266AD00
0.16
27

60
8 6
NSD00516
A 20
20
12
NSD00581
NSD00534
2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5
4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
10 +x mm B
16 +x mm
4/43
NSD00582
40
A 34
60
y mm 10
40
60
y mm 20
68
102

Standard duty

M 30x1,5 16
M 30x1,5 16 16
Type 3
M 30x1,5
Type 4
M 30x1,5 16
Type 5
M 30x1,5 16
SW 36 34
45 31
35
SW 36
SW 36
SW 36
NSD00544a
LED
NSD00545b
LED (4x)
NSD00546b
NSD00551
LED
LED
M 12x1 M 18x1
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp
1
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.185 0.185 0.185 0.185 0.165 0.165 0.165 0.14 0.14
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 240AG01
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 2 3
3RG40 240AF01 3RG40 240GB00 3RG40 240GA00

4 } 3RG40 243AG01
2 } 3RG40 243AG33
3RG40 243AF33 3RG40 243GB33 3RG40 243GA33
3RG40 243AF01 3RG40 243GB00

5
3RG40 242AG01 3RG40 242AF01

A 15
30
80
B 25 A 15
30
80
B 25
15
NSD00548
4/44
NSD00548
15
SW 36
84
NSD00552
69
Sg
58,5
54
55
LED (4x)
64
5 53

Standard duty

M 30x1,5 16 16
Type 2
M 30x1,5
SW 36
69
NSD00544a
LED
NSD00545b
LED (4x)
M 12x1
Connecting wires
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
SW 36
58,5
54
55
Type Order No.
1 } 3RG40 240CD00 2
3RG40 243CD00

A 15
30
80
B 25
NSD00548
15
4/45

Standard duty

LED
NSD 01163
15 mm Block 40 mm 40 mm Shielded
N
40 46 55
Type 2
40 45 40 40
120
5,3 LED
NSD00564
69
60
LED
All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6, Accessories)
30 40
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
7,3x5,3 30 14
Pg 13,5
The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes.
Connecting wires
4-wire
Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs 30 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 50 0.75 100
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With M 12 connector, Type F NO and NC func., pnp NO and NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn
1 } 3RG40 383CD00
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
} Preferred type
2 } 3RG40 316AG01
3RG40 383GD00
With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
3RG40 316AF01 } 3RG40 316GB00
0.23 0.23 0.23
19 20 21

16 12
NSD01170
30
8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
NSD 01164
16 +x mm
4/46
NSD00563
30
y mm 20
25
75
25
75

Standard duty

40 40 45 40 45

40 40 40
120
60
60
LED
NSD00564
118
5,3 LED
5,3 LED LED 7,3x5,3 30 14

NSD00570
7,3x5,3 30 14
Pg 13,5
Pg 13,5
With screw sensor. The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes.
Connecting wires
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 NO and NC func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 316CD00
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
2 } 3RG40 346CD00

A
25
75
B 30
16
NSD00563
4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
NSD00562
16 +x mm B
4/47
NSD00563
30
y mm 20
25
75

Standard duty

40 40 45 40 45
20 mm Block 40 mm 40 mm Unshielded Type 2

40 40 40
120
60
NSD00564
7,3x5,3 30 14
7,3x5,3 30 14
Pg 13,5
Pg 13,5
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NO and NC func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 416AG01
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 19 20 21
Type Order No.
NSD00564
LED
60
LED
120
5,3
5,3 LED LED
Weight, approx. kg
} Preferred type
2 } 3RG40 416CD00
3RG40 416AF01 3RG40 416GB00
0.23
18

40
A 12
NSD00581
A 12
NSD00581
50
NSD00583
50
NSD00583
40
8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
16 +x mm B
16 +x mm B
4/48
40
40
y mm 20
70
100
y mm 20
70
100

Standard duty

60 45 LED YE LED GN 5,3 41 24,5 Pg 13,5
NSD00601

60 45 LED YE LED GN 5,3 41 24,5 Pg 13,5
NSD00601
77 45
Connecting wires
4-wire
Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs 30 (24 V); 50 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 70 1 100
1 2 3 4 5 6
77 45
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 NO and NC func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 326CD00
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
3RG40 426CD00
0.27

50
15
NSD00594
18
NSD00603 NSD00604
10 5 -x 20 10 mm 0
12 6 -x 30 15 mm 0
NSD00608
10 20 +x mm
15 30 +x mm
4/49
40
20
24
A 60
90
y mm 25
55
210
y mm 30
90
210

Standard duty

80,3 65 LED YE LED GN 27,5 Pg 13,5
NSD00625
100 65
5,3 41,5
Connecting wires
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
3RG40 436CD00
0.47

40
30
A 15
NSD00626
20 10 -x 30 15 mm 0
NSD00613
15 30 +x mm B
4/50
40
90
y mm 50
80
160


M 8x1 34 SW 13 4
M 8x1 34 SW 13
Type 3
M 8x1 SW 13
Type 4
M 12x1 4
Type 5
M 12x1 4 59
NSD00361b
50
52
34
55
NSD00314b
50
LED
NSD00312
NSD00313
NSD00360a
LED Sg
LED
SW 17
M 12x1
LED
Connecting wires
Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Minimum operating current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA mA Hz mm ms
2-wire
Stainless steel 15 to 34 LED 1.5 25 2 1500 0.1 40
1 3 4 5 6
2-wire
Brass, nickel-plated 15 to 34 LED 1.5 25 2 700 0.1 40
1 3 4 5 6
SW 17 LED (4x) Sg
48
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 0.25 mm2 With 8 mm combined plug, Type A With M 12 connector, Type E, F NO func. NO func. NO func.
1 } 3RG40 110JB00 2
Weight, Conn. approx. diagr. P. 4/17 kg No. 0.080 0.018 0.025 15 7 6
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
4 } 3RG40 120JB00
Weight, Conn. approx. diagr. P. 4/17 kg No. 0.080 15
3RG40 117JB00
5 } 3RG40 123JB00
3 } 3RG40 113JB00
0.03

y mm 1,0 0,8 0,6

NSD00318
4 A
12
B 3
y mm 2 A
12
B 5
0,2 2 -x 1 mm 0 1
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00362
0,4
NSD00319
+x 2 mm B
4 +x mm
4/51
NSD00363


M 14x1 20
M 14x1 20
Type 3
M 12x1
Type 4
M 12x1 6,5
23
23
56 6,5
4 4 65
66
6x3,5 3,5
20 5,5
NSD00398a
6x3,5 3,5
NSD00399a
20 5,5 LED
SW 17
NSD00420
LED
NSD00421a
LED
LED (4x) Sg
Sg
Viewed from above

12
NSD00400
27
Connecting wires
2-wire
Molded plastic 15 to 34 LED 1.5 25 2 800 0.1 40
1 3 4 5 6
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
SW 17
56
56
54
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 220JB00 4 } 3RG40 223JB00
With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type E, F
NO func. NO func.
1 2
3RG40 720JB00 3RG40 723JB00
0.082 0.030

y mm 2,5 2 A
7 6
y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9
15
27
B 8
NSD00402a
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
4 +x mm B
4 +x mm B
4/52
NSD00423
NSD00401
NSD00422


M 18x1
8 mm M 18 Unshielded Type 2 Type 3

M 18x1 4
Type 4
M 18x1 4
Type 5
M 18x1 4
Type 6
M 18x1 4 10,5
NSD00497a
42
54 10,5
69 55 10,5
SW 24 58,5
54
SW 24
SW 24
NSD00449a
SW 24
LED
NSD00493
NSD00445
LED
Sg
LED
NSD00494b
LED (4x)
M 12x1
Connecting wires
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
SW 24 LED Sg
74
74
42
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.115 0.075 0.062
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type E, F With M 18 connector, Type P NO func. NO func. NO func.
1 } 3RG40 130JB00 2 } 3RG40 133JB00 3
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 15 6 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.100 0.070 0.060
} Preferred type
4 } 3RG40 230JB00 5 } 3RG40 233JB00 6
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 15 6 6
3RG40 132JB00
3RG40 232JB00

y mm 5 4 3
11 A
30
B 10
6
NSD00451 NSD00499 NSD00450
1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
8 +x mm B
8 +x mm B
4/53
NSD00500
15
A 11
15
y mm 10
20
28


M 30x1,5 5
M 30x1,5 5
Type 3
M 30x1,5
Type 4
M 30x1,5 16
Type 5
M 30x1,5 16
Type 6
M 30x1,5 16
54
SW 36 58,5
69 55
64
58,5
54
55
SW 36
SW 36
NSD00519a
SW 36
69
SW 36
64
NSD00520b
NSD00518a
M 12x1 M 18x1
LED
NSD00544a
LED
LED (4x)
LED
NSD00545b
LED (4x)
NSD00546b
LED
M 12x1 M 18x1
Connecting wires
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type E, F With M 18 connector, Type P NO func. NO func. NO func.
1 } 3RG40 140JB00 2 3
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 15 6 6
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
4 } 3RG40 240JB00 5 6
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 15 6 6
3RG40 143JB00 3RG40 142JB00
3RG40 243JB00 3RG40 242JB00

16
8 6
NSD00516
A
NSD00521
A 15
2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5
10 +x mm B B
4/54
NSD00548
15
25
y mm 10
25
37
30
80
SW 36
84
84
5 53
53


40 40 45 40 45

40 40 40
120
60
NSD00560
7,3x5,3 30 14
7,3x5,3 30 14
Pg 13,5
Pg 13,5
Connecting wires
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
NSD00560
LED
60
120
5,3
5,3
LED
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 NO func.
1 } 3RG40 316JB00
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
2 } 3RG40 416JB00

A
25
75
B 30
A 12 50
NSD00583 NSD00581
NSD00563
8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
16 +x mm B
4/55
40
40
y mm 20
70
100

Extra duty (65 V DC)

M 8x1 4 41 SW 13
Type 2
M 8x1 41 SW 13
Type 3
M 8x1 SW 13 41 LED M 12x1
57
58
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
NSD00320
LED
NSD00321
LED Sg
Weight, approx. kg 0.080 0.080 0.018 0.018 0.022 0.022
NSD00322a
62
38
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 With 8 mm comb. plug Type A Type A With M12 connector Type E, F Type F NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., pnp NC func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 110AB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 2 3 2 3
3RG40 110AA00
2 } 3RG40 117AB00
3RG40 117AA00
3 } 3RG40 113AB00
3RG40 113AA00

y mm 1,0 0,8 0,6

NSD00318
4 A
12
B 3
0,4 0,2 2 -x 1 mm 0 1
+x 2 mm B
4/56
NSD00319


M 12x1 4
M 12x1 4 6,5
Type 3
M 12x1
Type 4
M 12x1 6,5 4 SW 17 LED (4x) Sg 60 71
NSD00425a
SW 17
SW 17 54
56
65
62
4
NSD00364
LED
NSD00365
LED (4x) Sg
NSD00424
LED
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
SW 17
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.090 0.090 0.033 0.033
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type F NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., pnp NC func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 120AB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 2 3
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.090 0.090 0.034 0.034
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 220AB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 2 3
} 3RG40 120AA00
2 } 3RG40 123AB00
3RG40 220AA00
4 } 3RG40 223AB00
3RG40 123AA00
3RG40 223AA00

y mm 2 A
12
B 6
y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9
15
27
B 8
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00362
4 +x mm B
4 +x mm B
4/57
NSD00423
NSD00422
NSD00368


M 14x1 20
5 mm Block with M 14 Unshielded Type 2

M 14x1 20
Type 1
M 14x1 20
Type 2
M 14x1 20 5,5 LED
23
23
56
23
23
66
NSD00399a
5,5
NSD00398a
5,5 LED
NSD00398a
5,5 LED
LED
Sg
Sg
Viewed from above

12
Viewed from above

12
NSD00400
27
NSD00400
27
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 2
Type Order No.
NSD00399a
} Preferred type
1 } 3RG40 820AB00
NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., pnp
1 2
3RG40 720AB00 3RG40 720AA00 3RG40 723AB00
0.085 0.085 0.030
2 } 3RG40 823AB00

3
NSD00402a NSD00401 NSD00474
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
4 +x mm B
8 +x mm B
4/58
NSD00475a
12
A 12
15
y mm 2,5
7 6
y mm 5
20
40
66
6x3,5 3,5
20
6x3,5 3,5
20
6x3,5 3,5
20
6x3,5 3,5
56
56
20
56


M 18x1

M 18x1 4
Type 4
M 18x1 4
Type 5
M 18x1 4
Type 6
M 18x1 4 10,5
NSD00497a
42
54 10,5
69 55 10,5
SW 24 58,5
54
SW 24
SW 24
NSD00449a
SW 24
LED
NSD00493
NSD00445
LED
Sg
LED
NSD00494b
LED (4x)
M 12x1
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
SW 24 LED Sg
74
74
42
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.12 0.12 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type F With M 18 connector, Type P NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., pnp NC func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 130AB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 2 3 2 3
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.09 0.09 0.04 0.04 0.04
} Preferred type
4 } 3RG40 230AB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 2 3 2
} 3RG40 130AA00
2 } 3RG40 133AB00
} 3RG40 230AA00
5 } 3RG40 233AB00
3RG40 133AA00
3
3RG40 233AA00
6
3RG40 132AB00 3RG40 132AA00
3RG40 232AB00

y mm 5 4 3
11 A
30
B 10
6
NSD00451 NSD00499 NSD00450
1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
8 +x mm B
8 +x mm B
4/59
NSD00501
15
A 11
15
y mm 10
20
50


M 30x1,5 5
M 30x1,5 5
Type 3
M 30x1,5
Type 4
M 30x1,5 16
Type 5
M 30x1,5 16
Type 6
M 30x1,5 16
54
SW 36 58,5
69 55
64
58,5
54
55
SW 36
SW 36
NSD00519a
SW 36
69
SW 36
64
NSD00520b
NSD00518a
M 12x1 M 18x1
LED
NSD00544a
LED
LED (4x)
LED
NSD00545b
LED (4x)
NSD00546b
LED
M 12x1 M 18x1
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.20 0.20 0.18 0.18 0.15 0.15
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type F With M 18 connector, Type P NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., pnp NC func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 140AB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 2 3 2 3
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.13 0.13 0.11 0.11 0.08 0.08
} Preferred type
4 } 3RG40 240AB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 2 3 2 3
3RG40 140AA00
2 } 3RG40 143AB00
3RG40 240AA00
5 } 3RG40 243AB00
3RG40 143AA00
3
3RG40 243AA00
6
3RG40 142AB00 3RG40 142AA00
3RG40 242AB00 3RG40 242AA00

16
8 6
NSD00516
A
NSD00521
A 15
2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5
10 +x mm B B
4/60
NSD00548
15
25
y mm 10
25
37
30
80
SW 36
84
84
5 53
53


40 40 45 40 45

40 40 40
120
60
NSD00564
7,3x5,3 30 14
7,3x5,3 30 14
Pg 13,5
Pg 13,5
Connecting wires
3-wire
Molded plastic 10 to 65 2 LEDs 20 300 100 0.75 100
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
NSD00564
LED
60
LED
120
5,3
5,3 LED LED
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With terminal compart- NO or NC, pnp, programmable ment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
1 } 3RG40 316AD00
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
2 } 3RG40 416AD00

30
12
NSD00563 NSD00562 NSD00581
4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
16 +x mm B
16 +x mm B
4/61
NSD00583
40
16
A 50
40
y mm 20
25
75
y mm 20
70
100


60 45 LED YE LED GN 5,3 41 24,5 Pg 13,5
NSD00601

80,3 65 LED YE LED GN 27,5 Pg 13,5
NSD00625
77 45
100 65
5,3 41,5
Connecting wires
3-wire
Molded plastic 10 to 65 2 LEDs 40 300 50 1 100
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
1 } 3RG40 426AD00
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
2 } 3RG40 436AD00

90
40
18
NSD00604
30
6 -x 30 15 mm 0
A -x 30 15 mm
10 0
NSD00626
12
NSD00608
20
NSD00613
15 30 +x mm
15 30 +x mm B
4/62
40
24
A 60
40
A 15
90
y mm 30
90
210
y mm 50
80
160


Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 30 mm for unshielded mounting/ 40 mm for shielded mounting Block 80 mm 100 mm Unshielded or shielded Type 1
80,3 65 LED YE LED GN 27,5 Pg 13,5
NSD00625
100 65
5,3 41,5
Connecting wires
3-wire (designed for Ford)

1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
1 } 3RG40 336AD01

Operating distance 30 mm
y mm 30 24 18
NSD00604
80 A 15 160 B 90 y mm 50 40
30
80 A
160
B 90
NSD00627
40
6 -x 30 15 mm 0
A -x 30 15 mm B
10 0
NSD00626
12
NSD00613
20
15 30 +x mm
15 30 +x mm B
4/63

Extra duty (AC/DC)

M 12x1 4
M 12x1 4 6,5
Type 3
M 12x1
Type 4
M 12x1 6,5 4
SW 17
SW 17 54
56
65
62
SW 17
71
NSD00364
LED
NSD00365
LED (4x) Sg
NSD00424
LED
NSD00425a
Connecting wires
Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 At 230 V AC/24 V DC Rated operational current Continuous 20 ms Minimum operating current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V
2-wire
Brass, nickel-plated 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1.5/1.0 200 1800 1) 5 25/1200 0.04 100
1 3 4 5 6
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
mA mA mA mA Hz mm ms
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.08 0.08 0.033 0.033
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type E, F NO func. NC func. NO func. NC func.
1 } 3RG40 120KB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.08 0.08 0.035 0.035
SW 17 LED (4x) Sg
60
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG40 220KB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9
3RG40 120KA00
2 } 3RG40 123KB00
3RG40 220KA00
4 } 3RG40 223KB00
3RG40 123KA00
3RG40 223KA00

y mm 2 A
12
B 6
y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9
15
27
B 8
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00362
4 +x mm B
4 +x mm B
1) Siemens 3RT1 contactors up to Size S3 (230 V AC; max. operating frequency 0.25 Hz)
4/64
NSD00423
NSD00422
NSD00368

Extra duty (AC/DC)

M 14x1 20
Type 2
M 14x1 20 5,5 LED 66 20 56
23
6x3,5 3,5
20 5,5
NSD00398a
6x3,5 3,5
NSD00399a
LED
56
Sg
Viewed from above

12
NSD00400
27
Connecting wires
2-wire
Molded plastic 10 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1.5/1.0 200 1200 5 25/1000 0.04 100
1 3 4 5 6
23
4
Weight, approx. kg Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9
Type Order No.
NO func. NC func. NO func. NC func.
1 2
3RG40 720KB00 3RG40 720KA00 3RG40 723KB00 3RG40 723KA00
0.082 0.082 0.030 0.030

y mm 2,5 2 A
7 6
NSD00402a
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00401
4 +x mm B
4/65

Extra duty (AC/DC)

M 18x1

M 18x1 4
Type 4
M 18x1 4
Type 5
M 18x1 4
Type 6
M 18x1 4 10,5
NSD00497a
42
54 10,5
69 55 10,5
SW 24 58,5
54
SW 24
SW 24
NSD00449a
SW 24
LED
NSD00493
NSD00445
LED
Sg
LED
NSD00494b
LED (4x)
M 12x1
Connecting wires
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.11 0.11 0.075 0.075 0.063 0.063
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type E, F With M 18 connector, Type P NO func. NC func. NO func. NC func. NO func. NC func.
1 } 3RG40 130KB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9 8 9
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.085 0.085 0.04 0.04 0.035
} Preferred type
4 } 3RG40 230KB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9 8
} 3RG40 130KA00
2 } 3RG40 133KB00
} 3RG40 230KA00
5 } 3RG40 233KB00
3RG40 133KA00
3
3RG40 233KA00
6
3RG40 132KB00 3RG40 132KA00
3RG40 232KB00

y mm 5 4 3
11 A
30
B 10
6
NSD00451 NSD00499 NSD00450
1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
8 +x mm B
8 +x mm B
4/66
NSD00501
15
A 11
15
y mm 10
20
50
SW 24 LED Sg
74
74
42

Extra duty (AC/DC)

M 30x1,5 5
M 30x1,5 5
Type 3
M 30x1,5
Type 4
M 30x1,5 16
Type 5
M 30x1,5 16
Type 6
M 30x1,5 16
54
SW 36 58,5
69 55
64
58,5
54
55
SW 36
SW 36
NSD00519a
SW 36
69
SW 36
64
NSD00520b
NSD00518a
M 12x1 M 18x1
LED
NSD00544a
LED
LED (4x)
LED
NSD00545b
LED (4x)
NSD00546b
LED
M 12x1 M 18x1
Connecting wires
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
SW 36
84
84
5 53
53
4
Weight, approx. kg 0.13 0.13 0.11 0.11 0.09 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9 8
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.19 0.19 0.17 0.17 0.14 0.14
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 2 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type E, F With M 18 connector, Type P NO func. NC func. NO func. NC func. NO func. NC func.
1 } 3RG40 140KB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 8 9 8 9
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
4 } 3RG40 240KB00
3RG40 140KA00
2 } 3RG40 143KB00
} 3RG40 240KA00
5 } 3RG40 243KB00
3RG40 143KA00
3
3RG40 243KA00
6
3RG40 142KB00 3RG40 142KA00
3RG40 242KB00

16
8 6
NSD00516
A 15
2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5
10 +x mm B B
4/67
NSD00549a
NSD00522
15
25
y mm 10
25
45
30
65

Extra duty (AC/DC)

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 10 mm 20 mm Unshielded Type 1
20
NSD00533a
34
NSD00579a
63
62
BERO with terminal compartment: Now supplied with metric thread M 16 or M 20 for molded plastic screw gland. A fixing clamp is included in the scope of supply.
92
LED M 16 LED M 20 38
30
Connecting wires
2-wire
Molded plastic 20 to 250/20 to 250 LED 2.5/ 0.8 250/100 2200 1) 5 25/70 0.2 15
1 5 6
98
2-wire
Molded plastic 20 to 250/20 to 250 LED 2.5/0.8 250/100 2200 1) 5 20/70 0.75 20
1 5 6
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 NO or NC, programmable
1 } 3RG46 256KD00
Type Order No.
70
60
} Preferred type
2 } 3RG46 266KD00

60
8 6
NSD00516
A 20
20
12
NSD00581
NSD00534
2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5
4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
10 +x mm B
16 +x mm
4/68
NSD00582
40
A 34
60
y mm 10
40
60
y mm 20
68
102

Extra duty (AC/DC)

40 40 45 40 45

40 40 40
120
60
NSD00560
7,3x5,3 30 14
7,3x5,3 30 14
Pg 13,5
Pg 13,5
Connecting wires
2-wire
Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1.5/1.0 300 1800 1) 5 25/150 0.75 100
1 3 4 5 6
2-wire
Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 LED 1.5/1.0 300 1800 1) 5 25/100 1 20
1 3 4 5 6
NSD00560
LED
60
120
5,3
5,3
LED
4
Weight, approx. kg 0.23 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 24
Type Order No.
1 } 3RG40 316KD00
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
2 } 3RG40 416KD00

30
12
NSD00563 NSD00562 NSD00581
4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
16 +x mm B
16 +x mm B
4/69
NSD00583
40
16
A 50
40
y mm 20
25
75
y mm 20
70
100

Extra duty (AC/DC)
N
LED 40 46 55
NSD 01163

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions
30 40
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
Connecting wires
Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) LED (switching state) No-load supply current I0 At 24 V At Umax Rated operational current Off-state current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Differential travel Power-up delay Protective measures V
2-wire
Molded plastic 20 to 265/20 to 320 Yellow LED Typ. 1.5 2.0 300 <2 25/50 0.75 0.04 to 3.3 100
1 5 6
mA mA mA mA Hz mm mm ms
Type Order No.
69
} Preferred type With M 12 connector, Type E, F NO func.

1 } 3RG40 383KB00

16 12
NSD01170
8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
NSD 01164
16 +x mm
4/70
30
y mm 20
25
75

Extra duty (AC/DC)

60 45 LED YE 24,5 Pg 13,5
NSD00606

80,3 65 LED YE 27,5 Pg 13,5
NSD00624
77 45
5,3 41
100 65
5,3 41,5
Connecting wires
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
4
Weight, approx. kg 0.47 Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 24
Type Order No.
1 } 3RG40 426KD00
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
2 } 3RG40 436KD00

90
40
18
NSD00604
30
6 -x 30 15 mm 0
A -x 30 15 mm
10 0
NSD00626
12
NSD00608
20
NSD00613
15 30 +x mm
15 30 +x mm B
4/71
40
24
A 60
40
A 15
90
y mm 30
90
210
y mm 50
80
160

Extra duty (AC/DC)

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 30 mm for unshielded mounting/ 40 mm for shielded mounting Block 80 mm 100 mm Unshielded or shielded Type 1
80,3 65 LED YE 27,5 Pg 13,5
NSD00624
100 65
5,3 41,5
Connecting wires
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
1 } 3RG40 336KD01

y mm 30 24 18
NSD00604
80 A 15 160 B 90 y mm 50 40
30
80 A
160
B 90
NSD00627
40
6 -x 30 15 mm 0
A -x 30 15 mm B
10 0
NSD00626
12
NSD00613
20
15 30 +x mm
15 30 +x mm B
4/72

Extreme environment (IP 68)

13
Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions
0.6 mm 4 mm Shielded Type 1

4

M 5x0,5 20 SW 7
5 6
25
NSD00299
Connecting wires
3-wire
Stainless steel 10 to 30 10 200 3000 0.01 8
1 2 3 5 6
3-wire
Stainless steel 10 to 30 10 200 3000 0.01 8
1 2 3
NSD00300
25
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
NO func., pnp
3RG46 000AG02
0.037
3RG46 100AG02
0.036

2,4
0,8 0,6
0,8 0,6
NSD00304
NSD00303
0,2 2 -x mm 1 0 1
0,2 2 -x mm 1 0 1
NSD00303
0,4
0,4
+x 2 mm
+x 2 mm
4/73
NSD00306
2,4
y mm 1
y mm 1
7,5
10


Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 2 mm 12 mm Shielded Type 1
12
M 12x1 4
12
M 12x1 4
Type 5
M 12x1
50
50
56 6,5
50
50
SW 17
NSD00372
NSD00360a
NSD00372
Connecting wires
3-wire
Molded plastic or brass 15 to 34 LED 17 (24 V); 30 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 1200 0.1 40
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
} Preferred type Molded plastic With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn
1
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
NSD00420
LED
NSD00360a
LED
LED
LED
SW 17
LED
Molded plastic 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14
3
3RG40 520AG30 3RG40 520AF30 3RG40 520GB30 3RG40 520GA30 3RG40 120AF30 3RG40 120GB30 3RG40 120GA30
0.075 0.075 0.075 0.075 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08
11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14
2 } 3RG40 120AG30
Brass, nickel-plated With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 NO func., pnp NO func., npn
2
Brass, nickel-plated 0.09 0.09 11 13

5
3RG40 120AG31 3RG40 120GB31
3RG40 220AG31 3RG40 220GB31
0.08 0.08
11 13

y mm 2 A
12
B 5
y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9
15
27
B 8
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00362
4 +x mm
4 +x mm B
4/74
NSD00423
NSD00422
NSD00363
SW 17


2.5 mm M8 Semi-shielded Type 2

M 8x1 SW 13
NSD00392
6,5
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 5 6
NSD00393
45
3-wire
1 2 3 5 6
45
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 NO func., pnp

1 } 3RG46 020AG02
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
3RG46 110AG02
0.045

y mm 4 3 2
NSD01137
6 A
16
y mm 4 3
8 A
16
B 9
NSD01191
NSD01136
4 -x 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 +x 4 mm mm B
4 -x 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 +x 4 mm mm B
A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space X 1.6 mm mounted in steel, 0.8 mm mounted in other metals
4/75
NSD00395


M 12x1 4
M 18x1
SW 17
56
54
NSD00364
LED
NSD00445
LED
Connecting wires
Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 At 230 V AC/24 V DC Rated operational current Continuous 20 ms Minimum rated operational current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
3-wire
Molded plastic /10 to 65 LED / 10 300 /800 0.2 40
1 2 3 4 5 6
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
SW 24
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
} Preferred type 2-wire (AC/DC) With 2 m cable, PVC, 2 0.25 mm2 NO func.
1 } 3RG40 220KB30
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
} Preferred type 2-wire (AC/DC)
0.08
16
2 } 3RG40 230KB30
0.11
16
3-wire (65 V DC) With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 NO func., pnp
1 } 3RG40 220AB30
3-wire (65 V DC) 0.08 11

2
3RG40 230AB30
0.11
11

y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A 9
15
27
B 8
6
NSD00499
NSD00423
NSD00422
2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
4 +x mm B
8 +x mm B
4/76
NSD00501
15
A 11
15
y mm 10
20
50


18
M 18x1
18
M 18x1
Type 5
M 18x1 4
54
54
SW 24
SW 24
54 10,5
54
54
NSD00459
NSD00445
NSD00445
NSD00493
LED
NSD00459
LED
LED
LED
LED
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
SW 24
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Molded plastic With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn
1
Molded plastic 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14
3
0.085 0.085 0.085 0.085 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11
11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14
2
Brass, nickel-plated 11 13
5
3RG40 130AG31 3RG40 130GB31
3RG40 230AG31 3RG40 230GB31
11 13

y mm 5 4 3
11 A
30
B 10
6
NSD00451 NSD00499 NSD00450
1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
8 +x mm B
8 +x mm B
4/77
NSD00501
15
A 11
15
y mm 10
20
50


30
M 30x1,5 5
30
M 30x1,5 5
16
Type 5
M 30x1,5
54
54
54
54
SW 36
SW 36
54
NSD00525
NSD00525
NSD00518a
NSD00518a
LED
NSD00544a
LED
LED
LED
LED
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Molded plastic With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn
1
Molded plastic 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14
3
0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.185 0.185 0.185 0.185
11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14
2
Brass, nickel-plated 11 13
5
3RG40 140AG31 3RG40 140GB31
3RG40 240AG31 3RG40 240GB31
0.185
11 13

16
8 6
NSD00516
A 15
2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5
10 +x mm B B
4/78
NSD00548
NSD00522
15
25
y mm 10
25
45
30
80
SW 36


M 30x1,5 5
15 mm Box 40 mm 40 mm Shielded Type 2

40 45,5 30
40 35
5,3
54
SW 36
111,5
60
LED 28
NSD00561
NSD00518a
LED
7,3x5,3
Connecting wires
Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 At 230 V AC/24 V DC Rated operational current Continuous 20 ms Minimum rated operational current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Protective measures V
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
2-wire
1 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
4
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 16 17 16 17
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
} Preferred type 2-wire (AC/DC), PVC cable NO func. With 2m cable, 2 0.25 mm2 sensor in NC func. longitudinal axis With 2 m cable, 2 0.25 mm2 sensor 90 to longitudinal axis NO func. NC func.
1 } 3RG40 240KB30
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
2-wire (AC/DC), PUR cable 0.185 16

2
3-wire (65 V DC), PUR cable

2
3RG40 300KB00 3RG40 300KA00 3RG40 300KB01 3RG40 300KA01
0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40
3-wire (65 V DC), PUR cable 0.185 11

2
NO func., pnp With 2 m cable, PUR 3 0.25 mm2 sensor in NC func., pnp longitudinal axis With 2 m cable, 3 0.25 mm2 sensor 90 to longitudinal axis NO func., pnp
3RG40 240AB30
3RG40 300AB00 3RG40 300AA00 3RG40 300AB01
0.36 0.36 0.36
11 12 11

A 15
30
80
B 25
15
16
NSD00548
4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
NSD00562
16 +x mm B
4/79
NSD00563
30
y mm 20
25
75


Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 15 mm Box 40 mm 40 mm Shielded Type 1
40 45,5 30
40 35
5,3
111,5
60
LED 28
NSD00561
7,3x5,3
Connecting wires
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
With 2 m cable, PUR 4 0.14 mm2 sensor in longitudinal axis
3RG40 300CD00
0.36
NO and NC With 2 m cable, PUR 4 0.14 mm2 sensor 90 func., pnp to longitudinal axis
3RG40 300CD01
0.36
10

16
4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
NSD00562
16 +x mm B
4/80
NSD00563
30
y mm 20
25
75

Greater rated operating distance

M 8x1
2 mm M8 Shielded Type 2
M 8x1 SW 13
Type 3
M 8x1 34 SW 13
Type 4
M 8x1 34 SW 13
Type 5
M 8x1 SW 13 43 LED Sg
NSD00359
SW 13
45 33
35
31
50
NSD00340
LED
NSD00341b
LED (4x) Sg
55
LED
NSD00357 NSD00358
LED Sg
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire (designed for VW)

1 2 3 4 5 6
1000 (only Type 5 )
60
40
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.073 0.073 0.073 0.073
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp
1 } 3RG41 110AG33
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 12 13 14
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG41 110AG00
} 3RG41 110AF33 3RG41 110GB33 3RG41 110GA33
0.08
11
With 8 mm combined plug Type A NO func., pnp Type A NC func., pnp Type A NO func., npn Type A NC func., npn With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F NO func., pnp NO func., pnp
2 } 3RG41 117AG33
} 3RG41 117AF33 3RG41 117GB33 3RG41 117GA33
0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017
2 3 4 5

4 } 3RG41 113AG00 5 3RG41 113AG22
0.03 0.03
2 2

1,6 1,2
1,6 1,2
NSD00356
NSD00355
0,4 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
0,4 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00355
0,8
0,8
4 +x mm
4 +x mm
4/81
NSD00356
y mm 2
15
y mm 2
15


Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 3 mm 6.5 mm Semi-shielded Type 1
3 mm M8 Semi-shielded Type 2
Type 3
M 8x1
Type 4
M 8x1 33 SW 13
Type 5
M 8x1 SW 13 33 66 LED
NSD00405
6,5
6,5
33
33
45
33
45
SW 13
60
53
NSD00407
NSD00403
LED
NSD00406
LED
LED
7
NSD00404
LED
Sg
Sg
M 12x1
Sg
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.039 0.039 0.012
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 NO func., pnp NO func., npn
1 } 3RG46 021AB00
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13 2
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.05 0.05 0.021 0.025 0.025
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG46 110AG01
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13 2 2 4
3RG46 021GB01
2 } 3RG46 027AG01
3RG46 110GB01
4 } 3RG46 117AG01 5
With 8 mm combined plug Type A NO func., pnp With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F NO func., pnp NO func., npn
3RG46 113AG01 3RG46 113GB01

y mm 4 3 A
10
13
B 9
y mm 3 2 1 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1
NSD00394
8 A
16
B 9
NSD00397
1 6 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00396
4 +x 6 mm
2 +x 3 mm B
4/82
NSD00395


Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 3 mm Box 8 mm 8 mm Semi-shielded Type 1
8x8 5 3 10
8x8 5 3 10
Type 3
M 12x1 4
Type 4
M 12x1 4
Type 5
M 12x1 4
Type 6
M 12x1 4 45
NSD00367b
59 50 37
40 37
20
20
35
50
SW 17
59
SW 17
SW 17
48
M3
NSD00333a
LED
Sg
M3
NSD00360a
LED
NSD00334a
LED
NSD00361b
LED
LED (4x) Sg
SW 17 LED (4x) Sg
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 6
3-wire (designed for VW)

1 2 3 4 5 6
NSD00366
34
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 NO func., pnp NO func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., pnp
1
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
} Preferred type
3 } 3RG41 120AG01
3RG46 370AG01 3RG46 370GB01
} 3RG41 120AF01 4 3RG41 120AG33 0.02 0.02 2 4

5 } 3RG41 123AG01 6
0.087 0.087 0.08
11 12 11
With 8 mm combined plug Type A NO func., pnp Type A NO func., npn With M12 connector Type E, F Type F Type E, F NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., pnp
2 } 3RG46 377AG01
3RG46 377GB01
3RG41 123AF01 3RG41 123AG33
0.032 0.032 0.026
2 3 2

y mm 4 3
NSD00396
12 A
16
B 9
y mm 4 A
16
14
B 8
1 6 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
A -x 4 mm 2
1 0 2
NSD00422
4 +x 6 mm B
4 +x mm B
4/83
NSD00440
NSD00412


Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 6 mm M8 Unshielded Type 1
M 8x1 4 4
6 mm M 12 Semi-shielded Type 2
M 8x1
Type 3
M 8x1
Type 4
M 12x1
SW 13 29
Type 5
M 12x1
29 SW 13
29 SW 13
4 SW 17 37
60
NSD00479b
LED
NSD00477
LED
6 8,5
LED 22
Sg
LED
NSD00480a
NSD00478a
Sg
NSD00481a
M 12x1
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 5 6
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.14 mm2 With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 NO func., pnp NO func., npn NO func., pnp NO func., npn
1 } 3RG46 210AG02
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
4 SW 17 37 LED Sg
41,5
41
50
62
60
} Preferred type
4 } 3RG46 120AG01
3RG46 210GB02
2 } 3RG46 217AG02
3RG46 120GB01 0.021 0.021 0.03 0.03 2 4 2 4

5 } 3RG46 123AB01
0.096 0.096
11 13
With 8 mm combined plug Type A NO func., pnp Type A NO func., npn With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F NO func., pnp NO func., npn
3RG46 217GB02
3
3RG46 213AG02 3RG46 213GB02
3RG46 123GB01
0.033 0.033
2 4
18
8 6
NSD00482
A 16
8 6
NSD00482
2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
NSD00483
4 2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
8 +x mm
8 +x mm
A = Sensing face B = Metal-free space X 2.4 mm mounted in steel, 1.2 mm mounted in other metals Siemens NS BERO 2001/02
4/84
NSD00484
18
y mm 10
20
40
y mm 10
12
24


Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 8 mm M 18 Semi-shielded Type 1
M 18x1
M 18x1
Type 5
M 12x1 SW 17
Type 6
M 12x1 5,5 SW 17 4 37 8
NSD00514
50 5,5
4 37
SW 24
SW 24 52
50
70
70
50
NSD00513
60
NSD01067
Sg
LED
NSD01069
Sg
LED
Type 3
M18x1
Type 4
M18x1 34,5 SW24 LED(4x) Sg
SW24
35
NSD01068
LED
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
45
NSD01070
31
3-wire
1 2 3 5 6
4
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
5 } 3RG46 220AG02
With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F
NO func., pnp NO func., pnp NO func., pnp NO func., pnp NO func., pnp NO func., pnp
1 3
3RG41 130AG01 3RG41 130AG33
0.1 0.04
0.45
11
0.1 0.04 2 2
6 } 3RG46 223AB03
2 4
3RG41 133AG01 3RG41 133AG33
0.03

3 20
8 6
NSD00499
8 6
A 12
NSD00516
2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4
2 -x 10 mm 5 0 5
8 +x mm B
10 +x mm B
4/85
NSD00517
NSD01071
10
30
y mm 10
20
30
y mm 10
18
36


Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 12 mm M 18 Semi-shielded Type 1
M 18x1 SW 24 34
M 18x1 SW 24 34
Type 3
M 30x1,5
Type 4
M 30x1,5
40
50
50
SW 36
LED
NSD00537
LED Sg
NSD00554
LED
NSD00555
NSD00538
Sg
LED
Connecting wires
3-wire
Brass 10 to 30 LED 10 200 500 0.6 50
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.25 mm2 With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F
NO func., pnp NO func., pnp NO func., npn NO func., pnp NO func., npn
1
3RG46 131AB01 3RG46 130GB00 3RG46 133AB01 3RG46 133GB01 0.1 0.1 0.06 0.06 11 13 2 4
3RG41 140AG01
0.1
3RG41 143AG01
0.15
SW 36 52
50
63,5
70
70

4 36
16 12
NSD00542
A
NSD00559
4 -x 20 10 mm 0
NSD00543
10 20 +x mm B B
4/86
30
y mm 20
14
36
25
50


M 18x1 10 10 SW 24 34

M 18x1 SW 24 34
Type 3
NSD00566
50
63,5 40
LED
NSD00571
LED
46 52 65
LED
Sg
NSD00572
Sg
30 40
5,3x7,3
40
Connecting wires
3-wire
Brass 10 to 30 LED 10 200 200 1 100
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
Molded plastic 10 to 30 2 LEDs 9.5 200 150 2% 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg 0.1 0.1 0.06 0.06
} Preferred type With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F NO func., pnp NO func., npn NO func., pnp NO func., npn
1
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13 2 4
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
3RG46 230AB02 3RG46 230GB02
2 } 3RG46 233AB02
3RG46 233GB02
3RG46 383AG01 3RG46 383GB01
0.18 0.18
2 4

y mm 25 20 15
NSD00573
36 A
100
B 80
A 12
NSD00581
20
5 -x 40 20 mm
5 4 3 2 1
NSD00574a
10
8 4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
NSD01074
20 40 +x mm B
16 +x mm
4/87
60
y mm 20
40
80


40 45 40 40
22 mm M 30 Semi-shielded Type 2
M 30x1,5
Type 3
M 30x1,5
60
Sg = Connecting thread All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6, Accessories)
30
LED 7,3x5,3 14
NSD00570
LED
NSD00589
73,5
5,3 LED
SW 36 45
118
60
50
LED Sg
Pg 13,5
NSD00590
Connecting wires
4-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
Brass 10 to 30 LED 10 200 100 1.1 200
1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F
NO and NC func., pnp NO func., pnp NO func., npn NO func., pnp NO func., npn
3RG41 346CD01
0.23
3RG46 140AB00 3RG46 140GB00 3RG46 143AB00 3RG46 143GB00
0.215 0.215 0.155 0.155

60
A 12
NSD00581
24 18
NSD00592
4 -x 16 mm 8 0 8
A -x 40 20 mm
6 0
16 +x mm
20 40 +x mm
4/88
NSD00593
NSD01075
12
6 60
y mm 20
40
80
y mm 30
22
66
SW 36 45
11 13 2 4
N
LED
NSD 01163
35 mm Box 40 mm 40 mm Unshielded Type 2

LED 40 46 55 40 46 55
NSD 01163
69
30 40
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
30 40
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
Connecting wires
Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Rated operational current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Differential travel Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm mm ms
4-wire
Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs 30 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 30 0.75 0.05 to 3.3 100
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-wire
Molded plastic 15 to 34 2 LEDs 30 (24 V); 40 (34 V) 200 ( 50 C); 150 ( 85 C) 30 0.75 0.05 to 7.7 100
1 2 3 4 5 6
69
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With M12 connector Type F Type F NO and NC func., pnp NO and NC func., npn
1 } 3RG41 383CD00
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
2 } 3RG41 483CD00
3RG41 383GD00
3RG41 483GD00

40
10 5 -x 20 10 mm 0
NSD01171
30
NSD 01165 NSD01172
20 10 -x 40 20 mm 0
NSD 01166
10 20 +x mm
20 40 +x mm B
4/89
40
15
40
A 15
90
y mm 20
30
80
y mm 50
80
160

N
LED
NSD 01163 NSD 01163

LED 40 46 55
69
40 46 55
30 40
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
30 40
5,3x7,3
M 12x1 40
Connecting wires
Housing material Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) LED (switching state) No-load supply current I0 At 24 V At Umax Rated operational current Residual current Operating frequency (AC/DC) Repeat accuracy Differential travel Power-up delay Protective measures V
2-wire (AC/DC)
1 5 6
2-wire (AC/DC)
1 5 6
mA mA mA mA Hz mm mm ms
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With M 12 connector, Type E, F NO func.

1 } 3RG41 383KB00
Type Order No.
69
} Preferred type
2 } 3RG41 483KB00

40
10 5 -x 20 10 mm 0
NSD01171
30
NSD 01165 NSD01172
20 10 -x 40 20 mm 0
NSD 01166
10 20 +x mm
20 40 +x mm B
4/90
40
15
40
A 15
90
y mm 20
30
80
y mm 50
80
160


Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 25 mm Box 40 mm 40 mm Semi-shielded Type 1
40 40 45 40 45

40 40 40
120
60
60
LED
NSD00564
118
5,3 LED
5,3 LED LED 7,3x5,3 30 14

NSD00570
7,3x5,3 30 14
Pg 13,5
Pg 13,5
Connecting wires
3-wire (65 V DC)

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
} Preferred type With terminal compart- NO or NC, pnp, programmable ment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 With terminal compart- NO and NC func., pnp ment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 With terminal compart- NO or NC, pnp, programmable ment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
1 1 } 3RG41 316AD00
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
3RG41 446CD01
0.23
18
Designed for Opel (with extremely high EMC) 3RG41 316AD04 0.23 23
75

NSD00595a
15
NSD00594
18
NSD00604
10 5 -x 20 10 mm 0
12 6 -x 30 15 mm 0
NSD00605
10 20 +x mm
15 30 +x mm B
4/91
40
20
24
A 60
90
y mm 25
90
180
y mm 30
90
160


M 30x1,5 10 10 SW 36 44

M 30x1,5 SW 36 44
Type 3
40 45 40 40
120
60
5,3 LED
NSD00564
74 60
60
Sg = Connecting thread All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6, Accessories)
NSD00607a
LED
LED Sg
LED 7,3x5,3
NSD00609a
30
14
Pg 13,5
Connecting wires
3-wire
Brass 10 to 30 LED 10 200 100 2 200
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire (65 V DC)

1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
} Preferred type
3
With terminal compart- NO func., pnp ment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F NO func., pnp NO func., npn NO func., pnp NO func., npn
1
3RG41 416AB03
3RG46 240AB02 3RG46 240GB02 3RG46 243AB02 3RG46 243GB02
0.22 0.22 0.165 0.165
11 13 2 4
} 3RG41 416AD00 0.23 23
With terminal compart- NO or NC, pnp, programmable ment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 With terminal compart- NO or NC, pnp, programmable ment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
Designed for Opel (with extremely high EMC)

3
3RG41 416AD04
0.23
23

40 30
NSD00614 NSD00620
A 70
20 10 -x 80 40 mm 0
20 10 -x 40 20 mm 0
NSD00621
40 80 +x mm
20 40 +x mm B
4/92
40 100
y mm 50 40
y mm 50
90
180


Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 25 mm / 40 mm (switchable) Box 40 mm 40 mm Unshielded Type 1
40 40 45 30 40 45
25 mm / 40 mm (switchable) Box 40 mm 40 mm Unshielded Type 2

40 30 40 40
5,3 LED YE LED GN 7,3x5,3 Sg 16
131,5 120 60
120
5,3 LED YE LED GN 7,3x5,3

NSD00618
149
60
M 12x1
NSD00617
13,3
M 12x1
Sg
16
Connecting wires
3-wire (65 V DC)

1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire (65 V DC)

1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
With M 12 connector, Type E, F With M 12 connector, Type E, F, movable in 30 steps
NO func., pnp NO func., pnp
3RG41 413AB02
0.265
3RG41 413AB01
0.265

y mm 25 20 15
NSD00594
70 A 50 180 B 50 y mm 50 40 A 70
NSD00620
40
180
B 40 100
NSD01169
10 5 -x 20 10 mm 0
40
NSD00623
A -x 40 20 mm B
20 10 0
10 20 +x mm
20 40 +x mm B
4/93


Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 50 mm Box 60 mm 80 mm Unshielded Type 1
60 45 LED YE LED GN 5,3 41 24,5 Pg 13,5
NSD00601

80,3 65 LED YE LED GN 27,5 Pg 13,5
NSD00625
77 45
100 65
5,3 41,5
Connecting wires
3-wire (65 V DC)

1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire (65 V DC)

1 2 3 4 5 6
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
With terminal compart- NO or NC, pnp, programmable ment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
3RG41 426AD00
0.27
3RG41 436AD00
0.48
40 150
A 70
80 60
NSD00638
A 60
NSD 00636
40 20 mm
-x 60 40 20 0
NSD00639
20 40 60 +x
mm B
4/94
40 120
120
180
y mm
150
500

No reduction factor

M 8x1
4 mm M8 Unshielded Type 2
M 8x1
Type 3
M 8x1
NSD00350
Type 4
M 8x1 5
Type 5
M 8x1 5
Type 6
M 8x1 5
NSD00418 NSD00419
49,6 40
41,6 35
42 40
40
NSD00348
NSD00349
NSD00417
57,4
49,2 35
LED
57
35
LED
9,2
9,2
17
1,6
6,2
1,6
17
LED
LED
M 12x1
M 12x1
Connecting wires
3-wire
Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED 13 150 < 2000 0.16 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-wire
Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED 13 150 < 2000 0.16 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
6,2
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13 2 4 2 4
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13 2 4 2 4
NO func., pnp NO func., npn
3RG46 110AN01 3RG46 110GN01 3RG46 117AN01 3RG46 117GN01 3RG46 113AN01 3RG46 113GN01
With 8 mm combined plug Type A NO func., pnp Type A NO func., npn With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F NO func., pnp NO func., npn

Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 7 With total insulation The 3RG46 11/21 U BEROs are insensitive to magnetic fields up to 160 mT r.m.s.
y mm 1,5 1 A
12
B 3
y mm 4 A 9
15
27
B 8
NSD00319
0,5 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1
NSD00331
1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
2 +x 3 mm B
4 +x mm B
4/95
NSD00423
NSD00422

No reduction factor

M 12x1
M 12x1
Type 3
M 12x1
4
Type 4
M 12x1
10 10 30
LED
NSD00490
SW 17
SW 17
50,4
SW 17
52
NSD00489
LED Sg
NSD00413
LED
NSD00414
Sg
LED
Connecting wires
3-wire
Brass or stainless steel 10 to 30 LED 13 200 3000 0.04 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13 2 4
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
SW 17
54 40
51
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13 2 4
Brass, chrome-plated With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 0.34 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F NO func., pnp NO func., npn NO func., pnp NO func., npn
1
Brass, chrome-plated 0.11 0.11 0.032 0.032

3
3RG46 120AN01 3RG46 120GN01 3RG46 123AN01 3RG46 123GN01
0.105 0.105 0.026 0.026
Brass, Teflon-coated NO func., pnp NO func., npn NO func., pnp NO func., npn NO func., pnp NO func., npn
2
Brass, Teflon-coated 0.03 0.03 0.11 0.11 0.03 0.03 2 4 11 13 2 4

4
0.026 0.026 0.105 0.105 0.026 0.026
2 4 11 13 2 4
Stainless steel
1
Stainless steel
3

NSD00415
NSD00491
1,0 0,5 -x 4 mm 2
2 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
4 +x mm B
4 +x mm
4/96
NSD00492
1,5
NSD00416
y mm 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0
24 A
B 9
6 4
16
y mm 10 8
18 A
36
B 24

No reduction factor

M 18x1
M 18x1
NSD00461
Type 3
M 18x1
10
Type 4
M 18x1
10
30
54
40
SW 24
40 54
SW 24
LED
NSD00460
SW 24
Sg LED
NSD00535
LED Sg
NSD00536
LED
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4 SW 24
53
30 53
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13 2 4
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13 2 4
1

3
0.127 0.127 0.045 0.045
2

4
0.045 0.045 0.127 0.127 0.045 0.045
2 4 11 13 2 4
Stainless steel
1
Stainless steel
3

y mm 5 4 3
NSD00462
36 A
B 15
y mm 12 10 8 6 4 2 mm
27 A
54
B 36
1 mm
-x 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 +x
mm B
-x 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 +x
mm
4/97
NSD00541
NSD00540
NSD00463
24

No reduction factor

M 30x1,5
M 30x1,5
NSD00530
Type 3
M 30x1,5
Type 4
M 30x1,5
15
64
63
50
SW 36
SW 36
SW 36
63
LED
NSD00576
NSD00575
LED
Sg
NSD00529
LED
LED Sg
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13 2 4
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
1

3
0.18 0.18 0.1 0.1
5 SW 36
5 50 64
50
15
Conn. diagr. P. 4/17 No. 11 13 2 4
2

4
0.1 0.1 0.18 0.18 0.1 0.1
2 4 11 13 2 4
Stainless steel
1
Stainless steel
3

y mm 10 8 6 2
NSD00531
60 A
B 30
y mm 25 20 15
45 A
90
B 60
-x 12 8 4 0 4 8 12 +x mm mm B
-x 12 8 4 0 4 8 12 +x mm mm B
4/98
NSD00578
NSD00577
NSD00532
10 5
40

No reduction factor

NSD00566

40 46 52 65 46 40 40
LED
114
5,3 60 LED
30 40
5,3x7,3
40 30
Pg 13,5
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
NSD00597
Sg
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
With terminal comparment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F
3RG46 346AN01 3RG46 346GN01
0.22 0.22
3RG46 383AN01 3RG46 383GN01
0.18 0.18
2 4

y mm 25 20 15
25 A
60
B 45
y mm 25 20 15
25 A
60
B 45
NSD 01072
NSD 00569 NSD00568
10 5 mm
10 A mm 5
NSD00568
-x10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10+x
mm
-x10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10+x
mm B
4/99

No reduction factor

NSD00566

40 46 52 65 46 40 40
LED
114
5,3 60 LED
30 40
5,3x7,3
40 30
Pg 13,5
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
NSD00597
Sg
Weight, approx. kg
With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F
3RG46 446AN02 3RG46 446GN02
0.22 0.22
3RG46 483AN01 3RG46 483GN01
0.18 0.18
2 4

15
NSD00598
30
y mm 30 25 20 10 5
50 A 20
160
B 75
y mm 30 25 20 15
NSD00598
50 A 20
160
B 75
NSD 00599
10 5
-x 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 +x mm mm B
-x 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 +x mm mm
4/100
NSD01064
30

No reduction factor

NSD00566

40 46 52 65 46 40 40
LED
114
5,3 60 LED
30 40
5,3x7,3
40 30
Pg 13,5
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
NSD00597
Sg
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
With terminal compartment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 With M12 connector Type E, F Type E, F
3RG46 446AN01 3RG46 446GN01
0.22 0.22
3RG46 483AN11 3RG46 483GN11
0.18 0.18
2 4

30
NSD00612
40
40 20 10 -x 30 15 mm 0
A 15
A 20
NSD00630
NSD 01065a
20 10 -x 40 20 mm 0
NSD00631
15 30 +x mm B
20 40 +x mm B
4/101
40 120
90
y mm 50
80
160
y mm 50 40
40
160

No reduction factor

NSD00637
5,5
65
Pg 13,5 65 80 27,5 40,5
Connecting wires
3-wire
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
3RG46 436AN01 3RG46 436GN01
0.24 0.24

Protective measures Not available 1 Spurious signal suppression 2 Short-circuit and overload protection 3 Reverse polarity protection 4 Wire-break protection 5 Inductive interference protection 6 Radio interference protection 7 With total insulation The 3RG46 43 U BEROs are insensitive to magnetic fields up to 75 mT r.m.s.
A 80
NSD00640
60 40 20 -x 80 40 mm 0
NSD00641
40 80 +x mm B
4/102
40 150
y mm 100 80
120
400
Inductive proximity switches BERO 3RG4

Pressure-resistant up to 500 bar (7250 psi)

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 3 mm 12 mm Semi-shielded Type 1
12,3
Type 2
12,2
30 18,6
M 14x1,5
30 18,6
M 14x1,5
56,5
65
NSD00409 NSD00408
Sg
SW 19
SW 19
M 12x1
Connecting wires
3-wire
Stainless steel, aluminum-oxide ceramic sensing face 10 to 30 10 200 500 0.1 10
1 2 4 5
Type Order No.
Weight, Conn. approx. diagram P. 4/17 kg No. 0.135 0.135 0.135 0.135 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5
NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn NO func., pnp NC func., pnp NO func., npn NC func., npn
3RG46 520PG00 3RG46 520PF00 3RG46 520PB00 3RG46 520PA00 3RG46 523PG00 3RG46 523PF00 3RG46 523PB00 3RG46 523PA00
With M12 connector Type E Type F Type E Type F

y mm 3 2 1 3 -x 2 mm 1 0 1
NSD00394
8 A
12
B 9
2 +x 3 mm
NSD00411
4/103

With analog output

Rated operating distance sn Form Embeddable in metal Dimensions 0 to 6 mm M 12 Semi-shielded Type 1
M 12x1
4
Type 2
M 12x1
4
SW 17
50
60
NSD00485
NSD00486a
Connecting wires
Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator No-load supply current I0 Current input (max.) Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Power-up delay Output voltage (A1) at 25 C For s = 0 mm For s = 3 mm For s = 6 mm Rated operational current at voltage output Output current (A2) at 25 C For s = 0 mm For s = 6 mm Max. resistance at current output At UB = 10 V At UB = 30 V Protective measures V mA mA Hz mm ms V V V
4-wire
Brass 10 to 30 10 1000 0.3 50 0 (0 to +0.2 V) +2.7 (0.2 V) +5 (0.2 V) Max. 10 mA 1 (0.2 mA) 5 (0.2 mA) 1 5
2 3 5
mA mA k k
Type Order No.
Weight, Conn. approx. diagram P. 4/17 kg No. 0.096 0.034 30 30
3RG46 120NB00 3RG46 123NB00
With 2m cable, PUR, 4 0.25 mm2 With M 12 connector, Type F

5 4 3
y mm A
16 2 9 A B
NSD00488
1 1 2 3 4
5 S mm I A mA UA V
NSD00487
4/104
SW 17 Sg
40
N
M 12x1 4
Optimized for DESINA (IP 68)
M 12x1 4
Type 3
M 12x1 4 69 40,5
NSD01180
40,5
40
SW 17
SW 17
69
66
NSD01180
NSD01181
Special features: Diagnostic output: Higher level when the BERO is fully functional. IP 68 degree of protection
M 12x1
LED (4x) Sg
M 12x1
LED (4x) Sg
11
11
11
M 12x1
Connecting wires
Housing material Rated operational voltage (DC) Indicator (function) No-load supply current I0 Minimum operating current Im Rated operational current Ie Load rating (diagnostics) Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Differential travel Power-up delay Protective measures V mA mA mA mA Hz
2-wire + diagnostics
Steel, rustproof 10 to 55 LED 3 200 50 3000 5 % sr 15 % sr 20
2 3 4 5 6
Stainless steel 10 to 30 LED 8 3 200 50 800 5 % sr 15 % sr 10
2 3 4
Steel, rustproof 10 to 55 LED 3 200 10 1000 2 % sr 15 % sr 15
2 3 4 5 6
SW 17 LED (4x) Sg
ms
4
Weight, Conn. approx. diagram P. 4/17 kg No. 0.02 31
Type Order No.
Weight, Conn. approx. diagram P. 4/17 kg No. 0.033 0.031 31 32
Type Order No.
With M 12 connector, Type F With M 12 connector, Type F
NO and diagnostics output NO and diagnostics output, pnp
1 2
3RG46 123JR00 3RG46 123AR00
3RG46 123JR01

y mm 2 A
12
B 5
y mm 4 2 1 -x 4 mm 2 0 2 A
16
14
B 8
0,5 -x 4 mm 2 0 2
NSD00362
NSD00422
NSD00363
4 +x mm
4 +x mm B
4/105
NSD00440

According to NAMUR (non-self contained)
I Overview
BEROs according to NAMUR and DIN 19 234 are 2-wire DC proximity switches. They only contain the oscillator. Due to the low-resistance termination, they are insensitive to inductive and capacitive interferences acting on the BERO supply leads. These BEROs can be used in conjunction with series-connected switching devices in intrinsically safe circuits.
3RX1 73 series-connected switching device
Identification mark of the NAMUR BERO

[EEx ib] IIC T6 Max. permissible surface temperature, here: 85 C For the hazardous area, minimum ignition current ratio < 0.45 Intrinsic safety of Category "b" (1 fault) General identification mark: Standard device
I Mode of operation
The 3RX1 730 and 3RX1 731 series-connection switching devices are connected to the 3RG46 ...N... BERO (according to DIN 19 234 and NAMUR) via a 2-wire lead. They evaluate the level of the BERO current input (damped: <1 mA; not damped: >3 mA) and generate an appropriate switching signal. The switching function of the outputs (NC/NO) is adjustable. The 3RX1 730 and 3RX1 731 series-connection switching devices are designed as isolating amplifiers, i. e. they isolate the input circuit (control circuit) from the output circuit and the power supply. Equalizing or grounding is not necessary. Due to their intrinsically safe circuits, the series-connected switching devices are approved for use in hazardous areas of [EEx ib] type of protection, explosion groups IIB and IIC.
LED functions Green LED:Operating voltage Yellow LED:Switching state indication Red LED: Wire-break and short-circuit monitoring
Intrinsically-safe electrical equipment
BEROs in accordance with NAMUR and DIN 19 234 are intrinsically-safe electrical equipment for hazardous areas. They conform to the harmonized European standards IEC 60 947-5-2 1999 EN 50 014 1997/ VDE 0171 Part 1/2.02 General Specifications EN 50 020 1994/ VDE 0170/0171 Part 7/11.91 Intrinsic Safety "i" This is certified in the PTB (German National Testing Laboratories) certificate of conformity: No. Ex-88.B.2145 for sensors No. Ex-89.C.2074 for seriesconnected switching devices Connections are made on intrinsically-safe supply and control circuits with the following maximum values: Uo 5.5 V I 52 mA P 169 mW
Type of protection EEx ib IIC T6 The proximity switches can be used with supply and control circuits which are certified in type of protection [EEx ib] IIB or IIC: The type of protection for the proximity switches depends on the type of protection for the supply and control circuits. Considering the stated maximum values, the inherent heating should be 20 K (20 C). The ambient temperatures allocated to the respective temperature classes as well as the
effective internal inductances and capacitances are stated in the certificate of conformity.
For use in danger zone 0 in Germany The BERO proximity switches in accordance with NAMUR with the PTB certificate of conformity are not approved for use in danger zone 0, i. e. they are not permitted to be used in this zone.
I Input modules for SIMATIC

The proximity switches in accordance with NAMUR can also be used with SIMATIC controllers.
SIMATIC S5100U, ET 100U, ET 200U S5115U/H S5135 U, S5155U/H S7300, ET 200M
For this purpose, input modules in accordance with NAMUR are available.
EEx i digital input 6ES5 4378EA12
The NAMUR BEROs are connected directly to these input modules.
See Catalog ST 50 or ST 70.
6ES5 4344UA12
6ES7 3217RD000AB0
4/106

I Functions
Line of action The line of action from input to output may be selected by means of a sliding switch on the front of the series-connection switching device.
BERO Undamped Damped Undamped Damped II q NC Slide switch in position I q NO Output 3RX1 730 Conductive Blocked Blocked Conductive 3RX1 731 Closed Open Open Closed
I Dimension drawing
Series-connected switching device
NSD00684a
1 2 3 4 5 6
92,5
LED Slide switch
7 8 9 10 11 12
20
110
I Circuit examples and application examples

3RX1 730 3RX1 731 Series-connected switching devices with NAMUR BEROs
BU
NSD00687
65+
Wire-break and short-circuit monitoring
BN 4+
5+
BU 6-
BN
BN 4+
5+
BU 6-
4+
Series-connected switching devices with mechanical contacts

NSD00688
6R1
0,1 mA 6 mA 0,1 mA 6 mA
Without monitoring
5+ 4+
RD
& &
RD
NSD00689
6R1
NSD00685
Wire-break monitoring
5+ 4+
NSD00690
YE
YE
GN 11+ 12Supply voltage
YE 9 8 7 Relay output 1 changeover
GN 11+ 12Supply voltage
9 7 Solid-state output 10 mA 200 mA
NSD00686
6R2 5+ R1 4+
Wire-break and short-circuit monitoring
Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables and LEDs according to DIN IEC 60 757: BN= Brown RD = Red BU= Blue YE = Yellow GN= Green
R1 = 10 k R2 = 400 to 2 k
4/107


Rated operating distance sn Housing type Embeddable in metal Dimensions 0.8 mm 4.5 mm Shielded Type 1
4,5

M 8x1 SW 13
M 12x1 SW 17
20
22
NSD00691
NSD00692
35
Connecting wires
Housing material V Operational voltage (DC) 1) Rated voltage V Current consumption BERO damped mA BERO undamped mA Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Differential travel Self inductance 2) Self capacitance 2) Connection Design Designation Hz mm % H nF
2-wire
Stainless steel 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx. 1 k) < 1.2 > 2.1 5000 0.01 6 15 15 Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 0.14 mm2 BN = L+; BU = L Order No. Weight approx. kg 0.062
2-wire
Stainless steel 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx. 1 k) < 1.2 > 2.1 5000 0.01 10 20 16 Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 0.14 mm2 BN = L+; BU = L Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG46 111NA00 Weight approx. kg 0.07
2-wire
Stainless steel 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx. 1 k) < 1.2 > 2.1 2000 0.01 3 25 32 Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 0.34 mm2 BN = L+; BU = L Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG46 121NA00 Weight approx. kg 0.09
3RG46 041NA00
Response characteristics
NSD00694
0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 -x 1,8 0,9 mm 0
1,2 0,9 0,6 0,3
NSD00695
1,6 1,2 0,8 0,4
0,9 1,8 +x mm
-x 3,2 1,6 mm
1,6 3,2 +x mm
-x 4,8 2,4 mm
2,4 4,8 +x mm
4/108
NSD00696
y mm 1
y mm 1,5
NSD00693
y mm 2,0


Rated operating distance sn Housing type Embeddable in metal Dimensions 4 mm M 12 Unshielded Type 1
M 12x1 SW 17
M 18x1 SW 24
M 18x1 SW 24 40
35
NSD00693
40
NSD00698
Connecting wires
2-wire
Molded plastic 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx. 1 k) <1 3 1500 0.01 5 25 40 Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 0.34 mm2 BN = L+; BU = L Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG46 221NA00 Weight approx. kg 0.082
2-wire
Stainless steel 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx. 1 k) <1 3 500 0.01 3 70 30 Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 0.34 mm2 BN = L+; BU = L Order No. } Preferred type } 3RG46 131NA00 Weight approx. kg 0.16
2-wire
Molded plastic 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx. 1 k) <1 3 200 0.01 5 70 30 Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 0.34 mm2 BN = L+; BU = L Order No. Weight approx. kg 0.13
3RG46 231NA00
NSD00700
NSD00701
4 3 2 1 -x 4,8 2,4 mm 0
4 3 2 1
8 6 4 2
2,4 4,8 +x mm
-x 7,2 3,6 mm
3,6 7,2 +x mm
-x 7,2 3,6 mm
3,6 7,2 +x mm
NSD00702
y mm 5
y mm 5
NSD00698
y mm 10
4/109


Rated operating distance sn Housing type Embeddable in metal Dimensions 10 mm M 30 Shielded Type 1
M 30x1,5 SW 36
M 30x1,5 SW 36

40 40 40
40
40
118
46
5,3
60
NSD00703
NSD00703
7,3x5,3 30 11
Pg 13,5
Connecting wires
2-wire
Stainless steel 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx. 1 k) < 1.2 > 2.1 300 0.01 3 70 210 Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 0.75 mm2 BN = L+; BU = L Order No. Weight approx. kg 0.215
2-wire
Molded plastic 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx. 1 k) < 1.2 > 2.1 100 0.01 5 65 170 Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 0.75 mm2 BN = L+; BU = L Order No. Weight approx. kg 0.15
2-wire
Molded plastic 5 to 25 8 (Ri approx. 1 k) < 1.2 > 2.1 150 0.01 3 100 290 Screw connection: max. 2.5 mm2 1 = L+; 2 = L Order No. Weight approx. kg 0.26
3RG46 141NA00
3RG46 241NA00
3RG46 316NA00
NSD00706
NSD00707
8 6 4 2 -x 12 mm 6 0 6
12 9 6 3
12 9 6 3
12 +x mm
-x 12 mm
12 +x mm
-x 16 mm
16 +x mm
Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables according to IEC 60 757: BN = Brown BU = Blue
1) Including residual ripple of max. 5%. 2) Compliance is only necessary when using under extreme conditions.
4/110
NSD00708
y mm 10
y mm 15
y mm 15
NSD00705


Order No. Weight, approx. kg Series-connected switching device With solid-state output With relay output 3RX1 730 0.15 3RX1 731 0.15 Order No. Weight, approx. kg
I Technical data
Sensors
Type Residual ripple of operational voltage Reduction factors (shielded/unshielded installation) V2A steel Aluminum Copper Cable length Molded Max. Degree of protection Ambient temperature Shock resistance Vibration strength C m m 3RG46 ...NA00 5%
0.85 0.4 0.3 2 100 IP 67 25 to +100 30 g, 11 ms duration 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude
Series-connected switching devices

Type Supply voltage US (DC) Residual ripple Current consumption Operating frequency Inputs (intrinsically safe) Rated data No-load voltage UA0 Short-circuit current IAK Switching point IS Differential travel IH Input pulse length Input interpulse period Wire-break monitoring Short-circuit monitoring V mA mA mA ms ms A mA mA Hz V 3RX1 730 10 to 30 10 % 20 1000 1 input According to DIN 19 234 and NAMUR approx. 8 approx. 8 1.2 IS 2.1 approx. 0.2 15 15 100 6 12.7 20 63.5 [EEx ib] IIB/IIC 500/1200 330/90 1 changeover contact ms ms mA V Output 1 10 Output 2 200 250 V, 2 A, cos = 0.7 30 V, 2 A 5 10 7 operating cycles approx. 20 approx. 20 IP 20 25 to +70 3RX1 731 20.4 to 27.6 10 % 20 10
Data in accordance with the certificate of conformity Maximum voltage Uo (DC) V Maximum current IK Maximum power Pmax Permissible connected load: Type of protection, category Explosion group Maximum external capacitance Maximum external inductance Relay output (not intrinsically safe) Contact load AC DC Mechanical endurance Pickup delay Dropout delay Electronic outputs (active, not intrinsically safe) Rated current (short-circuit proof) Signal level 1-Signal 0-Signal Off-state current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables according to IEC 60 757: BN = Brown BU = Blue Siemens NS BERO 2001/02 mA mW
nF mH
US 3 US 3.5 Inhibited output Inhibited output 10 A IP 20 25 to +70 C 1) Including residual ripple of max. 5%. 2) Compliance is only necessary when using under extreme conditions.
4/111
BERO 3RG16 Capacitive Proximity Switches

Cylindrical type, M 18, molded plastic housing Cylindrical type, M 30, metal housing Cylindrical type, M 30, molded plastic housing
3RG16 13 Selection and ordering data DC version Description Typical circuits Technical data Response characteristics Dimension drawings
Page 5/6 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/6 5/6
3RG16 14 Selection and ordering data AC version DC version Description Typical circuits Technical data Response characteristics Dimension drawings
Page 5/5 5/6 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/5, 5/6 5/5, 5/6
Page 5/6 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/6 5/6
Cylindrical type, D 40, molded plastic housing
Cubic type, 20 mm 20 mm
Cubic type, 40 mm 40 mm
Page 5/5 5/6 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/5, 5/6 5/5, 5/6
Page 5/7 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/7 5/7
Page 5/5 5/7 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/5, 5/7 5/5, 5/7
5/3

Introduction
BERO 3RG16 capacitive proximity switches are position switches that operate without contact. They detect electrically conductive or non-conductive materials in solid, powder or liquid form, such as glass, ceramics, plastic, wood, oil, water, cardboard and paper. The BERO switches when the material is at a specific distance from the sensor. Standard applications for BERO capacitive proximity switches are Level control in plastic or glass containers Level monitoring in transparent packaging Winding wire breakage signaling Tape breakage signaling Bottle counting Tape loop control and tape tension control Item counting of any kind. The same standards are applicable as for the inductive BEROs. The BEROs are available in DC or AC versions. The DC versions can activate electronic controllers (SIMATIC) or relays directly. With the AC version, the load (contactor relay, solenoid valve) is connected directly to the AC supply network (preferably 230 V, 50 Hz) in series with the BERO.
I Mode of operation
The sensing face of a capacitive sensor is formed by two concentrically arranged metal electrodes that are equivalent to the electrodes of an unwound capacitor. The electrode surfaces A and B are connected into the feedback branch of a high-frequency oscillator that is tuned such that it does not oscillate when the surface is free. When an object nears the active face of the sensor, it enters the electric field in front of the electrode surfaces and causes a change in the coupling capacitance. The oscillator starts to oscillate; the amplitude of vibration is acquired by means of an evaluation circuit and converted into a switching command.
Operating distance
The stated values are applicable to a target of metal which is grounded and whose area corresponds to the sensing face of the BERO. The effective operating distance sr for non-conductive targets is dependent on the relative dielectric constant r and the characteristic value (see characteristic curve).
80
Dielectric constants of various materials

Material r 1 Air 25.8 Alcohol 3.6 Araldite 3.6 Bakelite Cable molding compound 2.5 3 Celluloid 5 Glass Hard paper 4.5 8 Marble 6 Mica Oiled paper 4 2.3 Paper 2.2 Paraffin 2.2 Petroleum 3.2 Plexiglass Polyamide 5 Poly2.3 ethylene Poly2.3 propylene Material r Polystyrene 3 Polyvinyl2.9 chloride 4.4 Porcelain Pressboard 4 Quartz 3.7 glass Quartz 4.5 sand Silicone rubber 2.8 Soft rubber 2.5 Teflon 2 Terpentine oil 2.2 Transformer oil 2.2 Vacuum 1 Vulcanized rubber 4 Water 80 Wood 2...7
Switching frequency
The build-up characteristics specific to other pulse/interval conditions may result in higher switching frequencies than those specified.
A+
60 40 20
B1
NSD00721 NSD00722
20
40
60
80 %100 sr
I Technical data
Cable length (max. permissible) Ambient temperature Operation Storage Shock resistance Resistance to vibration 300 m 20 to +70 C 40 to +85 C 30 g, 11 ms duration 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude
I Typical circuits
DC
Figure 1
BN L
NSD00726
AC
Figure 3
BN L
E1
E2
NSD00725
Figure 5
BK WH BU
K
NSD00723
BK BU
K
L
K
L
BN
L E BU N GNYE PE/SL
BERO operated Load E activated e.g. contactor relay, solenoid valve
BERO operated Load E1 activated (NO function) Load E2 deactivated (NC function) e.g. contactor relay, solenoid valve Figure 4
BERO operated Load E activated (NO function) or Load E deactivated (NC function) e.g. contactor relay, solenoid valve NO or NC function (according to type) Figure 6
Figure 2
K
NSD00727
1 4 3
E
L
NSD00724
L
E1
E2
NSD00728
4 2 3
K
L
1/3 2/4
L1
E N(L2)
BERO operated Load E activated (NO function) e.g. contactor relay, solenoid valve
BERO operated Load E1 activated (NO function) Load E2 deactivated (NC function) e.g. contactor relay, solenoid valve
BERO operated Load E activated (NO function) Load E deactivated (NC function) e.g. contactor relay, solenoid valve NO or NC function, programmable
5/4

20 to 250 V AC

Rated operating distance sn 1) Form Embeddable Dimensions 10 mm M 30 1.5 Shielded Type 1
M 30x1,5
10 mm M 30 1.5 Shielded Type 2

M 30x1,5
20 mm 40 mm 3) Shielded Type 3
40

40 34
NSD00567
SW 36 61
SW 36 61
55
30 114 LED 5,3 Pg 13,5 16 60 7,3x5,3
81
NSD00729
Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6, Accessories) Housing material Effective operating distance sr 2 ) Differential travel Rated operational V AC voltage Display Switching state Rated operational voltage Current input/ mA Off-state current Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Hz %
LED
Pg 9
Metal with molded-plastic Molded plastic head Adjustable Adjustable 0.02 to 0.2 sr 20 to 250 Red LED 1.7 20 2 0.02 to 0.2 sr 20 to 250 Red LED Green LED 1.7
NSD00730
All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 9 or 13.5 thread for molded-plastic screw gland
115
LED
NSD00731
LED Pg 9
Molded plastic Adjustable 0.02 to 0.2 sr 20 to 250 Red LED Green LED 1.7 20 2
90
Molded plastic
Outputs Rated operational current at AC voltage (Siemens contactor 230 V AC, to Size 6) Continuous mA Briefly up to 20 ms A Minimum load current Mainly inductive mA load Mainly resistive mA load Voltage drop Connection Connecting wires
500 5 10 5 7 With cable LiYY, 2 m, 3 0.5 mm2 3 Type Order No. Terminal compartment with screw terminals up to 2.5 mm2 2 Weight, Conn. approx. diagr. P. 5/4 kg No. 0.270 0.266 0.164 5 5 6
500 5 10 5 7 Terminal compartment with screw terminals up to 2.5 mm2 2 Type Order No. Weight, Conn. approx. diagr. P. 5/4 kg No.
45
NO NC NO or NC, programmable
1 1 2
3RG16 140LB00 3RG16 140LA00 3RG16 146LD00

y mm 10 8 6 4

3 4
y mm 20 16 12 8 4
3RG16 556LD00 3RG16 306LD00

y mm 20 16 12 8 4 8 16 +x mm -x 16 mm 8
6 6
NSD00733
NSD00734
1) Actuation with grounded metal. 2) The differential travel can increase significantly with adjustment sr > sn. 3) Clamp 40 mm is included in scope of supply. Siemens NS BERO 2001/02
2 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 8 +x mm -x 16 mm 8
16 +x mm
Standard target: Metal, 30 mm 30 mm 1 mm or conductive water, surface 40 mm 40 mm with direct ground connection
NSD00735
5/5

10 to 65 V DC

Rated operating distance sn 1) Form Embeddable Dimensions 5 mm M 18 1 Shielded Type 1
M 18x1

M 30x1,5

M 30x1,5
20 mm 40 mm 3) Shielded Type 4
40
SW 36 61
SW 24 60 82
SW 36 61
81
115
LED
NSD00731
LED Pg 9 Pg 9
NSD00730
All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 9 thread for molded plastic screw gland Housing material Effective operating distance sr 2) Differential travel Rated operational voltage (DC) Permissible residual ripple Display Switching state Rated operational voltage Current input/Off-state current Additional protective measures: Spurious signals Short-circuit protection Overload protection Reverse polarity protection for operating voltage terminals Inductive interference protection Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Rated operational current for DC Voltage drop Hz % mA V
NSD00736
NSD00729
LED
Molded plastic Adjustable 0.02 to 0.2 sr 10 to 65 10 Red LED 6 to 12 Suppressed Continuous Continuous Built-in Built-in 100 2 200 1.8 Type Order No.
Metal with molded-plastic head
Molded plastic Adjustable 0.02 to 0.2 sr 10 to 65 10 Yellow LED Green LED 6 to 12 Suppressed Suppressed Continuous Continuous Built-in Built-in 100 2 200 1.8
Molded plastic
V %
mA
Type Order No.
Weight, approx. kg
With cable LiYY, 2 m, 3 0.5 mm2 With cable LiYY, 2 m, 4 0.34 mm2 With terminal compartment for cables up to 2.5 mm2
NO NO and NC (compatible) NO and NC (compatible)
1 2
3RG16 130AB00 3RG16 140AC00

3 4
3RG16 146AC00 3RG16 556AC00
0.165 0.223
4 4
NSD00740
NSD00733
4 3 2 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 8
8 6 4 2
16 12 8 4
+x mm
-x 8 mm
+x mm
-x 16 mm
16 +x mm
1) Actuation with grounded metal. 2) The differential travel can increase significantly with adjustment sr > sn. 3) Clamp 40 mm is included in scope of supply.
5/6
NSD00735
y mm 5
y mm 10
y mm 20
90
55

10 to 65 V DC

Rated operating distance sn 1) Form Embeddable Dimensions 5 mm Box 20 mm 20 mm Shielded Type 1
20 3 32 8
NSD00741

20 3 32 8
NSD00742
Type 3
40 34
NSD00567
3,4 13 4,3
3,4 13 4,3
30 114 LED 5,3 Pg 13,5 16 60 7,3x5,3
All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland. Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6, Accessories) Housing material Effective operating distance sr 2) Differential travel Rated operational voltage (DC) Permissible residual ripple Display Switching state Rated operational voltage Current input/Off-state current Additional protective measures: Spurious signals Short-circuit protection Overload protection Reverse polarity protection for operating voltage terminals Inductive interference protection Switching frequency Repeat accuracy Rated operational current for DC Voltage drop Hz % mA V Metal Permanently set 0.02 to 0.2 sr 10 to 30 10 Yellow LED Green LED 6 to 12 Suppressed Continuous Continuous Built-in Built-in 100 2 200 1.8 Type Order No. Weight, approx. kg With cable LiYY, 2 m, 3 0.25 mm2 With 8 mm connector, Type A, C With terminal compartment for cables up to 2.5 mm2 NO func., pnp NO func., pnp NO and NC, pnp (compatible)
1 2
V %
Molded plastic Adjustable 0.02 to 0.2 sr 10 to 65 10 Yellow LED Green LED 6 to 12 Suppressed Continuous Continuous Built-in Built-in 100 2 200 1.8 Conn. diagr. P. 5/4 No. 1 2
3
mA
45
LED
LED
100 2 200 1.8 Weight, approx. kg 3RG16 306AC00 0.24 4 Conn. diagr. P. 5/4 No.
Type Order No.
3RG16 730AG00 3RG16 737AG00
0.08 0.033
NSD00744
4 3 2 1 -x 8 mm 4 0 4 8
16 12 8 4
+x mm
-x 16 mm
16 +x mm
1) Actuation with grounded metal. 2) The differential travel can increase significantly with adjustment sr > sn.
NSD00734
y mm 5
y mm 20
5/7
Accessories for BERO 3RG Proximity Switches

Power supply and switching units
Page 6KX5 power supply and switching units 6EV2 power supply units 4AV2 power supply 4FD5 power supply 6/2 6/2 6/3 6/3 Cable connectors Connectors for AS-Interface Connecting cables Adapters T distribution unit Cables, not preassembled Distribution units
Cable plugs, cables

Page 6/4 to 6/6 6/6 6/7 6/7 6/9 6/9 6/10
Mounting accessories
Page Mounting brackets Pg/NPT adapter Pg screwed gland Alignment devices Mounting support Ultrasonic reflector 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8, 6/9 6/8 6/9
6/1

6KX5 and 6EV2 power supply and switching units
6KX5 014, 6KX5 015, power supply and switching units The 6KX5 power supply and switching unit is designed to supply power to BERO inductive and capacitive proximity switches as well as the DC versions of Sonar-BERO ultrasonic proximity switches and OptoBERO photoelectric proximity switches from the 230 or 110 V mains supply. A built-in amplifier with a relay output for connection to an L+(P) connected BERO output is available so that floating BERO output signals can be obtained. Several BERO switches can be supplied from the power supply and switching unit. The sum of the individual BERO loads must not exceed the rating of the power supply and switching unit.
6EV2 3004AK00 power supply The 6EV2 power supply is suitable for supplying inductive and capacitive BERO proximity switches as well as the DC versions of Sonar-BERO ultrasonic proximity switches and OptoBERO photoelectric proximity switches.

Power supply and switching units 6KX5 014, 6KX5 015 6KX5 014 Input Rated voltage (AC) Connections A1A2 Connections A1A3 Voltage tolerance Power consumption Frequency Conductor cross-section Signal input V V % VA Hz mm 230 110 +10 to 15 6 (at rated voltage) 40 to 60 max. 2 1.5 (screw terminals) Connection C (BERO output loaded with 50 mA with ref. to L, relay switched on by 1 signal at the BERO output) V % mA 24, stabilized 180 Built-in Connections 1516 Connections 1518 Max. 250 2000 (at 250 V AC) 200 (at 24 V DC) 10 10 5 IP 20 C 25 to +40 Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.5 0.5 IP 20 0 to +70 Order No. Weight, approx. kg 230 +10 to 15 34 50 to 60 2 1.5 (screw terminals) Power supply 6EV2 3004AK00
6EV2 300
Output Output voltage (DC), connections L+ (P)/L (M) Ripple Load current Short-circuit protection Relay output NC contact NO contact Switching voltage (AC/DC) Switching capacity Switching frequency Response time Dropout time Degree of protection Ambient temperature
24, stabilized 10 1000 Built-in
V VA W Hz ms ms
110/230 V AC supply, with 1 relay output (changeover) 230 V AC supply, with 2 relay outputs (each with 1 NO) 230 V AC supply
6KX5 014 6KX5 015
6EV2 3004AK00
0.5
6KX5 014
A1 AC 110 V A3 AC 230 V A2
NSD00965a
6KX5 015
P +24 V C M
16 15 18
6EV2 3004AK00
NSD00966a
A1 AC 230 V A2
P +24 V C M 0V C1
1314 23 24
A1 AC 230 V A2
NSD00968a
L+ (P)
0V
L- (M)
6/2
N
I Overview
4AV21 02, 4AV23 02 unstabilized DC power supplies The power supply units are suitable for connection to public supply networks and industrial supply networks in accordance with EN 61 000-3-2, -3-3. The devices are suitable for installation in enclosed controls and electronics cabinets.
Design: Output voltage 24 V DC according to EN 61 131-2 for an input voltage of +6 to -10 % and a load of 0 to 100% Safety transformer to EN 60 742 Varistor protection circuit LED status indication Emitted interference to EN 50 081-1 Interference immunity to EN 50 082-2
4AV2 and 4FD5 power supplies
4FD51 83 load/system power supply This power supply functions according to the principle of a primary switched-mode regulator and supplies a controlled DC voltage of 24 V of high stability and with low residual ripple.
Design: Overload and short-circuit proof output, automatic switching off and on again Bridging of supply interruptions > 20 ms, LED status indication Emitted interference to EN 50 081-1 Interference immunity to EN 50 082-2

Power supply unit 4AV21 02 4AV21, 4AV23 Input Rated voltage (AC) Connections 14, bridge 23 Connections 14, bridges 13, 24 Voltage tolerance Frequency Short-circuit protection Fuse gL/gG (for 230/115 V) Circuit-breaker (for 230/115 V) Output Rated output voltage Ripple Control accuracy 4FD51 83 Rated output current Short-circuit protection Status indication Conductor cross-section Screw terminal, solid wire Screw terminal, stranded wire Tab terminal (DIN 46 244) Cage Clamp, solid, stranded wire Mounting Degree of protection Ambient temperature C mm mm mm mm V V V % Hz A A V DC % % A 230 115 +6 to 10 50 to 60 External 1/2 0.4/0.9 24 3 1 3.5 Electronic, with auto. restart LEDs 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 A 6.30.8 Snap on to 35 mm mounting rail IP 00 0 to +60 230/115 switchable +10 to 10 50 to 60 G fuse link built in 24 1 <1 3 Electronic, with auto. restart Green LED for output voltage 0.8 to 2.5 Snap on to 35 mm mounting rail IP 20 0 to +55 Power supply unit 4AV23 02 Power supply 4FD51 830AA001A
2/4 0.7/2
Order No. } Preferred type } 4AV21 022EB000A } 4AV23 022EB000A
Order No. } Preferred type } 4FD51 830AA001A
Weight, approx. kg
Power supply unit 1 A Power supply unit 3.5 A or 3 A
0.8
For further devices, see Catalog NS K, Part 14.
4AV21 02, 4AV23 02
N N 4 3 2 1 L1 L1 AC 230 V AC 115 V
4 3 2 1 31 NSF00045a 32
1 2 3 4 32 31
4FD51 83
NSD00969a
L+ (P)
Primary L1 F1 N PE U1 230 V AC
PWM control
NSF00061
Secondary
LED
L-
L- (M)
= =
Control
6/3

3RX1 plug-in connections

Fig. Type 1) Cable Length m Fig. 1
max. 32
8,5
NSD00970a
Color
Accessories Order No.
8 mm cable connectors for snap-on mounting, degree of protection IP 65 3-pole, 3 0.25 mm2 1 2 4-pole, 4 0.25 mm2
30
PUR
Black Orange
3RX1 518 3RX1 521 3RX1 522 3RX1 524
Fig. 2
8
1
NSD00972
PUR
Black Orange
Fig. 3
max. 16,5 max. 24,5
NSD00973a
8 mm right-angle cable connectors for snap-on mounting, IP 65 3-pole, 3 0.25 mm2 3 4 A PUR 5 Black Orange Black 3RX1 525 3RX1 527 3RX1 528 3RX1 552 3RX1 531 3RX1 517
Fig. 4
23 16
NSD00975
4-pole, 4 0.25 mm2 3 B
PUR
4 Orange 3-pole, 3 0.25 mm2, with 2 LEDs for pnp BERO 5 4 C PUR 5 Black/clear Orange/clear
Fig. 5
max. 27 max. 18
NSD00976a
8,5
Fig. 6
max. 33
M 8 cable connectors for screw mounting, degree of protection IP 67 3-pole, 3 0.25 mm2 6 7 8
30
NSD00979
9,7
A A
PUR
NSD00977a
Black Orange
3RX1 578 3RX1 560 3RX1 583 3RX1 683 3RX1 577 3RX1 561 3RX1 581 3RX1 685
Fig. 7
9,7
Coupler connector with soldering pins, max. 0.25 mm2 Coupler connector for HARAX connection PUR 5 Black Orange
9 A 4-pole, 4 0.25 mm2 6 7 8 9

NSD00981a
Fig. 8
11,6
38,4
NSD00980
B B B
Coupler connector with soldering pins, max. 0.25 mm2 Coupler connector for HARAX connection
Fig. 9
51 M8x1
13
M 11,5 x 1
Fig. 10
max. 27 max. 18,5
M 8 right-angle cable connectors for screw mounting, IP 67 3-pole, 3 0.25 mm2 10 A 11 12 PUR 5 Black 3RX1 576 3RX1 562 3RX1 582
NSD00982a
9,7
Fig. 11
26 16,5
NSD00984
Orange A Coupler connector with soldering pins, max. 0.25 mm2 3-pole, 3 0.25 mm2, with LEDs 10 11 C PUR 5 (pnp) 5 (npn) PUR 5 Black Orange Orange Black Orange
3RX1 666 3RX1 564 3RX1 565 3RX1 575 3RX1 563 3RX1 580
9,7
Fig. 12
18,3 28
NSD00985
11 D 4-pole, 4 0.25 mm2 10 11 12 B B
Coupler connector with soldering pins, max. 0.25 mm2
11,6
Connectors have socket outlets. Cable connectors can be supplied in special lengths. Minimum order quantity 50 units, delivery times supplied on request. Price supplement per m 1) For terminal assignment, see Page 6/11.
6/4


max. 47 14,5
NSD00987a
Color
M 12 cable connectors for screw mounting, degree of protection IP 67 3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2 13 14 4-pole, 4 0.34 mm2
42
PUR
Black Orange
3RX1 533 3RX1 535 3RX1 536 3RX1 513 3RX1 505 3RX1 687 3RX1 630 3RX1 570 3RX1 584
Fig. 14
14,5
13 14
NSD00989
F F F G G
PUR
Black Orange
15 16 13
Fig. 15
54
18
Coupling plug with terminal compartment, preassembly possible Coupling plug for HARAX connection PUR 5 Black Orange Coupling plug with terminal compartment, preassembly possible
5-pole, 5 0.34 mm2

NSD00990
14 15
NSD00991a
Fig. 16
M 12 x 1 55,6
14,7
M 12 x 1
Fig. 17
max. 39 26
NSD00992a
M 12 right-angle cable connectors for screw mounting, IP 67 3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2 17 18 E PUR 5 Black Orange 3RX1 538 3RX1 541 3RX1 546 3RX1 548 3RX1 544 3RX1 515 3RX1 542 3RX1 512 3RX1 502
14,5
3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2, with LEDs for pnp BERO, only NO 17 H PUR 5 Black 18 Orange 3-pole, 3 0.34 mm2, with LEDs for pnp BERO, NO or NC
Fig. 18
38 26,5
NSD00994
17 18
PUR
Black Orange Black
14,5
4-pole, 4 0.34 mm2 17 F 18 19
PUR
Fig. 19
38 Pg 7 36
NSD00996
Orange F Coupling plug with terminal compartment, preassembly possible 4-pole, 4 0.34 mm2, with LEDs 17 18 K PUR 5 Black Orange Black
3RX1 568 3RX1 567 3RX1 631 3RX1 571 3RX1 585
5-pole, 5 0.34 mm2 17 G 18 19 G
PUR
19
Orange Coupling plug with terminal compartment, preassembly possible
Connectors have socket outlets. Cable connectors can be supplied in special lengths. Minimum order quantity 50 units, delivery times supplied on request. Price supplement per m
1) For terminal assignment, see Page 6/11. Siemens NS BERO 2001/02
6/5


M8x1
NSD00997a
Color
M 8 coupler plug, degree of protection IP 67

56,5
For extension cable (union nut of metal) for HARAX connection 20 3-pole 20 4-pole M 12 coupler plug, degree of protection IP 67
3RX1 684 3RX1 686
13
M 11,5 x 1
NSD00998
Fig. 21
20
60
For extension cable (union nut of metal) with terminal compartment, screw terminal max. 0.75 mm cable gland max. 6 mm 21 L 4-pole Black 21 22
NSD00999a
3RX1 586 3RX1 667 3RX1 688
M L
5-pole 4-pole
Black
Fig. 22
M 12 x 1 58,8
For HARAX connection
14,7
M 12 x 1
Fig. 23
30,5
M 12 right-angle coupler plug, degree of protection IP 67 For extension cable (union nut of metal) with terminal compartment, screw terminal max. 0.75 mm cable gland max. 6 mm
NSD01000
41
23 23
L M
4-pole 5-pole
Black Black
3RX1 587 3RX1 668
20
Fig. 24
NSD01001
M 12 cable connector for screw mounting, degree of protection IP 67

SW 17
20,6
24
4-pole
Preassembly possible, QUICKON
3RX1 677
SW 19
Fig. 25
NSD01002
SW 19
SW 17
20,6
M 12 cable coupler plug, degree of protection IP 67 25 4-pole Preassembly possible, QUICKON
3RX1 678
For AS-Interface, degree of protection IP 67

Fig. 26
46
14,5
NSD01003
M 12 cable coupler plug 4 0.34 mm2 (union nut of metal) 26 L PUR 5 Black 3RX1 672
Fig. 27
38,8
M 12 right-angle cable coupler plug 4 0.34 mm2 (union nut of metal) 27 L PUR 5 Black 3RX1 674
NSD01005
31
14,5
Connectors have socket outlets. Cable plugs can be supplied in special lengths. Minimum order quantity 50 units, delivery times supplied on request. Price supplement per m
1) For terminal assignment, see Page 6/11.
6/6

3RX1 plug-in connections and adapters

Design Type 1) Length Design m
14,5
Accessories Order No. 3RX1 633 3RX1 634 3RX1 635
14,5
41,5
NSD01007
3RX1 633, 3RX1 634, 3RX1 635
Connecting cable with M 12 connector E, L and M 12 coupler plug For connection to a 3RX1 660.. distribution unit (union nut of metal) PUR cable
0.6 1 1.5
3 0.34 mm2 Orange
42
14,5
F, L
46
NSD01008
0.5 1 1.5
4 0.34 mm2 Black
3RX1 641 3RX1 640 3RX1 642
14,5
3RX1 641, 3RX1 640, 3RX1 642
46
14,5
Note: Only terminal 4 (NO) will be connected. Connecting cable with M 8 connector and M 12 coupler plug For connection to a 3RX1 660.. distribution unit (union nut of metal) PUR cable A, L 0.6 1 1.5 A, L 0.5 1 1.5 3 0.34 mm2 Black 4 0.34 mm2 Black 3 0.34 mm2 Orange 3RX1 636 3RX1 637 3RX1 638 3RX1 647 3RX1 646 3RX1 648 3RX1 644 3RX1 643 3RX1 645
41,5
10
NSD01010
3RX1 636, 3RX1 637, 3RX1 638
30,5
14,5
32
NSD01011
48 9,7
3RX1 647, 3RX1 646, 3RX1 648, 3RX1 644, 3RX1 643, 3RX1 645 Connecting cable with M 8 connector and M 8 coupler plug
9,7
B, L
0.6 1 1.5
Note: Only terminal 4 (NO) will be connected. A 1 2 3 0.25 mm2
3RX1 690 3RX1 691
32 39 26
NSD01126
9,7
3RX1 690, 3RX1 691
18,2
Connecting cable with M 8 right-angle connector and M 8 coupler plug
1 2
3 0.25 mm2
3RX1 692 3RX1 693
NSD01127
3RX1 692, 3RX1 693
9,7
39
Adapter with single leads, M 12 to Pg 13.5 0.5 m, PVC Adapter for connecting M 12 cable connectors to BEROs with screw terminals and Pg 13.5 thread
25 M 12x1
NSD01014
3RX1 566
M 12 plug-in connection, rotatable
0.5
4 0.5 mm2
3RX1 566
Pg 13,5 19 M 12x1
NSD01015
3RX1 632
M 12 plug-in connection, not rotatable
0.5
4 0.5 mm2
3RX1 632
Pg 13,5 33,9 25,5 SW 24
3RX1 676
10,5
Adapter with single leads, HARAX to Pg 13.5 Fast-fixing type
3 (0.75 to 1.5 mm2)
3RX1 676
NSD01016
Connectors have socket outlets.
1) For terminal assignment, see Page 6/11. Siemens NS BERO 2001/02
6/7

3RX1 and 3SX mounting accessories

Design Accessories Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.005 0.01 0.02 0.03
32SX6 281 to 3SX6 284

f d g
NSD01021
Mounting brackets (molded plastic) 1) For BERO with thread M 8 M 12 3SX6 281 26 22 11.6 3.5 16 12.6 7.9 (for M 8) 3SX6 282 36 30 18 4.5 24 18.5 11.9 (for M 12) 3SX6 283 45 30 26 4.5 32 19.6 18.0 (for M 18) 3SX6 284 58 30 36 4.5 44 19.6 29.8 (for M 30) M 18 M 30
3SX6 281 3SX6 282 3SX6 283 3SX6 284
a b c d e f g
3SX9 910
Adapter from Pg 13.5 to NPT For BERO 3RG4 with Pg 13.5 screwed gland
3SX9 910
0.1
3SB19 022AE
Molded plastic screwed gland Pg 13.5 6 mm long with seal For BERO 3RG4 with Pg 13.5 screwed gland
3SB19 022AE
0.01
3RX1 303
2 5
Alignment device For box-shaped proximity switches 3RG16 30 3RG40 30, 3RG40 31, 3RG40 41 3RG41 31, 3RG41 41 3RG46 31
3RX1 303
0.045
30 30 30 100 70
40
NSD01023
5,5
60
3RX1 304
40 30 5,2 14
NSD01024
Mounting support snap-on to C-section rail, movable by 20 mm lengthwise, rotatable by 360 For box-shaped proximity switches 3RG16 30 3RG40 30, 3RG40 31, 3RG40 41 3RG41 31, 3RG41 41 3RG46 31
3RX1 304
0.023
13 60 90 20
1) Supplied without fixing screws.
6/8

3RX1 and 3SX mounting accessories

Design Accessories Order No. 3RX1 301 Weight, approx. kg 0.11
3RX1 301
29 5,5 61 2
Alignment device With mounting bracket for Sonar-BERO M 30 Swivel range of approx. 20 about longitudinal BERO axis. After adjustment, the BERO is screwed in place.
70 84
20 27
NSD01025
50
3RX1 302
61 5,5
Alignment device With mounting flange for Sonar-BERO M 30 Swivel range of approx. 20 about longitudinal BERO axis. After adjustment, the BERO is screwed in place.
29 2
3RX1 302
0.074
70 84
3SX6 287
65
NSD01026
Alignment device For Sonar-BERO 3SG16 67
3SX6 287
80
NSD00782
52
3RX1 910
Right-angle reflector For Sonar-BERO M 30

62
3RX1 910
0.028
30 41
NSD01028
34
3RX1 682
76
T distribution unit For connecting thru-beam sensors to AS-Interface modules
3RX1 682
NSD01029
Cable PUR, 20 m, black The cables can be used in accordance with the number of cores for all inductive BEROs and Sonar-BEROs. For Sonar-BEROs of modular range II, the shielded cable must be used.
3 0.34 mm2 4 0.34 mm2 4 0.34 mm2, shielded
3RX1 554 3RX1 555 3RX1 556
0.6 0.73 1.0
6/9

3RX1 distribution units

Design Accessories Order No. Weight, approx. kg 0.2 0.25 0.32 0.48 0.53 0.65 0.77 0.82 0.95 0.01
Distribution unit, 4-way 3 m cable 5 m cable 10 m cable

54
3RX1 6604D 3RX1 6604E 3RX1 6604F 3RX1 6606D 3RX1 6606E 3RX1 6606F 3RX1 6608D 3RX1 6608E 3RX1 6608F 3RX1 6600A
NSD01030a
Distribution unit, 6-way 3 m cable 5 m cable 10 m cable Distribution unit, 8-way 3 m cable 5 m cable 10 m cable Blanket plug for unused connections Pack of 10
A Dimension A = 82 (4-way distribution unit) 100 (6-way distribution unit) 127 (8-way distribution unit)
25
I Technical data
Rated operatinal voltage Max. current per switching output Core identification, PUR cable Operating temperature Material Degree of protection Connections Display V DC A 24 2 Black with white numbers 5 to +70 Molded plastic IP 65 when plugged in and locked M 12 cable plugs (socket in distribution unit) Each output: 1 yellow LED Operating voltage: 1 green LED
Sockets for M 12 round plugs Switching outputs
1 2
4 1 5 3 2
Socket 1
1-6 (6-way distribution unit) 1-8 (8-way distribution unit)
3 4
4 1 5 3 2
Socket 2
L-
7 (6-way distribution unit) 9 (8-way distribution unit)

L+
4 1 5 3 2
Socket 3
8 (6-way distribution unit) 10 (8-way distribution unit)
4 1 5 3 2 PE
NSD01031a
Socket 4
6/10

Cable plugs and power supplies
Cable connector, type A, E
1 4 3
NSD01032a
Cable connector, type B, F, L, N, P

1 4 2 3
NSD01033a
Cable connector, type B, F, L, N, P

1 2 3 4
NSD01034a
Cable connector, type C, H

1 4
GN YN
BN (L ) BK (NO) BU (L )
BN (L ) BK (NO or Send) WH (NC or Rec) BU (L )
BN (L+ ) WH (Enable or NC) BU (L) BK (Enable or NO or analog output)
BN (L+) BK (NO)
3
NSD01035a
BU (L)
BERO with NO Cable connector, type D

1
GN YE
BERO with NC/NO Cable connector, type G, M

1 2 3 4 5
NSD01037a
Sonar-BERO compact range M18 Cable connector, type J

1 4 BN (L+) BK (NO or NC)
BERO with NO, pnp Cable connector, type K

1 4
YE GN
BN (L+)
4 3
NSD01036a
BK (NO) BU (L)
BN (L+) WH (Enable or NC) _ BU (L ) BK (Enable or NO) GR (Analog output)
BN (L+) BK (NO)
3 2
NSD01038a
_ BU (L )
3 2
NSD01039a
_ BU (L ) WH (NC)
BERO with NO, npn BN = Brown BK = Black WH = White Pin assignments
BERO with NC/NO Sonar-BERO compact range II and III BU = Blue GR = Gray YE = Yellow
BERO with NC or NO, pnp
BERO with NO or NC/NO, pnp
8 mm / M 8 connection for cable connectors and right-angle cable connectors (view on contact pins) Type A, C, D
4/2 1
NSD01040a
M 12 connection for cable connectors and right-angle cable connectors and coupler plugs (view on contact pins) Type E, F, H, J, K, L, N Type G, M
2 3 1 5 3
NSD01042a
Type B
2 4 3
NSD01041a
1 4
NSD00763a
I Dimension drawings
Power supply and switching unit 6KX5 014, 6KX5 015, 6KX5 016
5 7,5
NSD01045
Fixing
Power supply 6EV2 3004AK00

M3,5
Fixing
5
50 60 62,5
77
100
NSD01044a
45
95
35 100 76 7 90
Power supply 4AV21 02, 4AV23 02 For any position Snap fixing on to DIN EN 50 02235 7.5 rail
NSF00115a
Power supply 4FD51 83 For any position Snap fixing on to DIN EN 50 02235 7.5 rail
72
111
4AV21: Dimension B = 45 4AV23: Dimension B = 72
135
6/11
60 62,5
M4
10,5
Supplementary Components
MOBY identification systems
Page Introduction Overview 7/1 7/2
7/0
I Introduction
Anyone who works with identification systems has entirely personal requirements. Some need low-cost smart labels for logistics and others need rugged data memories for assembly lines. These mobile data memories need to be heat-resistant in the automotive industry and "long range" data memories are essential in traffic control applications and transport logistics. But whatever your requirements - we have the solution: MOBY. The intelligent electronic identification systems from Siemens are for companies that are looking ahead and know exactly what they will need in the future. Because: MOBY identification systems control and optimize the material flow. They identify reliably, quickly and economically, they are resistant to contamination and save data directly on the product. These systems are, of course, backed up by the complete support service of Siemens - worldwide. Successful industrial corporations worldwide rely on MOBY identification systems from the leading supplier of identification systems. All the relevant data, up to 32 Kbytes of production and quality data, are available exactly where they are required: On the product carrier or on the product itself. Data is transferred between the mobile data memory and the read/write unit fully automatically and without contact at radio frequency without the need for a direct line of sight. Data transfer is also reliable in the case of contamination or nonmetalic materials. Further positive consequences are that: The loading on the computer and communication networks is reduced and faults in the communications system no longer result in catastrophe. Because when the data are stored on the product, production can always continue at least in subareas of the plant. And as far as start-up is concerned: This is also completed rapidly because autonomous areas/cells can be pretested. Dispatch warehouses including order picking (e. g. food, tires, writing materials, clothes) Cold storage depots including order picking (e. g. meat, sausages) Production of spectacle lenses Container/vessel identification, e. g. in the chemical industry Carriage identification in underground and rapid transit trains Parts identification for textiles (e. g. jeans, medical stockings), warps, baggage, barrels, gas cylinders, window parts, printing cylinders Access control and order processing Wafer/hort identification during chip processing Assembly lines for contactors, PLCs, switches Production lines for dialysis filters Production lines in the glass/ ceramics industry and many more applications worldwide. For up-to-date information (products, news, contact partners, hotline, support, etc.) about MOBY identification systems, visit our Website at http://www.siemens.de/moby For order information, see Catalog KT 21 or the electronic catalog CA 01.
Advantages that convince

The advantages that MOBY data memories offer in comparison to other information carriers, such as the barcode, are clear: MOBY identifies fully automatically, quickly and with total transmission security. MOBY is insensitive to temperature variations and contamination caused by oil, dust or water. MOBY data memories can be reused as required. Production and quality data of up to 32 Kbytes can be saved directly on the product. MOBY has a long service life. MOBY has an optimum cost/ benefit ratio. MOBY is also fully integrated in the SIMATIC/SICOMP/PROFIBUS world or in the Windows PC world; it can be connected to any controllers and in particular MOBY is easily configured and installed to specific customer requirements. Handheld terminals provide greater flexibility in the various applications.
The right identification system for every sector

With MOBY, you can react quickly and early to new demands in the industrial world. And because the MOBY product family offers low-cost and well-proven inductive identification systems performancematched for almost every type of application, you can always optimize material flow and production processes whether you operate in the sector of industry/assembly lines, warehouse storage/logistics or transport logistics/traffic control systems.
MOBY works quite simply

MOBY identification systems ensure that pertinent data accompanies a product or object from the very first moment in the form of a mobile data memory that can be labeled, changed and read as required.
Application examples Assembly lines for "white" and "brown" goods, such as refrigerators, coffee machines, televisions and vacuum cleaners Assembly lines for anti-skid systems, airbags, low-power motors, doors, cockpits, brakes Production lines for motors, gearboxes and steering gear Main assembly lines in the automotive industry (body-inwhite, paint shop, final assembly) PC production lines
7
Traffic control systems Storage, distribution/logistics Assembly lines Industrial production Assembly lines
MOBY V MOBY U
MOBY I MOBY E MOBY F
7/1
I Overview
MOBY F MOBY E MOBY I MOBY U MOBY V
The RF identification system for the low-end performance range For logistics and distribution applications 125 kHz identification system Low-cost 40-bit readonly data memory up to 130 C Low-cost EEPROM data memory (192 bytes) up to 130 C Read/write distance up to 420 mm Bulk/multitag capability Customer-specific data memories or antennae on request Powerful mobile handheld terminal
The RF identification system for the low-end and medium performance range For logistics, distribution and industrial assembly line applications 13.56-MHz identification system Various EEPROM data memories (752 bytes) for up to 150 C Special small data memory for workpiece coding Read/write distance up to 100 mm High data transfer rate (> 2.5 ms/byte) Powerful mobile handheld terminal
The RF identification system for the medium performance range For universal industrial applications 1.81-MHz identification system Special heat-resistant (220 C cyclically) data memories for the automotive industry Worldwide use for many years already Comprehensive range of rugged FRAM/EEPROM data memories (max. 32 Kbytes) Comprehensive range of read/write units High data transfer rate (> 0.8 ms/byte) Powerful mobile handheld terminal
The UHF identification system for the medium and high-end performance ranges For universal application in industry and in logistics 2.4 GHz identification system Special heat-resistant (up to 220 C cyclically) data memories for the automotive industry Comprehensive range of rugged RAM data memories (max. 32 Kbytes) Read/write distance up to 3000 mm Bulk/multitag capability Very high data transfer rate (16 Kbyte/s)
The radio-based identification system for the high-end performance range In independent railway systems Read/write distance up to 800 mm 433-MHz identification system Very high interference immunity Compact and rugged RAM data memory (32 Kbytes) Very high data transfer rate Service and test unit
High reliability even with contamination (oil, dust, etc.) or temperature fluctuations Integration in SIMATIC S5/S7 or PROFIBUS-DP Connection possible to any systems/PCs via serial interface Worldwide support and service Main applications: Logistics (identification of e.g. pallets, barrels, goods carriers, order-picking containers, etc.) Distribution (data memory as "electronic barcode replacement" or "product accompanying document" Parts identification (data memory is attached to products or pallets) Production lines (identification e. g. of workpiece carriers) Main applications: Logistics and distribution (identification of e. g. pallets, goods carriers, containers or as a product accompanying document) Parts identification (data memory is e. g. attached to products or pallets) Assembly lines (data memory is e. g. attached to workpiece carriers) Conveyor systems (data memory is e. g, attached to the suspension of an overhead monorail) Main applications: Assembly lines (data memory is e. g. attached to workpiece carriers) Manufacturing processes (data memory is e. g. attached to product carriers) Conveyor systems (data memory is e. g, attached to overhead monorail conveyor) Main assembly lines in the automotive industry (body-in-white, paint shop, final assembly) Main applications: Main applications: In independent railway Main assembly lines in systems, e. g. underthe automotive industry ground and rapid-transit (body-in-white, paint trains shop, final assembly) (data memory attached Vehicle identification and underneath the carriage) drive-in control for haulage companies, vehicle depots, etc. Transport logistics and distribution (container/goods carrier identification) Traffic control systems Assembly lines, manufacturing
7/2
Appendix
Standards and approvals
Page Important publications and specifications Certificate of the AS-International Association for AS-Interface products ALPHA/LOVAG Accident prevention Approval requirements in certain countries Quality management CE mark of conformity National and International Associations Special regulations in Russia and Australia Overview of approved equipment Certified ratings for AS-Interface International protection (IP) North American Approvals 8/2 Registration numbers (Guide No.) and file numbers (File No.) US safety classes NEMA Standard Publ. 250-1979 Conversion of safety classes IEC IP designations to NEMA Metric to US conventions 8/3 8/3 8/3 8/4 8/5 8/6 8/6 8/8
North American standards and approvals

Page 8/5 8/6 8/7 8/8 8/9
Siemens Companies and Representatives

Page Europe America Africa Asia Australasia 8/10 8/11 8/12 8/12, 8/13 8/13
8/2 8/2 8/2
Subject and order number index

Page Subject index Order number index Sonar-BERO Opto-BERO Inductive BERO 8/14 8/15 8/16 8/18
US ordering notes
Page General Terms and Conditions of Sale
Ordering notes
Conditions of sale and delivery 8/21 Small orders Orders for special designs Export regulations Trade marks
8/22 8/22 8/22 8/22 8/22
8/1
Appendix
I Important publications and specifications

IEC IEC 60 947 IEC 60 947-1 IEC 60 947-5-1 IEC 60 947-5-2 IEC 60 439-1 IEC 60 664-1 IEC 60 204-1 IEC 60 255-1-00 IEC 61 000-4-1 EN EN 60 947 EN 60 947-1 EN 60 947-5-1 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 439-1 EN 60 204-1 VDE/DIN VDE 0660 0660-100 0660-200 0660-208 0660-500 0106-100 0106-101 0110-2 0113-1 0160 0165 0170/0171 0435-201 0435-2021 0609-1 0843-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear General rules Control circuit devices and switching elements; Electromechanical control circuit devices Control circuit devices and switching elements; Proximity switches Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies: Type-tested and partially typetested assemblies Protection against electric shock: Location of actuators near live parts Protection against dangerous shock current: Basic requirements for safe isolation in electrical equipment Insulation coordination for electrical equipment in low-voltage installations; rating of creepage distances and clearances Electrical equipment of industrial machines: General requirements Equipment of electrical power installations with electronic equipment Erection of electrical installations in hazardous areas Electrical equipment for hazardous areas Relays: Electrical all-or-nothing relays Electrical relays: Relays with fixed time response Terminal points for screw terminals for terminating or linking copper conductors up to 240 mm2: General specifications Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC); Part 4: Testing and measuring procedures; Section 1: Overview of measuring procedures insensitive to interference; general EMC standard (contains corrections of January 1995) Industrial Control Equipment Industrial Control Equipment
Further specifications: UL 508 CSA C22.2, No. 14
I Certificate of the AS-International Association for AS-Interface products

The AS-Interface products have been tested and certified by the AS-International Association. The products have been tested in accordance with the test requirements in an approved test laboratory.
I ALPHA/LOVAG
ALPHA The Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution Division of Siemens AG is a member of the Society for the Testing and Certification of Low-Voltage Equipment ALPHA, Frankfurt on Main. The responsibility of manufacturers and the high quality of products is promoted by ALPHA by means of supportive
procedural guidelines for testing equipment in accordance with the currently valid standards. If specific conditions are fulfilled, ALPHA can also issue state-recognized product certificates if required. ALPHA, as a member of LOVAG, is also working towards obtaining international recognition for the declarations of conformity and certificates.
LOVAG In LOVAG (Low Voltage Agreement Group), English, French, Italian and German specialists from certification bodies and from industry are working together to create a uniform European certificate.
List of LOVAG members ALPHA ASEFA ASTA ACAE CEBEC CESI KEMA SEMKO Germany France Great Britain Italy Belgium Italy Netherlands Sweden
I Accident prevention
For some devices in safety control units, test certificates and approvals from the BIA (the trade association institute for labor safety) in Bonn and from SUVA (Swiss institute for accident prevention) are available. For details, see the respective product description.
Approval requirements
8/2
Appendix
I Approval requirements in certain countries

Siemens low-voltage switchgear and controlgear are designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the relevant German standards (VDE specifications and DIN standards), IEC publications and European standards as well as UL and CSA standards. The standards assigned to the individual devices are stated in the respective parts of this Catalog. The devices are designed and manufactured in accordance with the relevant VDE, EN and IEC specifications. As far as is economically viable, the requirements of the regulations in other countries are also taken into account in the design of the equipment to enable the devices to be implemented worldwide wherever possible in the standard version. In some European countries and in North America (see table below), an approval is required for certain low-voltage control circuit devices. Depending on the market requirements, these components have been submitted for approval to the authorized testing institutes. UL is authorized for approvals according to Canadian specifications. In the Scandinavian countries, there has been no mandatory requirement for approval since 01.01.1994. Siemens devices manufactured and tested in accordance with the harmonized European standards, e. g. EN 60 947 (IEC 60 947, DIN VDE 0660) can be used without any restrictions. Identification of products with the approval mark is no longer necessary. For the use on board ship, the specifications of the classification societies must be observed (see table below). In some cases, they require type tests of the components to be approved. The present state of approval is shown in the "Overview of approved equipment" on the following pages.
Testing bodies, approval identification and approval requirements

Country Government selected or private, officially recognized testing bodies Approval symbol Approval requirements Canada 1) CSA UL (USA) cu cU USA 1) UL Poland SEP Slovakia SKTC Czech Republic EZU Hungary MEEI
u U u or U approval recommended for all switching devices

For all components
Approval required for all switching devices
Marine classification societies

Country Name Germany Germanischer Lloyd GL Great Britain Lloyds Register of Shipping LRS France Bureau Veritas BV Norway Det Norske Veritas DNV CIS Maritime Register of Shipping MRS Italy Registro Italiano Navale RINA Poland Polski Rejestre Statkw PRS USA American Bureau of Shipping ABS
Abbreviations
I Quality management
The quality management system of our division A&D CD satisfies the requirements of the international standard ISO 9001. The system has been certified by the independent, licensed Deutsche Gesellschaft fr Zertifizierung von Qualittssicherungssystemen (DQS). DQS Certificate No.: 19634-01 SIEMENS AG, Automation and Drives Division: Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution:
I CE mark of conformity
The manufacturers of products which fall within the subject area to which the EU directives apply must mark their products, operating instructions or packaging with a CE mark of conformity. The CE mark of conformity confirms that a product fulfills the appropriate basic requirements of all directives which are relevant to the product. The mark of conformity is an obligatory requirement for bringing products into circulation throughout the whole of the EU. All products of the catalog are in conformance with the EU guidelines and have the CE mark of conformity. Low-voltage Directive (NS 73/23/EWG), EMC Directive (EMC 89/336/EWG), Machinery Directive (ML 89/392/EWG) The CE mark of conformity: >
8/3
Appendix
I National and International Associations

Abbreviation ANSI Approval identification Meaning American National Standards Institute Publishes specifications and standards in virtually all fields (not only electrical). For low-voltage switchgear, the ANSI has adopted the American NEMA and UL specifications to a large extent Australian Standards Already partially adopted to IEC British Standard Already partially adopted to IEC Communauts Europenes European conformity marking. Certifies the conformance of a product with all the product related standards of the European Union (EU) International Commission on Rules for the Approval of Electrical Equipment Partially used by the Scandinavian countries as a basis for low-voltage switchgear with rated currents up to 63A Comitato Elettrotecnico Italiano Italian electrotechnical committee Canadian Electrical Manufacturers Association Comit uropen de Normalization Electrotechnique European committee for electrotechnical standardization (general secretariat in Brussels)
AS BS CE
>
CEE CEI CEMA CEN CSA DEMKO DIN EEMAC IEC
s D
Canadian Standards Association Responsible for publishing standards and granting approvals Danmarks Elektriske Materielkontrol Danish board of control of eletrotechnical products. Responsible for publishing standards and granting approvals Deutsches Institut fr Normung e.V (German Industrial Standards) Electrical and Electronic Manufactures Association Canada International Electrotechnical Commission (French: CEI) All the major industrialized countries are involved in the work of the International Electrotechnical Commission. The resulting IEC recommendations are to some extent either adopted directly into national specifications and standards, or the national specifications and standards are adapted to harmonize with these recommendations.
IEEE IS ISO JIS KEMA NBN NEMA NEMKO NEN VE RER SABS SASO SEMKO SEN SETI SEV UL
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Indian Standard Already partially adapted to IEC International Organization for Standardization Japanese Industrial Standard
Keuring van Elektrotechnische Materialen Dutch testing authority, which also performs CSA approval tests for European manufacturers Nederlandse Norm Dutch standard
National Electrical Manufacturers Association Norges Elektriske Materiellkontroll Norwegian controls authority for electrotechnical products, responsible for publishing standards and granting approvals Nederlandse Norm Dutch standard
sterreichischer Verband fr Elektrotechnik Austrian association for electrotechnology. Conforms to a large extent with the VDE and IEC specifications Rafmagnseftrilit rikisins Finnish testing authority for eletrotechnical products South African Bureau of Standards Saudi Arabien Standard Organization
Svenska Electriska Materielkontrollanstalten Swedish controls authority for electrotechnical products, responsible for publishing standards and granting approvals Svenska Elektrotekniska Normer Swedish eletrotechnical standards Finnish electrotechnical testing authority Swiss electrotechnical association Underwriter Laboratories Inc. Testing authority of the national fire insurance in the USA. Among other activities, it carries out testing on electrotechnical products, and issues the corresponding specifications and regulations Union Technique de llectricit French electrotechnical association
F + u
UTE VDE
Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker e.V. (Association of German Electrical Engineers)
8/4
Appendix
I North American Approvals

Installation considerations The control products described in this catalog have been designed, tested and manufactured in accordance with a wide variety of standards including but not limited to those issued by UL, CSA, NEMA, and IEC. These standards typically apply to the control product as a component and not the installation or use of the product. It is the responsibility of the end user of the control product to make sure each installation complies
with all of the applicable safety requirements, laws, regulations, codes and standards (some examples of which are the N.E.C, the C.E.C. and OSHA regulations). Note the local authorities may impose further jurisdiction over each installation. When in doubt, consult with the local inspection authorities. Unless otherwise specified, the control products described in this catalog are designed to operate under "usual service conditions" as defined in NEMA Standards Publication Part ICS 1-108. Open type devices are intended for installation in enclosures that provide environmental protection as needed for the specific application. See page 8/7 for definitions of the various enclosure types. stress levels under controlled conditions. The user must take care in correlating these data to actual application or service conditions
Performance data Where given in this catalog, performance data should only be used as a guide to determine the suitability of the product for an application. The data may be the result of the accelerated testing or elevated
UL and CSA File Numbers and Guide Cards Numbers Most control equipment listed in this catalog is designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the relevant UL and CSA standards as listed in the tables below.
Different features of UL approvals (for USA and Canada)

Recognized component UL issues yellow "Guide cards" with a Guide No. and File No. Component is identified using the "UL recognition mark" on the rating plate: USA: U Canada: cU Listed product UL issues white "Guide cards" with a Guide No. and File No. Component is identified using the "UL listing mark" on the rating plate e. g. USA: u LISTED 165 C, IND. CONT. EQ. e: g. Canada: cu LISTED 165 C, IND. CONT. EQ. (165 C stands for: Siemens company, department A & D CD, factory Amberg) Components approved as modules for "factory wiring", i.e. as devices for installation in control systems which are completely wired, installed and tested by trained personnel in factories or workshops and which are selected according to the application conditions. Components approved for "field wiring", i.e. Components for installation in control systems which are completely wired by trained personnel in factories or workshops. Single units for sale in USA/Canada in retail outlets.
If components are u or cu approved as "listed products", they are also approved as "Recognized Component" and allowed to be marked U or cU.
I Special regulations in Russia and Australia

GOST authorization for Russia C-Tick approval for Australia
A 46
GOST authorization must be obtained for all products marketed in Russia. The GOST mark was introduced in mid-1998 for the packaging of all devices.
The C-Tick approval is required for marketing Siemens components in Australia. In Australia, electronic equipment must have an EMC clearance certificate similar to CE mark of conformity according to the EMC Directive in the EU; and the components must be marked with the "C-Tick". This requirement has been in force since 01.10.1999. sion
8/5
Appendix
I Overview of approved equipment

Equipment Type National approvals
Canada 1) USA Czech Slovakia Republic Poland
Marine classifications
Hungary Germany Great Britain France Norway CIS Italy Poland
Inductive BERO 3RG40, 3RG41 3RG40 30 Capacitive BERO Sonar-BERO 3RG46 3RG16 3RG60 3RG61 3RG62, 3RG63 Opto-BERO Accessories 3RX2 110 3RG7 3RX7 3RX1 6KX5 + Standard version approved. Not yet submitted for approval or approval not required.
s + 2) 3) + + + + + O + + +
u U EZU + 2) 3) + + + + + O + + + x + + + + + + + +
SKTC
SEP
MEEI
GL
LRS
BV
DNV
MRS
RINA
PRS
O Equipment submitted for approval, please enquire. U approval is not required because u approved.
k Approved for use in connection
with AS-Interface (ActuatorSensor Interface), also approved by the American Bureau of Shipping.
I Registration numbers (Guide No.) and file numbers (File No.)

Equipment BERO proximity switches s Guide No. File No. u Guide No. NKCR cu File No. NKCR 7 E 44653 U Guide No. cU File No. Class 3211 03 LR 12730 or 165 071
I Certified ratings for Actuator-Sensor Interface for use on board ship

Identification 3RG4... 3RG6... 3RG7... 3RX9 ... Equipment Inductive BERO Sonar-BERO Opto-BERO AS-Interface accessories (see Catalog NS K, Part 1) Input voltage V DC 31.6 31.6 31.6 31.6 Input current A DC 0.03 0.075 0.2 Temperature C 70 70 70 70 Degree of protection IP 67/IP 65 IP 65 IP 67 IP 67
Power supply units

All power supply units with type designation 3RX9 305 and 3RX9 306 may only be used on board ship with additional fastenings.
Note
All inductive BEROs or SonarBEROs that must be used with 3RX evaluation units are not approved for use in shipbuilding in conjunction with AS-Interface.
1) The cu and c approval is available in accordance with USA approval. 2) In the case of s and cu only approved up to 30 V DC max. 3) Only approved with plug-in connections.
8/6
Appendix
US safety classes
I NEMA Standard Publication No. 250-1979

Type 1 Type 1 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with the enclosed equipment in locations where unusual service conditions do not exist. The enclosures shall meet the rod entry and rust resistance design tests. Type 3 Type 3 enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against windblown dust, rain and sleet; and to be undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure. They shall meet rain, external icing, dust, and rust resistance design tests. They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as internal condensation or internal icing. Type 3R Type 3R enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against falling rain; and to be undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure. They shall meet rod entry, rain, external icing, and rust resistance design tests. They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as dust, internal condensation, or internal icing. Type 4 Type 4 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against windblown dust and rain, splashing water, and hose directed water; and to be undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure. They shall meet hosedown, external icing, and rust resistance design tests. They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as internal condensation or internal icing. Type 4X Type 4X enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against corrosion, windblown dust and rain, splashing water, and hosedirected water; and to be undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure. They shall meet hosedown, external icing, and corrosion-resistance design tests. They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as internal condensation or internal icing. Shall be manufactured of American Iron and Steel Institute Type 304 Stainless steel, polymerics, or materials with equivalent corrosion resistance, to provide a degree of protection against specific corrosive agents. Type 6 Type 6 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during occasional temporary submersion at a limited depth. Type 6P enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during prolonged submersion at a limited depth. Type 7 Type 7 enclosures are for indoor use in locations classified as Class l, Groups A, B, C or D, as defined in the National Electrical Code. Type 7 enclosures shall be capable of withstanding the pressures resulting from an internal explosion of specified gases, and contain such an explosion sufficiently that an explosive gas-air mixture existing in the atmosphere surrounding the enclosure will not be ignited.
Enclosed heat generating devices shall not cause external surfaces to reach temperatures capable of igniting explosive gas-air mixtures in the surrounding atmosphere. Enclosures shall meet explosion, hydrostatic, and temperature design tests. Class ll Dust locations are broken into groups E, F, and G, according to the ignition temperature and conductivity of the hazardous substance.
Type 9 Type 9 enclosures are intended for indoor use in locations classified as Class ll Groups E or G, as defined in the National Electrical Code. Type 9 enclosures shall be capable of preventing the entrance of dust. Enclosed heat generating devices shall not cause external surfaces to reach temperatures capable of igniting or discoloring dust on the enclosure or igniting dustair mixtures in the surrounding atmosphere. Enclosures shall meet dust penetration and temperature design tests, and aging of gaskets (if used). Class l Flammable gases or vapors. Class ll Combustible dust. Class lll Ignitable fibers or flyings. Division l Normal situation; the hazard would be expected to be present in everyday repair and maintenance. Division ll Abnormal situation; the material is expected to be confined within closed containers or closed systems and will be present only during accidental rupture, breakage or unusual faulty operation.
Groups Class l Gases and vapors are broken into 4 groups, A, B, C, and D, depending on the ignition temperature of the substance, its explosion pressure and other flammable characteristics.
Type 12 Type 12 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt, and dripping non-corrosive liquids. They shall meet drip, dust, and rust resistance design tests. They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as internal condensation. Siemens & Furnas NEMA 12 may be field modified for outdoor use. NEMA 3 requires the use of watertight conduit hubs. NEMA 3R requires the use of watertight conduit hubs at a level above the lowest live part and drain holes of 1/8 diameter shall be added at the bottom of the enclosure. Type 13 Type 13 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, spraying of water, oil, and non-corrosive coolant. They shall meet oil explosion and rust resistance design tests. They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as internal condensation.
This table summarizes the information provided above.

Provides a degree of protection against the following environmental conditions Incidental contact with the enclosed equipment Rain, snow, and sleet Windblown dust Falling dirt Falling liquids and light splashing Circulating dust, lint, fibers, and flyings Settling airborne dust, lint, fibers, and flyings Hosedown and splashing water Oil and coolant seepage Oil or coolant spraying and splashing Corrosive agents 1 3R 4 4X 12 13
8/7
Appendix
International and US safety classes
I International protection (IP) safety classes

The degree of protection of a component against access to dangerous parts as well as against the ingress of solid bodies or liquids is specified by the IP code in accordance with IEC 60 529 (EN 60 529). When a code is specified, the degree of protection is defined and all lower degrees of protection are excluded.
IP code numbers IP codes use a two digit numbering system to define the degree of protection the enclosures provide.
Definition of the first numeral Protection of persons against access to hazardous parts: 0 Not protected 1 Protected against contact with a large surface of the body 2 Protected against contact with the finger 3 Protected against contact with a tool 4 Protected against contact with a wire 5, 6 Complete protection against contact with live parts
Extended definition for inductive BEROs to the IP 68 degree of protection

The tightness of the seal for the components is checked by means of test procedure QI according to EN 60 068-2-17. Following storage in water for 144 hours at 105 C and 1.2 bar, the components remain fully functional.
Protection against the penetration of solid foreign bodies: 0 Not protected 1 Protected against foreign bodies up to 50 mm 2 Protected against foreign bodies up to 12.5 mm 3 Protected against foreign bodies up to 2.5 mm 4 Protected against foreign bodies up to 1.0 mm 5 Dust protection 6 Protected against the ingress of dust
Definition of the second numeral Protection against the ingress of water 0 Not protected 1 Protected against water drops 2 Protected against water drops at housing angles of up to 15 3 Protected against water waves 4 Protected against water splashes 5 Protected against water jets 6 Protected against highpressure water jets 7 Protected against the effects of temporary immersion 8 Protected against the effects of long-term immersion
I Conversion of safety classes IEC IP designations to NEMA type numbers

This table shows the IP classification designation that NEMA enclosures may be applied to.
IEC international protection IP 10 IP 54 IP 14 IP 56 IP 67 IP 52 IP 54
The table cannot be used to convert IEC designations to NEMA type numbers.
NEMA enclosure type number 1 3 3R 4 and 4X 6 and 6P 12 13
8/8
Appendix
Metric to US conversions
I Conversion of physical measuring units

Power conversions 1 kilowatt (kW) 1 horsepower (hp) Dimension conversions 1 inch (in.) 1 inch (in.) 1 centimeter (cm) 1 meter (m) Weight conversions 1 ounce (oz.) 1 pound (lb.) 1 kilogram (kg) = 28.35 grams (g) = 0.454 kilograms (kg) = 2.205 pounds (lbs.) = 25.4 millimeters (mm) = 2.54 centimeters (cm) = 0.3937 inches (in.) = 39.37 inches (in.) = 1.341 horsepower (hp) = 0.7457 kilowatt (kW) Temperature conversions 100 centigrade 80 centigrade 60 centigrade 40 centigrade 20 centigrade 0 centigrade 20 centigrade Torque conversion 1 Newton-meter (Nm) Pressure conversion 1 bar (105 N/m2) = 14.5 pounds per square-inch (psi) = 8.85 pound-inches (lb. in.) = 212 Fahrenheit = 176 Fahrenheit = 140 Fahrenheit = 104 Fahrenheit = 68 Fahrenheit = 32 Fahrenheit 4 Fahrenheit
I Wire conversion table Comparison of cross-sectional areas Metric to US Standards

Metric cross-sectional areas (in line with VDE) Cross-sectional area in mm2
0.75
American Wire Gauge Equivalent metric C.S.A. in mm2

0.635 0.823 1.04
AWG or MCM
19 AWG 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 MCM 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 1000
1.5
1.31 1.65 2.08
2.5 4
2.62 3.31 4.17 5.26 6.63 8.37
10
10.55 13.30
16
16.77 21.15
25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300
26.67 33.63 42.41 53.48 67.43 85.03 107.20 126.64 152.00 177.35 202.71 253.35 304.00 354.71
400 500 625
405.35 506.71
8/9
Appendix
France Europe Austria
Siemens AG sterreich Siemensstr. 92 1211 Wien Tel: (0) 5 17 072 29 86 Fax: (0) 5 17 075 25 81 International: (+43) http://www.siemens.at/ad/cd E-mail: helmut.jambor@siemens.at Siemens S.A.S. 3947 boulevard Ornano 93527 Saint-Denis Cedex 2 Tel: 1 49 2231 00 Fax: 1 49 2234 13 International: (+33) http://www.siemens.fr
Luxemburg
Siemens S.A. 20, Rue des Peupliers BP 1701 1017 Luxembourg Tel: 4 38 434 38 Fax: 4 38 434 49 International: (+352) http://www.siemens.lu E-mail: ep@siemens.lu heinz.scholtes@siemens.lu
Sweden
Siemens AB Johanneslundsvgen 1214 19487 Upplands Vsby Tel: (08) 7 2810 00 Fax: (08) 7 2810 82 International: (+46 8) http://www.siemens.se E-mail: industriteknik@sab.siemens.se
Germany
Siemens AG A&D CD Werner-von-Siemens-Str. 50 91052 Erlangen P.O. Box 32 40 91050 Erlangen http://siemens.de/automation
Slovakia
Siemens s.r.o. Stromova 9 83796 Bratislava Tel: (02) 59 6824 40 Fax: (02) 59 6852 40 International: (+421 2) http://www.siemens.sk E-mail: sirius@siemens.sk
Malta
J.R.D. Systems Ltd. Miral Works, Cannon Road Hamrun HMR 07 Tel: 48 49 37 Fax: 48 54 81 International: (+356)
Belarus
Reprsentanz der Siemens AG ul. Y. Kupaly, 25, office 304 220030 Minsk Tel: (17) 2 10 03 96 Fax: (17) 2 10 03 95 International: (+375 17) E-mail: alexander.goebecke @siemens.com.by
Greece
Siemens A.E. P.O.B. 61011 15110 Amaroussio/Athens Artemidos 8 Tel: (01) 68 645 72 Fax: (01) 68 645 62 International: (+30 1)
Netherlands
Siemens Nederland N.V. Prinses Beatrixlaan 26 Postbus 16068 2500 BB Den Haag Tel: (070) 3 3332 55 Fax: (070) 3 3334 14 International: (+31 70) E-mail: docu.vip@siemens.nl http://www.siemens.nl
Slovenia
Siemens d.o.o. Dunajska 22 1511 Ljubljana Tel: (01) 17 461 20 Fax: (01) 17 461 38 International: (+386 1) http://www.siemens.si E-mail: a&d@siemens.si
Belgium
Siemens S.A. Chausse de Charleroi 116 1060 Bruxelles Tel: (02) 5 3621 72 Fax: (02) 5 3680 60 International: (+32 2) http://www.siemens.be
Hungary
Siemens Rt. Gizella t 51-57 1143 Budapest Tel: (1) 4 7117 35 Fax: (1) 4 7117 62 International: (+36 1) http://www.siemens.hu E-mail: erzsebet.leikep@siemens.hu
Norway
Siemens A/S Produktseksjon Ostre Aker vei 90 (Postboks 10 Veitvet) 0518 Oslo 5 Tel: 22 6330 00 Fax: 22 6331 05 International: (+47) http://www.siemens.no Email: adinfo@siemens.no
Spain
Siemens S.A. Ronda de Europa, 5 28760 Tres Cantos (Madrid) Tel: (91) 51480 00 Fax: (91) 51470 29 International: (+34 91) http://www.siemens.es
Bosnia-Hercegovina
Siemens d.o.o. Hamdije Cemerlica 2 71000 Sarajevo Tel: (0 33) 27 66 41 Fax: (0 33) 23 12 79 International: (+387 33)
Iceland
Smith & Norland H/F P.O. Box 519, Noatuni 4 105 Reykjavik Tel: 5 20 30 00 Fax: 5 20 30 11 International: (+354) http://www.sminor.is E-mail: sminor@sminor.is
Switzerland
Siemens Schweiz AG Automation & Drives 8047 Zrich Tel: (0) 848/822 844 Fax: (0) 848/822 855 International: (+41 1) http://www.siemens.ch E-mail: Bestell.automation@siemens.ch
Bulgaria
Siemens AG Vertretung in Bulgarien Blvd. Dragan Zankov 36 1113 Sofia Tel: (02) 9 7128 40 Fax: (02) 9 7132 14 International: (+359 2)
Poland
Siemens Sp.z o.o. A&D CD ul. Zupnicza 11 03821 Warszawa Tel: (022) 8 7091 15 Fax: (022) 8 7090 28 International: (+48 22) http://www.siemens.pl
Ireland (Eire)
Siemens Ltd. 8 Slaney Road Glasnevin Dublin 11 Tel: (01) 2 16 24 44 Fax: (01) 2 16 24 99 International: (+353 1) http://www.siemens.ie E-mail: industry@siemens.ie
Croatia
Siemens d.d. Heinzelova 70a 10000 Zagreb Tel: (01) 61 053 36 Fax: (01) 60 406 19 International: (+385 1) http://www.siemens.hr E-mail: mladen.kvez@siemens.hr
Turkey
Siemens san.ue Tic. A.S. Yakacik Yolu No. 111 81430 Kartal/Istanbul Tel: (02 16) 4 5931 82 Fax: (02 16) 4 5930 71 International: (+90 216) http://www.siemens.com.tr
Portugal
Siemens S.A. Rua Irmaos Siemens, 1 2700 Amadora Tel: (21) 41 786 48 Fax: (21) 41 780 50 International: (+351 21) http://www.siemens.pt E-mail: anabela.maria.correia @lis1.siemens.pt
Italy
Siemens S.p.A. Via Piero & Alberto Pirelli, 10 20126 Milano Tel: (02) 66 7620 00 Fax: (02) 66 7621 00 International: (+39 02) http://www.siemens.it E-mail: antonella.ceresa@siemens.it
Ukraine
Reprsentanz der Siemens AG ul. Predslawinskaja, 11 03150 Kiev 150 Tel: (44) 2 01 24 64 Fax: (44) 2 01 24 66 International: (+380 44) E-mail: wolodymyr.poltavez @iev.siemens.com.ua
Czech Republic
Siemens s.r.o. Evropsk 33a 16041 Praha 6 Tel: (02) 33 0311 11 Fax: (02) 33 0324 98 International: (+420 2) http://www.siemens.cz E-mail: prodej.A&DCD@rg.siemens.cz
Romania
Siemens SRL Calea Plevnei No. 139 Sector 6 77131 Bucuresti Tel: (01) 20 274 71 Fax: (01) 20 274 62 International: (+40 1)
Latvia
Siemens SIA Vilandes iela 3 1010 Riga Tel: 7 01 55 18 Fax: 7 01 55 01 International: (+371)
United Kingdom
Siemens plc Sir William Siemens House Princess Road Manchester M20 2UR Tel: (01 61) 4 4653 08 Fax: (01 61) 4 4653 52 International: (+44 161) http://www.siemens.co.uk
Denmark
Siemens A/S Borupvang 3 2750 Ballerup Tel: 44 7742 14 Fax: 44 7753 38 International: (+45) http://www.siemens.dk E-mail: jok@siemens.dk
Russia
Siemens Malaja Kaluzhskaja, 17 117071 Moscow Tel: (0 95) 7 3724 61 Fax: (0 95) 7 3723 98 International: (+7 095) http://www.siemens.ru E-mail: Maxim.Bogatyrenko @mow.siemens.ru Siemens Naberejnaia r. Moika, Business Centr North Capital 191186 St. Petersburg Tel: (8 12) 3 25 65 60 Fax: (8 12) 3 15 36 21 International: (+7 812) http://www.siemens.ru/ad/cd E-mail: Alexander.Tchistjakov @mow.siemens.ru
Lithuania
UAB Siemens V. Kudirkos 6 2009 Vilnius Tel: (2) 39 15 19 Fax: (2) 39 15 01 International: (+370 2) http://www.siemens.lt
Yugoslavia
Siemens d.o.o. Knez Mihailova 30 11000 Beograd Tel: (011) 63 04 89 Fax: (011) 63 00 50 International: (+381 11) http://www.siemens.co.yu
Finland
Siemens Oy Majurinkatu 6, Perkkaa PL 60 02601 Espoo Tel: (0 10) 5 1151 51 Fax: (0 10) 5 1134 74 International: (+3 58 10) http://www.siemens.fi
8/10
Siemens NS BERO 2001
Appendix
America Argentina
http://www.siemens.com.ar San Martin Siemens S.A. Planta Ruta 8 Calle 122 (ex Gral. Roca) 4785 Rute 8, km 18 Casilla de Correo 32 (B1653JXA) SAN MARTIN Prov. de Buenos Aires Tel: (+54) (11) 4738-7172 Fax: (+54) (11) 4738-7171 E-mail: pe@siemens.com.ar Baha Blanca Buenos Aires Comodoro Rivadavia Crdoba Mendoza Mar del Plata Neuqun Paran Posadas Resistencia Rio Cuarto Rosario Salta San Luis San Miguel de Tucumn
Chile
http://www.siemens.cl Santiago de Chile Siemens S.A. Av. Holanda 64 - Providencia CP 6650265 SANTIAGO DE CHILE Tel: (+56) (2) 36 14-207 / 304 Fax: (+56) (2) 36 14-200 / 293 E-mail: pei@siemens.cl
Mexico
http://www.siemens.com.mx Mxico, D.F. Siemens S.A. de C.V. Poniente 116, No. 590 Colonia Industrial Vallejo 02300 MEXICO, D.F Tel: (+52) (5) 3 28-20 00 Fax: (+52) (5) 3 28-21 92 / 93 Aguascalientes Chihuahua Culiacan Gmez Palacio Guadalajara Hermosillo Leon Mrida Monterrey Puebla Queretaro Tijuana Veracruz
Columbia
Santa F de Bogot Siemens S.A. Carrera 65, No. 11-83 SANTA F DE BOGOT, D.C. Tel: (+57) (1) 2 94-24 40 Fax: (+57) (1) 2 94-22 54 Fabrica de A&D Tel: (+57) (1) 2 94-24 53 Fax: (+57) (1) 2 94-22 54 Barranquilla Cali-Occidente Medelln
Nicaraqua
Managua Siemens S.A. Carretera Norte, km 6 MANAGUA Tel: (+505) 2 49-11 11 Fax: (+505) 2 49-18 49
Costa Rica
San Jos Siemens S.A. La Uruca Apartado 10022-1000 SAN JOS Tel: (+506) 2 87-50 11 Fax: (+506) 2 33-54 22
Bolivia
La Paz Sociedad Comercial Industrial HANSA Ltda. Calle Yanacocha Esq. Mercado 1004 Casilla de Correo 10800 LA PAZ Tel: (+5 91) (2) 41 88 89 Fax: (+5 91) (8) 11 22 82 E-mail: hansa@hansa.com
Panama
Panama City Siemens S.A. Centro Comercial San Francisco Plaza CIUDAD DE PANAM Tel.: (+507) 2 65-42-80 Fax.:(+507) 2 65-42-81
Curaao
Willemstad SANTRACO N. V. Scherpenheuvel 2 WILLEMSTAD Tel: (+599) (9) 7 67-44 22 Fax: (+599) (9) 7 67-44 24
Paraguay
Asuncin Rieder & Cia. S.A.C.I. Calle Mal. Lpez 1039/1047 - Artigas Casilla de Correo 586 ASUNCIN Tel: (+595) (21) 21 41 14 Fax: (+595) (21) 21 20 21
Brazil
Sao Paulo Siemens Ltda. Fbrica Lapa Rua Coronel Bento Bicudo 111 05069-900 SO PAULO - SP CAS - Central de Atendimento Siemens 0800 119484 Tel: (+55) (11) 39 08-22 11 Fax: (+55) (11) 39 08-26 31 E-mail: atendimento@siemens.com.br Belo Horizonte - MG Braslia - DF Campinas - SP Curitiba - PR Florianpolis - SC Fortaleza - CE Jundia - SP Manaus - AM Porto Alegre - RS Recife - PE Ribeiro Prto - SP Rio de Janeiro - RJ Salvador - BA Salto - SP So Bernardo do Campo - SP
Ecuador
Guayaquil OTESA S.A. Av. Carlos Julio Arosemena, km 1 GUAYAQUIL Tel: (+593) (4) 22 01-4 00 Fax: (+593) (4) 22 00-6 53 Quito Siemens S. A. Calle Manuel Zambrano y Av. Panamericana Norte km 2,5 QUITO Tel: (+593) (2) 22 63-452 Fax: (+593) (2) 24 46-609
Peru
Lima Siemens S.A.C. Av. Prolongacin Primavera 654 Chatarrilla-Surco - LIMA Tel: (+51) (1) 3 72-04 77 Fax: (+51) (1) 3 72-11 83 Siemsa Av. Repblica de Panama 3972 / 78 Surguillo - LIMA Tel: (+51) (1) 2 21-31 44 Fax: (+51) (1) 4 41-40 47
El Salvador
San Salvador Siemens S.A. Calle Siemens No. 43 Antiguo Cuscatln Parque Industrial Santa Elena SAN SALVADOR Tel: (+503) 2 78-33 33 Fax: (+503) 2 78-02 33
Edison, NJ El Paso, TX Englewood, CO Evansville, IN Falmouth, ME Fargo, ND Ft Washington, PA Ft. Collins, CO Ft. Myers, FL Ft. Wayne, IN Grand Prairie, TX Greensboro, NC Greenville, SC Grimes, IA Houston, TX Independence, OH Indianapolis, IN Jackson, MA Jacksonvile, FL Johnson City, TN Joplin, MO Kirkland, WA Knoxville, TN Lake Oswego, OR Landover, MD LaPlace, LA Las Vegas, NV Little Rock, AR Louisville, KY Macon, GA Maumee, OH Mayfield, KY Memphis, TN Miami, FL Midvale, UT Milton, WA Milwaukee, WI Minnetonka, MN Montgomery, AL Nashville, TN Newburgh, IN Norcross, GA Oklahoma City, OK Omaha, NE Orlando, FL Overland Park, KS Phoenix, AZ Pittsburgh, PA Pleasanton, CA Raleigh, NC Richmond, VA Roanoke, VA Rochester, NY San Antonio, TX San Diego, CA Savannah, GA Schaumburg, IL Shreveport, LA South Bend, IN Spokane, WA St. Louis, MO Tallahassee, FL Tampa, FL Tucson, AZ Tulsa, OK Virginia Beach, VA Wallingford, CT Wichita, KS Wyoming, MI York, PA
United States
http://www.sea.siemens.com/controls Batavia Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. Industrial Controls Business 1000 McKee Street BATAVIA, IL 60510-1663 Tel: (+1) (8 00) 7 82-30 41 Fax: (+1) (6 30) 8 79-08 67 Albuquerque, NM Amherst, NY Andover, MA Asheville, NC Auburn Hills, MI Austin, TX Birmingham, AL Bismark, ND Chamblee, GA Charlotte, NC Chattanooga, TN Cincinnati, OH Colorado Springs, CO Columbus, OH Corpus Christi, TX Cypress, CA Daphne, Al Dayton, OH Deerfield Beach, FL DePere, WI Durant, IA East Syracuse, NJ
Uruguay
Montevideo Conatel S.A. Ejido 1690 Casilla de Correo 1371 11200 MONTEVIDEO Tel: (+598) (2) 9 02-03 14 Fax: (+598) (2) 9 02-34 19
Canada
http://www.siemens.ca Mississauga Siemens Canada Ltd. 2185 Derry Road West MISSISSAUGA, L5N 7A6 Ontario, Canada Tel: (+1) (9 05) 8 19-58 00 Fax: (+1) (9 05) 8 19-57 19 Brampton Burlington Burnaby Calgary Dartmouth Drummondville Edmonton Hamilton Kirkland Lake Moncton Mount Pearl Ottawa Pointe Claire Sudbury Vanier Winnipeg
Guatemala
Cludad de Guatemala Siemens Electrotcnica S.A. 2a. Calle 6-76, Zona 10 01010 CIUDAD DE GUATEMALA Tel: (+502) 3 60-70 80 Fax: (+502) 3 34-36 70 / 69
Venezuela
Caracas Siemens S.A. Av. Don Diego Cisneros Urbanizacin Los Ruices Apartato 3616 CARACAS Tel: (+58) (2) 2 03 82 16 Fax: (+58) (2) 2 03 89 12 Valencia Siemens S.A. Avenida Norte Sur Zona Industrial Municipal Norte VALENCIA - EDO Carabobo Tel: (+58) (41) 334-211 / 212 Fax: (+58) (41) 334-210 / 518
Honduras
Tegucigalpa Siemens S.A. Colonia Queseda Calle la Salud contiguo Shell Miramontes Edificio Siemens (1098) TEGUCIGALPA, MDC Tel: (+504) 2 32-40 62 Fax: (+504) 2 32-41 11 San Pedro Sula
8/11
Appendix
Africa Algeria
Hydra Siemens Algrie S.A.R.L 5, Rue Md. Saadi Suag DZ-16035 HYDRA Tel: (+213) (2) 6 07-2 07 Fax: (+213) (2) 6 06-5 98
Kenya
Nairobi International Energy Technik Ltd. Unit 14, Alpha Centre Mombasa Road NAIROBI Tel: (+254) (2) 35 10 82 Fax: (+254) (2) 35 04 69
South Africa
Cape Town Siemens Ltd. Siemens House 80, Roeland Street CAPE TOWN 8001 Tel: (+27) (21) 4 01-12 50 Fax: (+27) (21) 4 01-12 96 Centurion Halfway House Siemens Ltd. Siemens Park 300 Janadel Avenue Halfway House MIDRAND 1685 Tel: (+27) (11) 6 52-36 34 Fax: (+27) (11) 6 52-36 91 Isando Pinetown Siemens Ltd. Branch Office Durban Kwazulu-Natal 37, Gillitts Road PINETOWN 3610 Tel: (+27) (31) 7 10-41 60 Fax: (+27) (31) 7 10-41 29 Pretoria Springs Woodmead
Asia Bahrain
Manama Transitec Gulf Unitag House, 7th floor 150, Government Avenue MANAMA Tel: (+973) 2 24-6 47 Fax: (+973) 2 24-6 48
Lesotho
Maseru Range Telecommunication Systems (Pty) Ltd Maqalika Business Centre, Ha-Mabote Main North 1 Road MASERU 100 Tel: (+266) 3 32-4 85 Fax: (+266) 3 17-1 42
Angola
Luanda Escritrio de Representaao da Siemens em Angola Edificio BPC, 14 Andar Rua Dr. Alfredo Trni LUANDA Tel: (+244) (2) 3 38-4 01 Fax: (+244) (2) 3 93-6 99
Bangladesh
Dhaka Siemens Bangladesh Ltd. Jiban Bima Tower (12th floor) 10 Dilkusha Commercial Area DHAKA 1000 Tel: (+880) (2) 9 56 37 34 Fax: (+880) (2) 9 56 37 40 Khulna
Libya
Tripoli Siemens A.G. Branch Libya Zat el Imad Building Tower No. 5, Floor No. 9 P.O.B. 91531 TRIPOLI Tel: (+218) (21) 3 35-02 31 Fax: (+218) (21) 3 35-02 35
Botswana
Gabarone Siemens (Pty) Ltd. Gabarone International Commerce Park Plot 39 - Unit 3 Kgale View Industrial Site GABARONE Tel: (+267) 3 02-6 82 Fax: (+267) 3 02-6 81 Iwaneng
Brunei
Bandar Seri Begawan
China
Peking Siemens Ltd. China Beijing Office Chaoyang District 7, Wangjing Zhonghuan Nanlu BEIJING 100015 Tel: (+86) (10) 64 72 18 88 Fax: (+86) (10) 64 72 14 94 Hong Kong Siemens Ltd. 58th Floor, Central Plaza 18 Harbour Road WANCHAI (HONG KONG) Tel: (+852) 25 83-33 85 Fax: (+852) 28 24-91 96 Changchun Chengdu Chongqing Dalian Fuzhou Guangzhou Hangzhou Harbin Jinan Kunning Nanjing Qingdao Shanghai Shenyang Shenzhen Wuhan Xiamen Xian
Malawi
Blantyre Ecolectric Limited Chikwana Road, near Monymen Club P.O.B. 574 BLANTYRE Tel: (+265) 6 24-4 71 Fax: (+265) 6 33-4 96
Cte dIvoire
Abidjan Siemens S.A.R.L. Succursale Immeuble Le Mans Boulevard Botreau Roussel ABIDJAN 08 Tel: (+225) 21 50 17 Fax: (+225) 21 27 44
Sudan
Khartoum National Electrical & Commercial Company Babiker Badri Street, Building No. 5 P.O.B. 1202 KHARTOUM Tel: (+249) (11) 7 80-8 18 Fax: (+249) (11) 7 70-0 42
Mauritius
Port Louis Ireland Blyth Limited P.O.B. 540 Chaussee Street PORT LOUIS Tel: (+230) 2 11-19 61 Fax: (+230) 2 11-19 60
Egypt
Cairo-Mohandessin Siemens Ltd. 55, El Nakheel & El Anab St. CAIRO-MOHANDESSIN Tel: (+20) (2) 3 33-36 29 Fax: (+20) (2) 3 31-31 50 Cairo-Zamalek Smouha Alexandria
Swasiland
Matsapa Siemens (Pty) Ltd. Industrial Site Plot 245A, King Mswati III Avenue MATSAPA Tel: (+268) 5 18-44 62 Fax: (+268) 5 18-44 63
Morocco
Casablanca Siemens S.A. Immeuble Siemens km 1, route de Rabat, An-Seba 20250 CASABLANCA Tel: (+212) (2) 3 51-0 25 Fax: (+212) (2) 3 40-1 51
Tansania
Dar-es-Salaam Siemens Ltd. 3 rd Floor, GAK Patel Building Plot 2071/2 DAR-ES-SALAAM Tel: (+255) (51) 1 14-0 73 Fax: (+255) (51) 1 18-2 88
Eritrea
Asmara DM Electrical Engineering P.L.C P.O. Box 5783, Kehawta Road 22 ASMARA Tel: (+291) (1) 18 48 16 Fax: (+291) (1) 12 76 50
Mosambik
Maputo Siemens Limitada Avenida 24 de Julho, 652 MAPUTO Tel: (+258) (1) 3 10-4 18 Fax: (+258) (1) 3 10-4 24
Ethiopia
Addis Ababa Siemens (Pvt.) Ltd. Endalkachev Building 1st Floor Higher 21, Kebele 05, Office No. 05-108-05 ADDIS ABABA Tel: (+251) (1) 5 11-5 99 Fax: (+251) (1) 5 11-9 99
Tunisia
Tunis Siemens S.A. Bureau de Liaison Tunis Les Berges du Lac Rue du Lac Leman TN 2045 TUNIS Tel: (+216) (1) 86 18 55 Fax: (+216) (1) 86 09 66
India
Thane Siemens Ltd. Standart Product Division Thane Belapur Road THANE-400 601 Maharastra Tel: (+91) (22) 7 60 00 77 Fax: (+91) (22) 7 60 00 76 Ahmedabad Bangalore Calcutta Chandigarh Chennai Coimbatore Gurgaon Kaloor Mumbal Nashik Navi Mumbal New Delhi Pune Secunderabad Vadorara
Namibia
Windhoek Siemens (Pty) Ltd. 9, Albert Wessels Street Northern Idustrial Area P.O.B. 23125 WINDHOEK 9000 Tel: (+264) (61) 2 17-7 20 Fax: (+264) (61) 2 18-4 20
Zambia
Kitwe Siemens Ltd. No. 1 Pamo Avenue Cnr Pamo & Independence Avenue KITWE Tel: (+260) (2) 2 29-1 10 Fax: (+260) (2) 2 29-1 16 Lusaka
Ghana
Accra IMPROMEX ACCRA P.O. B. 9770, K.I.A. ACCRA Tel: (+233) (21) 224 168 Fax: (+233) (21) 224 168
Nigeria
Lagos Siemens Limited Siemens House 98/100 Oshodi/Apapa Expressway, Isolo LAGOS Tel: (+234) (1) 4 52-30 10 Fax: (+234) (1) 4 52-22 59 Abuja Kaduna
Guinea
Lausanne Andre & Cie. S.A. 7, Chemin Messidor CH-1002 LAUSANNE Tel: (+41) (21) 3 18-21 11* Fax: (+41) (21) 3 18-24 29* * ber Schweiz
Zimbabwe
Harare Siemens (Pvt) Ltd. 5 Premium Close Mount Pleasant Business Park HARARE Tel: (+263) (4) 3 69-4 24 Fax: (+263) (4) 3 69-4 40 Alexandra Park
8/12
Appendix
Indonesia
Jakarta P.T. Siemens Indonesia Jalan Jend. A. Yani 68, Pulo Mas JAKARTA 13210 Tel: (+62) (21) 4 72-94 32 Fax: (+62) (21) 4 72-94 36 Batam Cilegon Surabaya
Kuwait
Hawalli National & German Electrical & Electronic Services Company (NGEECO) P.O.B. 6612 32041 HAWALLI Tel: (+965) 4 81-87 37 Fax: (+965) 4 83-01 56
Philippines
Makati City Siemens Inc. Automation & Drives 10th Floor-B Salcedo Tower 169 H.V. De la Costa Street, Salcedo Village 1227 MAKATI CITY Tel: (+63) (2) 8 14-98 82 Fax: (+63) (2) 8 14-96 03 Cebu Davao City Pasig City
Thailand
Bangkok Siemens Ltd. Automation & Drives 31th Floor, Charn Issara Tower II 2922 New Petchburi Road, Bangkapi, Huaykwon BANGKOK 10320 Tel: (+66) (2) 716 48 40 Fax: (+66) (2) 716 48 41 Rayong
Lebanon
Beirut Ets. F. A. Kettaneh S.A. (Kettaneh Frres) B.P. 110-242 BEYROUTH Tel: (+961) (1) 2 55-8 60-9 Fax: (+961) (1) 2 59-5 31
Iran
Teheran Siemens Sherkate Sahami Khass (S.S.K.) Ave. Ayatollah Taleghani 32 Siemenshouse TEHERAN 15914 Tel: (+98) (21) 6 46 23 43 Fax: (+98) (21) 6 40-23 89
United Arab Emirats

Abu Dhabi Electro Mechanical Establishment P.O. Box 732 ABU DHABI Tel: (+971) (2) 6 27-21 64 Fax: (+971) (2) 6 26-98 71 Dubai Scientechnic P.O.B. 325 DUBAI Tel: (+971) (4) 26 66-0 00 ext. 209 Fax: (+971) (4) 26 66-1 76
Qatar
Doha Trags Electrical Engineering & Air Conditioning Co 1st floor, Jaidah Towers Building P.O.B. 470 DOHA Tel: (+974) 4 14-2 11 Fax: (+974) 4 13-3 06
Malaysla
http://www.siemens.com.my Petaling Jaya Siemens Malaysia Sdn Bhd Automation & Drives Division CP Tower 11 Section 16/11 Jalan Damansara 46050 PETALING JAYA Selangor Darul Ehsan Tel: (+60) (3) 7 51-37 97 Fax: (+60) (3) 7 55-22 82 Kajang Kuala Lumpur
Israel
Tel Aviv NISKO ARDAN GROUP Import Electricity & Electronics Ltd. 2a, Habarzel Street 4th floor TEL AVIV 69710 Tel: (+972) (3) 7 65-72 33 Fax: (+972) (3) 7 65-71 33 Herzeliya Holon Ramat Hakhaiyal
Saudi Arabia
Jeddah Siemens Ltd. Head Office P.O. Box 4621 JEDDAH 21412 Tel: (+966) (2) 6 61-44 44 ext. 2013 Fax: (+966) (2) 6 65-84 90 Al Khobar Riyadh
Vietnam
Ho Chi Minh City Siemens AG Representation Vietnam Branch Office The Landmark Building, 2nd Floor 5b Ton Duc Thang Street, District 1 HO CHI MINH CITY Tel: (+84) (8) 82 5-19 00 Fax: (+84) (8) 82 5-15 80 Hanoi
Japan
Tokyo Yaskawa Siemens Automation & Drives Corp. Controls & Distribution Div. TFT Bldg. West 9F 3-1 Ariake Koto-ku, TOKYO 135-8072 Tel: (+81) (3) 35 70-30 25 Fax: (+81) (3) 35 70-30 62 Aden
Myanmar
Yangon Siemens Ltd. Automation & Drives 71(A), Min Ye Kyaw Zwar Road Ahlone Township Yangon Tel: (+95) (1) 22 27 78-7 79 Fax: (+95) (1) 22 72 56
Singapore
Singapore Siemens Advanced Engineering Pte Ltd, Automation & Drives 2, Kallang Sector SINGAPORE 349277 Tel: (+65) 7 40-72 25 Fax: (+65) 7 40-78 00
Yemen
Sanaa Tihama Tractors & Engineering Co. Ltd. 17, Ali Abdul Mogni Street SANAA Tel: (+967) (1) 2 73-0 44 Fax: (+967) (1) 2 74-1 19
Nepal
Kathmandu
Jordan
Amman F. A. Kettaneh & Co. Ltd. King Hussein Street AMMAN 11 11 8 Tel: (+962) (6) 4 39-71 73 Fax: (+962) (6) 4 39-25 82 Jordan Branch Shmeisani
Sri Lanka
Colombo
Oman
Muscat Waleed Associates P.O.B. 437 113 MUSCAT Tel: (+968) 7 38-1 01 Fax: (+968) 7 39-9 30 Ruwi
Syria
Aleppo Aroyan & Khatchadourian Sheikh Taha Street Box 3537 ALEPPO Tel: (+963) (21) 4 65 65 58 Fax: (+963) (21) 4 65 65 58
Australasia Australia / New Zealand

http://www.siemens.com.au http://www.siemens.com.nz Bayswater Siemens Ltd. Head Office Melbourne 885 Mountain Highway BAYSWATER VIC 3153 Tel: (+61) (3) 97 21-73 95 Fax: (+61) (3) 97 20-83 95 Adelaide Brisbane Gladesville Melbourne Milton Pennant Hills Perth Silverwater St. Leonards Sydney
Kasachstan
Almaty Siemens Representation Kasachstan Zharokova Str. 20 480008 Almaty Tel: (+7) (32 72) 50 92 68 Fax: (+7) (32 72) 50 92 79
Pakistan
Karachi Siemens Pakistan Engineering Co.Ltd. Standard Products B-72, Estate Avenue, S.I.T.E. P.O. Box 7158 KARACHI 75700 Tel: (+92) (21) 2 57 49 10-19 Fax: (+92) (21) 2 56 35 63 Faisalabad lslamabad Lahore Pashawar Quetta
Taiwan
Taipei Siemens Ltd. Automation & Drives 19th Floor, Section 2 333, Tun Hwa South Road TAIPEI 106 Tel: (+886) (2) 23 76-18 57 Fax: (+886) (2) 23 78-89 59 Kaoshiung Taichung Taoyuan Hsien
Korea (Republic)
Seoul Siemens Ltd. Automation & Drives Div. 12th Floor, P.M.K. Bldg 746, Yeoksam-dong Kangnam-gu SEOUL 135-080 Tel: (+82) (2) 34 20 47 20 Fax: (+82) (2) 34 20 48 19 Changwon Kyungki-Do Taegu City
8/13
Appendix
France Europe Austria
Siemens AG sterreich Siemensstr. 92 1211 Wien Tel: (0) 5 17 072 29 86 Fax: (0) 5 17 075 25 81 International: (+43) http://www.siemens.at/ad/cd E-mail: helmut.jambor@siemens.at Siemens S.A.S. 3947 boulevard Ornano 93527 Saint-Denis Cedex 2 Tel: 1 49 2231 00 Fax: 1 49 2234 13 International: (+33) http://www.siemens.fr
Luxemburg
Siemens S.A. 20, Rue des Peupliers BP 1701 1017 Luxembourg Tel: 4 38 434 38 Fax: 4 38 434 49 International: (+352) http://www.siemens.lu E-mail: ep@siemens.lu heinz.scholtes@siemens.lu
Sweden
Siemens AB Johanneslundsvgen 1214 19487 Upplands Vsby Tel: (08) 7 2810 00 Fax: (08) 7 2810 82 International: (+46 8) http://www.siemens.se E-mail: industriteknik@sab.siemens.se
Germany
Siemens AG A&D CD Werner-von-Siemens-Str. 50 91052 Erlangen P.O. Box 32 40 91050 Erlangen http://siemens.de/automation
Slovakia
Siemens s.r.o. Stromova 9 83796 Bratislava Tel: (02) 59 6824 40 Fax: (02) 59 6852 40 International: (+421 2) http://www.siemens.sk E-mail: sirius@siemens.sk
Malta
J.R.D. Systems Ltd. Miral Works, Cannon Road Hamrun HMR 07 Tel: 48 49 37 Fax: 48 54 81 International: (+356)
Belarus
Reprsentanz der Siemens AG ul. Y. Kupaly, 25, office 304 220030 Minsk Tel: (17) 2 10 03 96 Fax: (17) 2 10 03 95 International: (+375 17) E-mail: alexander.goebecke @siemens.com.by
Greece
Siemens A.E. P.O.B. 61011 15110 Amaroussio/Athens Artemidos 8 Tel: (01) 68 645 72 Fax: (01) 68 645 62 International: (+30 1)
Netherlands
Siemens Nederland N.V. Prinses Beatrixlaan 26 Postbus 16068 2500 BB Den Haag Tel: (070) 3 3332 55 Fax: (070) 3 3334 14 International: (+31 70) E-mail: docu.vip@siemens.nl http://www.siemens.nl
Slovenia
Siemens d.o.o. Dunajska 22 1511 Ljubljana Tel: (01) 17 461 20 Fax: (01) 17 461 38 International: (+386 1) http://www.siemens.si E-mail: a&d@siemens.si
Belgium
Siemens S.A. Chausse de Charleroi 116 1060 Bruxelles Tel: (02) 5 3621 72 Fax: (02) 5 3680 60 International: (+32 2) http://www.siemens.be
Hungary
Siemens Rt. Gizella t 51-57 1143 Budapest Tel: (1) 4 7117 35 Fax: (1) 4 7117 62 International: (+36 1) http://www.siemens.hu E-mail: erzsebet.leikep@siemens.hu
Norway
Siemens A/S Produktseksjon Ostre Aker vei 90 (Postboks 10 Veitvet) 0518 Oslo 5 Tel: 22 6330 00 Fax: 22 6331 05 International: (+47) http://www.siemens.no Email: adinfo@siemens.no
Spain
Siemens S.A. Ronda de Europa, 5 28760 Tres Cantos (Madrid) Tel: (91) 51480 00 Fax: (91) 51470 29 International: (+34 91) http://www.siemens.es
Bosnia-Hercegovina
Siemens d.o.o. Hamdije Cemerlica 2 71000 Sarajevo Tel: (0 33) 27 66 41 Fax: (0 33) 23 12 79 International: (+387 33)
Iceland
Smith & Norland H/F P.O. Box 519, Noatuni 4 105 Reykjavik Tel: 5 20 30 00 Fax: 5 20 30 11 International: (+354) http://www.sminor.is E-mail: sminor@sminor.is
Switzerland
Siemens Schweiz AG Automation & Drives 8047 Zrich Tel: (0) 848/822 844 Fax: (0) 848/822 855 International: (+41 1) http://www.siemens.ch E-mail: Bestell.automation@siemens.ch
Bulgaria
Siemens AG Vertretung in Bulgarien Blvd. Dragan Zankov 36 1113 Sofia Tel: (02) 9 7128 40 Fax: (02) 9 7132 14 International: (+359 2)
Poland
Siemens Sp.z o.o. A&D CD ul. Zupnicza 11 03821 Warszawa Tel: (022) 8 7091 15 Fax: (022) 8 7090 28 International: (+48 22) http://www.siemens.pl
Ireland (Eire)
Siemens Ltd. 8 Slaney Road Glasnevin Dublin 11 Tel: (01) 2 16 24 44 Fax: (01) 2 16 24 99 International: (+353 1) http://www.siemens.ie E-mail: industry@siemens.ie
Croatia
Siemens d.d. Heinzelova 70a 10000 Zagreb Tel: (01) 61 053 36 Fax: (01) 60 406 19 International: (+385 1) http://www.siemens.hr E-mail: mladen.kvez@siemens.hr
Turkey
Siemens san.ue Tic. A.S. Yakacik Yolu No. 111 81430 Kartal/Istanbul Tel: (02 16) 4 5931 82 Fax: (02 16) 4 5930 71 International: (+90 216) http://www.siemens.com.tr
Portugal
Siemens S.A. Rua Irmaos Siemens, 1 2700 Amadora Tel: (21) 41 786 48 Fax: (21) 41 780 50 International: (+351 21) http://www.siemens.pt E-mail: anabela.maria.correia @lis1.siemens.pt
Italy
Siemens S.p.A. Via Piero & Alberto Pirelli, 10 20126 Milano Tel: (02) 66 7620 00 Fax: (02) 66 7621 00 International: (+39 02) http://www.siemens.it E-mail: antonella.ceresa@siemens.it
Ukraine
Reprsentanz der Siemens AG ul. Predslawinskaja, 11 03150 Kiev 150 Tel: (44) 2 01 24 64 Fax: (44) 2 01 24 66 International: (+380 44) E-mail: wolodymyr.poltavez @iev.siemens.com.ua
Czech Republic
Siemens s.r.o. Evropsk 33a 16041 Praha 6 Tel: (02) 33 0311 11 Fax: (02) 33 0324 98 International: (+420 2) http://www.siemens.cz E-mail: prodej.A&DCD@rg.siemens.cz
Romania
Siemens SRL Calea Plevnei No. 139 Sector 6 77131 Bucuresti Tel: (01) 20 274 71 Fax: (01) 20 274 62 International: (+40 1)
Latvia
Siemens SIA Vilandes iela 3 1010 Riga Tel: 7 01 55 18 Fax: 7 01 55 01 International: (+371)
United Kingdom
Siemens plc Sir William Siemens House Princess Road Manchester M20 2UR Tel: (01 61) 4 4653 08 Fax: (01 61) 4 4653 52 International: (+44 161) http://www.siemens.co.uk
Denmark
Siemens A/S Borupvang 3 2750 Ballerup Tel: 44 7742 14 Fax: 44 7753 38 International: (+45) http://www.siemens.dk E-mail: jok@siemens.dk
Russia
Siemens Malaja Kaluzhskaja, 17 117071 Moscow Tel: (0 95) 7 3724 61 Fax: (0 95) 7 3723 98 International: (+7 095) http://www.siemens.ru E-mail: Maxim.Bogatyrenko @mow.siemens.ru Siemens Naberejnaia r. Moika, Business Centr North Capital 191186 St. Petersburg Tel: (8 12) 3 25 65 60 Fax: (8 12) 3 15 36 21 International: (+7 812) http://www.siemens.ru/ad/cd E-mail: Alexander.Tchistjakov @mow.siemens.ru
Lithuania
UAB Siemens V. Kudirkos 6 2009 Vilnius Tel: (2) 39 15 19 Fax: (2) 39 15 01 International: (+370 2) http://www.siemens.lt
Yugoslavia
Siemens d.o.o. Knez Mihailova 30 11000 Beograd Tel: (011) 63 04 89 Fax: (011) 63 00 50 International: (+381 11) http://www.siemens.co.yu
Finland
Siemens Oy Majurinkatu 6, Perkkaa PL 60 02601 Espoo Tel: (0 10) 5 1151 51 Fax: (0 10) 5 1134 74 International: (+3 58 10) http://www.siemens.fi
8/10
Appendix
America Argentina
http://www.siemens.com.ar San Martin Siemens S.A. Planta Ruta 8 Calle 122 (ex Gral. Roca) 4785 Rute 8, km 18 Casilla de Correo 32 (B1653JXA) SAN MARTIN Prov. de Buenos Aires Tel: (+54) (11) 4738-7172 Fax: (+54) (11) 4738-7171 E-mail: pe@siemens.com.ar Baha Blanca Buenos Aires Comodoro Rivadavia Crdoba Mendoza Mar del Plata Neuqun Paran Posadas Resistencia Rio Cuarto Rosario Salta San Luis San Miguel de Tucumn
Chile
http://www.siemens.cl Santiago de Chile Siemens S.A. Av. Holanda 64 - Providencia CP 6650265 SANTIAGO DE CHILE Tel: (+56) (2) 36 14-207 / 304 Fax: (+56) (2) 36 14-200 / 293 E-mail: pei@siemens.cl
Mexico
http://www.siemens.com.mx Mxico, D.F. Siemens S.A. de C.V. Poniente 116, No. 590 Colonia Industrial Vallejo 02300 MEXICO, D.F Tel: (+52) (5) 3 28-20 00 Fax: (+52) (5) 3 28-21 92 / 93 Aguascalientes Chihuahua Culiacan Gmez Palacio Guadalajara Hermosillo Leon Mrida Monterrey Puebla Queretaro Tijuana Veracruz
Columbia
Santa F de Bogot Siemens S.A. Carrera 65, No. 11-83 SANTA F DE BOGOT, D.C. Tel: (+57) (1) 2 94-24 40 Fax: (+57) (1) 2 94-22 54 Fabrica de A&D Tel: (+57) (1) 2 94-24 53 Fax: (+57) (1) 2 94-22 54 Barranquilla Cali-Occidente Medelln
Nicaraqua
Managua Siemens S.A. Carretera Norte, km 6 MANAGUA Tel: (+505) 2 49-11 11 Fax: (+505) 2 49-18 49
Costa Rica
San Jos Siemens S.A. La Uruca Apartado 10022-1000 SAN JOS Tel: (+506) 2 87-50 11 Fax: (+506) 2 33-54 22
Bolivia
La Paz Sociedad Comercial Industrial HANSA Ltda. Calle Yanacocha Esq. Mercado 1004 Casilla de Correo 10800 LA PAZ Tel: (+5 91) (2) 41 88 89 Fax: (+5 91) (8) 11 22 82 E-mail: hansa@hansa.com
Panama
Panama City Siemens S.A. Centro Comercial San Francisco Plaza CIUDAD DE PANAM Tel.: (+507) 2 65-42-80 Fax.:(+507) 2 65-42-81
Curaao
Willemstad SANTRACO N. V. Scherpenheuvel 2 WILLEMSTAD Tel: (+599) (9) 7 67-44 22 Fax: (+599) (9) 7 67-44 24
Paraguay
Asuncin Rieder & Cia. S.A.C.I. Calle Mal. Lpez 1039/1047 - Artigas Casilla de Correo 586 ASUNCIN Tel: (+595) (21) 21 41 14 Fax: (+595) (21) 21 20 21
Brazil
Sao Paulo Siemens Ltda. Fbrica Lapa Rua Coronel Bento Bicudo 111 05069-900 SO PAULO - SP CAS - Central de Atendimento Siemens 0800 119484 Tel: (+55) (11) 39 08-22 11 Fax: (+55) (11) 39 08-26 31 E-mail: atendimento@siemens.com.br Belo Horizonte - MG Braslia - DF Campinas - SP Curitiba - PR Florianpolis - SC Fortaleza - CE Jundia - SP Manaus - AM Porto Alegre - RS Recife - PE Ribeiro Prto - SP Rio de Janeiro - RJ Salvador - BA Salto - SP So Bernardo do Campo - SP
Ecuador
Guayaquil OTESA S.A. Av. Carlos Julio Arosemena, km 1 GUAYAQUIL Tel: (+593) (4) 22 01-4 00 Fax: (+593) (4) 22 00-6 53 Quito Siemens S. A. Calle Manuel Zambrano y Av. Panamericana Norte km 2,5 QUITO Tel: (+593) (2) 22 63-452 Fax: (+593) (2) 24 46-609
Peru
Lima Siemens S.A.C. Av. Prolongacin Primavera 654 Chatarrilla-Surco - LIMA Tel: (+51) (1) 3 72-04 77 Fax: (+51) (1) 3 72-11 83 Siemsa Av. Repblica de Panama 3972 / 78 Surguillo - LIMA Tel: (+51) (1) 2 21-31 44 Fax: (+51) (1) 4 41-40 47
El Salvador
San Salvador Siemens S.A. Calle Siemens No. 43 Antiguo Cuscatln Parque Industrial Santa Elena SAN SALVADOR Tel: (+503) 2 78-33 33 Fax: (+503) 2 78-02 33
Edison, NJ El Paso, TX Englewood, CO Evansville, IN Falmouth, ME Fargo, ND Ft Washington, PA Ft. Collins, CO Ft. Myers, FL Ft. Wayne, IN Grand Prairie, TX Greensboro, NC Greenville, SC Grimes, IA Houston, TX Independence, OH Indianapolis, IN Jackson, MA Jacksonvile, FL Johnson City, TN Joplin, MO Kirkland, WA Knoxville, TN Lake Oswego, OR Landover, MD LaPlace, LA Las Vegas, NV Little Rock, AR Louisville, KY Macon, GA Maumee, OH Mayfield, KY Memphis, TN Miami, FL Midvale, UT Milton, WA Milwaukee, WI Minnetonka, MN Montgomery, AL Nashville, TN Newburgh, IN Norcross, GA Oklahoma City, OK Omaha, NE Orlando, FL Overland Park, KS Phoenix, AZ Pittsburgh, PA Pleasanton, CA Raleigh, NC Richmond, VA Roanoke, VA Rochester, NY San Antonio, TX San Diego, CA Savannah, GA Schaumburg, IL Shreveport, LA South Bend, IN Spokane, WA St. Louis, MO Tallahassee, FL Tampa, FL Tucson, AZ Tulsa, OK Virginia Beach, VA Wallingford, CT Wichita, KS Wyoming, MI York, PA
United States
http://www.sea.siemens.com/controls Batavia Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. Industrial Controls Business 1000 McKee Street BATAVIA, IL 60510-1663 Tel: (+1) (8 00) 7 82-30 41 Fax: (+1) (6 30) 8 79-08 67 Albuquerque, NM Amherst, NY Andover, MA Asheville, NC Auburn Hills, MI Austin, TX Birmingham, AL Bismark, ND Chamblee, GA Charlotte, NC Chattanooga, TN Cincinnati, OH Colorado Springs, CO Columbus, OH Corpus Christi, TX Cypress, CA Daphne, Al Dayton, OH Deerfield Beach, FL DePere, WI Durant, IA East Syracuse, NJ
Uruguay
Montevideo Conatel S.A. Ejido 1690 Casilla de Correo 1371 11200 MONTEVIDEO Tel: (+598) (2) 9 02-03 14 Fax: (+598) (2) 9 02-34 19
Canada
http://www.siemens.ca Mississauga Siemens Canada Ltd. 2185 Derry Road West MISSISSAUGA, L5N 7A6 Ontario, Canada Tel: (+1) (9 05) 8 19-58 00 Fax: (+1) (9 05) 8 19-57 19 Brampton Burlington Burnaby Calgary Dartmouth Drummondville Edmonton Hamilton Kirkland Lake Moncton Mount Pearl Ottawa Pointe Claire Sudbury Vanier Winnipeg
Guatemala
Cludad de Guatemala Siemens Electrotcnica S.A. 2a. Calle 6-76, Zona 10 01010 CIUDAD DE GUATEMALA Tel: (+502) 3 60-70 80 Fax: (+502) 3 34-36 70 / 69
Venezuela
Caracas Siemens S.A. Av. Don Diego Cisneros Urbanizacin Los Ruices Apartato 3616 CARACAS Tel: (+58) (2) 2 03 82 16 Fax: (+58) (2) 2 03 89 12 Valencia Siemens S.A. Avenida Norte Sur Zona Industrial Municipal Norte VALENCIA - EDO Carabobo Tel: (+58) (41) 334-211 / 212 Fax: (+58) (41) 334-210 / 518
Honduras
Tegucigalpa Siemens S.A. Colonia Queseda Calle la Salud contiguo Shell Miramontes Edificio Siemens (1098) TEGUCIGALPA, MDC Tel: (+504) 2 32-40 62 Fax: (+504) 2 32-41 11 San Pedro Sula
8/11
Appendix
Africa Algeria
Hydra Siemens Algrie S.A.R.L 5, Rue Md. Saadi Suag DZ-16035 HYDRA Tel: (+213) (2) 6 07-2 07 Fax: (+213) (2) 6 06-5 98
Kenya
Nairobi International Energy Technik Ltd. Unit 14, Alpha Centre Mombasa Road NAIROBI Tel: (+254) (2) 35 10 82 Fax: (+254) (2) 35 04 69
South Africa
Cape Town Siemens Ltd. Siemens House 80, Roeland Street CAPE TOWN 8001 Tel: (+27) (21) 4 01-12 50 Fax: (+27) (21) 4 01-12 96 Centurion Halfway House Siemens Ltd. Siemens Park 300 Janadel Avenue Halfway House MIDRAND 1685 Tel: (+27) (11) 6 52-36 34 Fax: (+27) (11) 6 52-36 91 Isando Pinetown Siemens Ltd. Branch Office Durban Kwazulu-Natal 37, Gillitts Road PINETOWN 3610 Tel: (+27) (31) 7 10-41 60 Fax: (+27) (31) 7 10-41 29 Pretoria Springs Woodmead
Asia Bahrain
Manama Transitec Gulf Unitag House, 7th floor 150, Government Avenue MANAMA Tel: (+973) 2 24-6 47 Fax: (+973) 2 24-6 48
Lesotho
Maseru Range Telecommunication Systems (Pty) Ltd Maqalika Business Centre, Ha-Mabote Main North 1 Road MASERU 100 Tel: (+266) 3 32-4 85 Fax: (+266) 3 17-1 42
Angola
Luanda Escritrio de Representaao da Siemens em Angola Edificio BPC, 14 Andar Rua Dr. Alfredo Trni LUANDA Tel: (+244) (2) 3 38-4 01 Fax: (+244) (2) 3 93-6 99
Bangladesh
Dhaka Siemens Bangladesh Ltd. Jiban Bima Tower (12th floor) 10 Dilkusha Commercial Area DHAKA 1000 Tel: (+880) (2) 9 56 37 34 Fax: (+880) (2) 9 56 37 40 Khulna
Libya
Tripoli Siemens A.G. Branch Libya Zat el Imad Building Tower No. 5, Floor No. 9 P.O.B. 91531 TRIPOLI Tel: (+218) (21) 3 35-02 31 Fax: (+218) (21) 3 35-02 35
Botswana
Gabarone Siemens (Pty) Ltd. Gabarone International Commerce Park Plot 39 - Unit 3 Kgale View Industrial Site GABARONE Tel: (+267) 3 02-6 82 Fax: (+267) 3 02-6 81 Iwaneng
Brunei
Bandar Seri Begawan
China
Peking Siemens Ltd. China Beijing Office Chaoyang District 7, Wangjing Zhonghuan Nanlu BEIJING 100015 Tel: (+86) (10) 64 72 18 88 Fax: (+86) (10) 64 72 14 94 Hong Kong Siemens Ltd. 58th Floor, Central Plaza 18 Harbour Road WANCHAI (HONG KONG) Tel: (+852) 25 83-33 85 Fax: (+852) 28 24-91 96 Changchun Chengdu Chongqing Dalian Fuzhou Guangzhou Hangzhou Harbin Jinan Kunning Nanjing Qingdao Shanghai Shenyang Shenzhen Wuhan Xiamen Xian
Malawi
Blantyre Ecolectric Limited Chikwana Road, near Monymen Club P.O.B. 574 BLANTYRE Tel: (+265) 6 24-4 71 Fax: (+265) 6 33-4 96
Cte dIvoire
Abidjan Siemens S.A.R.L. Succursale Immeuble Le Mans Boulevard Botreau Roussel ABIDJAN 08 Tel: (+225) 21 50 17 Fax: (+225) 21 27 44
Sudan
Khartoum National Electrical & Commercial Company Babiker Badri Street, Building No. 5 P.O.B. 1202 KHARTOUM Tel: (+249) (11) 7 80-8 18 Fax: (+249) (11) 7 70-0 42
Mauritius
Port Louis Ireland Blyth Limited P.O.B. 540 Chaussee Street PORT LOUIS Tel: (+230) 2 11-19 61 Fax: (+230) 2 11-19 60
Egypt
Cairo-Mohandessin Siemens Ltd. 55, El Nakheel & El Anab St. CAIRO-MOHANDESSIN Tel: (+20) (2) 3 33-36 29 Fax: (+20) (2) 3 31-31 50 Cairo-Zamalek Smouha Alexandria
Swasiland
Matsapa Siemens (Pty) Ltd. Industrial Site Plot 245A, King Mswati III Avenue MATSAPA Tel: (+268) 5 18-44 62 Fax: (+268) 5 18-44 63
Morocco
Casablanca Siemens S.A. Immeuble Siemens km 1, route de Rabat, An-Seba 20250 CASABLANCA Tel: (+212) (2) 3 51-0 25 Fax: (+212) (2) 3 40-1 51
Tansania
Dar-es-Salaam Siemens Ltd. 3 rd Floor, GAK Patel Building Plot 2071/2 DAR-ES-SALAAM Tel: (+255) (51) 1 14-0 73 Fax: (+255) (51) 1 18-2 88
Eritrea
Asmara DM Electrical Engineering P.L.C P.O. Box 5783, Kehawta Road 22 ASMARA Tel: (+291) (1) 18 48 16 Fax: (+291) (1) 12 76 50
Mosambik
Maputo Siemens Limitada Avenida 24 de Julho, 652 MAPUTO Tel: (+258) (1) 3 10-4 18 Fax: (+258) (1) 3 10-4 24
Ethiopia
Addis Ababa Siemens (Pvt.) Ltd. Endalkachev Building 1st Floor Higher 21, Kebele 05, Office No. 05-108-05 ADDIS ABABA Tel: (+251) (1) 5 11-5 99 Fax: (+251) (1) 5 11-9 99
Tunisia
Tunis Siemens S.A. Bureau de Liaison Tunis Les Berges du Lac Rue du Lac Leman TN 2045 TUNIS Tel: (+216) (1) 86 18 55 Fax: (+216) (1) 86 09 66
India
Thane Siemens Ltd. Standart Product Division Thane Belapur Road THANE-400 601 Maharastra Tel: (+91) (22) 7 60 00 77 Fax: (+91) (22) 7 60 00 76 Ahmedabad Bangalore Calcutta Chandigarh Chennai Coimbatore Gurgaon Kaloor Mumbal Nashik Navi Mumbal New Delhi Pune Secunderabad Vadorara
Namibia
Windhoek Siemens (Pty) Ltd. 9, Albert Wessels Street Northern Idustrial Area P.O.B. 23125 WINDHOEK 9000 Tel: (+264) (61) 2 17-7 20 Fax: (+264) (61) 2 18-4 20
Zambia
Kitwe Siemens Ltd. No. 1 Pamo Avenue Cnr Pamo & Independence Avenue KITWE Tel: (+260) (2) 2 29-1 10 Fax: (+260) (2) 2 29-1 16 Lusaka
Ghana
Accra IMPROMEX ACCRA P.O. B. 9770, K.I.A. ACCRA Tel: (+233) (21) 224 168 Fax: (+233) (21) 224 168
Nigeria
Lagos Siemens Limited Siemens House 98/100 Oshodi/Apapa Expressway, Isolo LAGOS Tel: (+234) (1) 4 52-30 10 Fax: (+234) (1) 4 52-22 59 Abuja Kaduna
Guinea
Lausanne Andre & Cie. S.A. 7, Chemin Messidor CH-1002 LAUSANNE Tel: (+41) (21) 3 18-21 11* Fax: (+41) (21) 3 18-24 29* * ber Schweiz
Zimbabwe
Harare Siemens (Pvt) Ltd. 5 Premium Close Mount Pleasant Business Park HARARE Tel: (+263) (4) 3 69-4 24 Fax: (+263) (4) 3 69-4 40 Alexandra Park
8/12
Appendix
Indonesia
Jakarta P.T. Siemens Indonesia Jalan Jend. A. Yani 68, Pulo Mas JAKARTA 13210 Tel: (+62) (21) 4 72-94 32 Fax: (+62) (21) 4 72-94 36 Batam Cilegon Surabaya
Kuwait
Hawalli National & German Electrical & Electronic Services Company (NGEECO) P.O.B. 6612 32041 HAWALLI Tel: (+965) 4 81-87 37 Fax: (+965) 4 83-01 56
Philippines
Makati City Siemens Inc. Automation & Drives 10th Floor-B Salcedo Tower 169 H.V. De la Costa Street, Salcedo Village 1227 MAKATI CITY Tel: (+63) (2) 8 14-98 82 Fax: (+63) (2) 8 14-96 03 Cebu Davao City Pasig City
Thailand
Bangkok Siemens Ltd. Automation & Drives 31th Floor, Charn Issara Tower II 2922 New Petchburi Road, Bangkapi, Huaykwon BANGKOK 10320 Tel: (+66) (2) 716 48 40 Fax: (+66) (2) 716 48 41 Rayong
Lebanon
Beirut Ets. F. A. Kettaneh S.A. (Kettaneh Frres) B.P. 110-242 BEYROUTH Tel: (+961) (1) 2 55-8 60-9 Fax: (+961) (1) 2 59-5 31
Iran
Teheran Siemens Sherkate Sahami Khass (S.S.K.) Ave. Ayatollah Taleghani 32 Siemenshouse TEHERAN 15914 Tel: (+98) (21) 6 46 23 43 Fax: (+98) (21) 6 40-23 89
United Arab Emirats

Abu Dhabi Electro Mechanical Establishment P.O. Box 732 ABU DHABI Tel: (+971) (2) 6 27-21 64 Fax: (+971) (2) 6 26-98 71 Dubai Scientechnic P.O.B. 325 DUBAI Tel: (+971) (4) 26 66-0 00 ext. 209 Fax: (+971) (4) 26 66-1 76
Qatar
Doha Trags Electrical Engineering & Air Conditioning Co 1st floor, Jaidah Towers Building P.O.B. 470 DOHA Tel: (+974) 4 14-2 11 Fax: (+974) 4 13-3 06
Malaysla
http://www.siemens.com.my Petaling Jaya Siemens Malaysia Sdn Bhd Automation & Drives Division CP Tower 11 Section 16/11 Jalan Damansara 46050 PETALING JAYA Selangor Darul Ehsan Tel: (+60) (3) 7 51-37 97 Fax: (+60) (3) 7 55-22 82 Kajang Kuala Lumpur
Israel
Tel Aviv NISKO ARDAN GROUP Import Electricity & Electronics Ltd. 2a, Habarzel Street 4th floor TEL AVIV 69710 Tel: (+972) (3) 7 65-72 33 Fax: (+972) (3) 7 65-71 33 Herzeliya Holon Ramat Hakhaiyal
Saudi Arabia
Jeddah Siemens Ltd. Head Office P.O. Box 4621 JEDDAH 21412 Tel: (+966) (2) 6 61-44 44 ext. 2013 Fax: (+966) (2) 6 65-84 90 Al Khobar Riyadh
Vietnam
Ho Chi Minh City Siemens AG Representation Vietnam Branch Office The Landmark Building, 2nd Floor 5b Ton Duc Thang Street, District 1 HO CHI MINH CITY Tel: (+84) (8) 82 5-19 00 Fax: (+84) (8) 82 5-15 80 Hanoi
Japan
Tokyo Yaskawa Siemens Automation & Drives Corp. Controls & Distribution Div. TFT Bldg. West 9F 3-1 Ariake Koto-ku, TOKYO 135-8072 Tel: (+81) (3) 35 70-30 25 Fax: (+81) (3) 35 70-30 62 Aden
Myanmar
Yangon Siemens Ltd. Automation & Drives 71(A), Min Ye Kyaw Zwar Road Ahlone Township Yangon Tel: (+95) (1) 22 27 78-7 79 Fax: (+95) (1) 22 72 56
Singapore
Singapore Siemens Advanced Engineering Pte Ltd, Automation & Drives 2, Kallang Sector SINGAPORE 349277 Tel: (+65) 7 40-72 25 Fax: (+65) 7 40-78 00
Yemen
Sanaa Tihama Tractors & Engineering Co. Ltd. 17, Ali Abdul Mogni Street SANAA Tel: (+967) (1) 2 73-0 44 Fax: (+967) (1) 2 74-1 19
Nepal
Kathmandu
Jordan
Amman F. A. Kettaneh & Co. Ltd. King Hussein Street AMMAN 11 11 8 Tel: (+962) (6) 4 39-71 73 Fax: (+962) (6) 4 39-25 82 Jordan Branch Shmeisani
Sri Lanka
Colombo
Oman
Muscat Waleed Associates P.O.B. 437 113 MUSCAT Tel: (+968) 7 38-1 01 Fax: (+968) 7 39-9 30 Ruwi
Syria
Aleppo Aroyan & Khatchadourian Sheikh Taha Street Box 3537 ALEPPO Tel: (+963) (21) 4 65 65 58 Fax: (+963) (21) 4 65 65 58
Australasia Australia / New Zealand

http://www.siemens.com.au http://www.siemens.com.nz Bayswater Siemens Ltd. Head Office Melbourne 885 Mountain Highway BAYSWATER VIC 3153 Tel: (+61) (3) 97 21-73 95 Fax: (+61) (3) 97 20-83 95 Adelaide Brisbane Gladesville Melbourne Milton Pennant Hills Perth Silverwater St. Leonards Sydney
Kasachstan
Almaty Siemens Representation Kasachstan Zharokova Str. 20 480008 Almaty Tel: (+7) (32 72) 50 92 68 Fax: (+7) (32 72) 50 92 79
Pakistan
Karachi Siemens Pakistan Engineering Co.Ltd. Standard Products B-72, Estate Avenue, S.I.T.E. P.O. Box 7158 KARACHI 75700 Tel: (+92) (21) 2 57 49 10-19 Fax: (+92) (21) 2 56 35 63 Faisalabad lslamabad Lahore Pashawar Quetta
Taiwan
Taipei Siemens Ltd. Automation & Drives 19th Floor, Section 2 333, Tun Hwa South Road TAIPEI 106 Tel: (+886) (2) 23 76-18 57 Fax: (+886) (2) 23 78-89 59 Kaoshiung Taichung Taoyuan Hsien
Korea (Republic)
Seoul Siemens Ltd. Automation & Drives Div. 12th Floor, P.M.K. Bldg 746, Yeoksam-dong Kangnam-gu SEOUL 135-080 Tel: (+82) (2) 34 20 47 20 Fax: (+82) (2) 34 20 48 19 Changwon Kyungki-Do Taegu City
8/13
Appendix
I Subject index
A Actuator-Sensor Interface (AS-Interface) Opto-BEROs Adapters Aligning units Axial heads B BERO proximity switches inductive capacitive Opto-BERO Sonar-BERO C Cables, not preassembled Capacitive proximity switches Color mark sensors Color sensors Connecting leads D DESINA Diffuse sensors Distribution units Double-layer sheet monitoring F Fiber-optic conductors Fixing clamps Fork/slot sensors Front lenses 3/60 to 3/65 6/8 3/55 3/61 4/105 3/16 to 3/58 6/9, 6/10 2/27, 2/40 6/9 5/5 to 5/7 3/54 3/53 6/7 4/19 to 4/111 5/5 to 5/7 3/16 to 3/59 2/29 to 2/43 G Glass fiber-optic conductors 6/7, 6/8 6/8, 6/9 3/63 I Inductive proximity switches standard duty for solid-state inputs (PLC) extra duty to IP 68 degree of protection 4/19 to 4/50 4/51 to 4/55 4/56 to 4/72 4/73 to 4/80, 4/105 greater rated operating distance 4/81 to 4/94 without reduction factor 4/95 to 4/102 pressure resistant up to 500 bar 4/103 with analog output 4/104 to DESINA specification 4/105 to NAMUR specification 4/106 to 4/111 3/62 to 3/65 P Photoelectric proximity switches R Radial heads Reflectors Retroreflective sensors S Screwed glands, Pg 13.5 Sonar-BEROs Sonar thru-beam sensors SONPROG Supports for fiber-optic conductors T Thru-beam sensors Tools for fiber-optic conductors U Ultrasonic proximity switches 2/29 to 2/43 3/16 to 3/56 3/68 6/8 2/29 to 2/43 2/26, 2/39 2/23, 2/35 3/68 3/64 3/69, 6/9 3/18 to 3/59 3/16 to 3/59
L Laser proximity switches Light array LOGO! M Mounting brackets for Opto-BEROs O Opto-BEROs 3/16 to 3/59 Opto-BEROs for fiber-optic conductors 3/31, 3/33, 3/40, 3/52 Photoelectric proximity switches 3/16 to 3/59 Plastic fiber-optic conductors 3/60, 3/61 Plug-in connections 6/4 to 6/7 Power supply units 6/2, 6/3 Pump control 2/22, 2/25, 2/38 3/66 to 3/68 3/56 to 3/58 3/59 2/21, 2/31, 2/32, 2/35
8/14
Appendix
I Sonar-BERO 3RG6
Order No. 3RG60 1 3RG60 123AC00 3RG60 123AC01 3RG60 123AD00 3RG60 123AD01 3RG60 123AE00 3RG60 123AE01 3RG60 123AF00 3RG60 123AF01 3RG60 123AG00 3RG60 123AH00 3RG60 123RS00 3RG60 133AC00 3RG60 133AC01 3RG60 133AD00 3RG60 133AD01 3RG60 133AE00 3RG60 133AE01 3RG60 133AF00 3RG60 133AF01 3RG60 133AG00 3RG60 133AH00 3RG60 133RS00 3RG60 143AC00 3RG60 143AD00 3RG60 143AE00 3RG60 143AF00 3RG60 143AG00 3RG60 143AH00 3RG60 143RS00 3RG60 153AC00 3RG60 153AD00 3RG60 153AE00 3RG60 153AF00 3RG60 153AG00 3RG60 153AH00 3RG60 153RS00 3RG60 2 3RG60 223AC00 3RG60 223AD00 3RG60 223AE00 3RG60 223AF00 3RG60 233AC00 3RG60 233AD00 3RG60 233AE00 3RG60 233AF00 3RG60 243AC00 3RG60 243AD00 3RG60 243AE00 3RG60 243AF00 3RG60 253AC00 3RG60 253AD00 3RG60 253AE00 3RG60 253AF00 2/33 2/33 2/31 2/31 2/33 2/33 2/31 2/31 2/34 2/34 2/32 2/32 2/34 2/34 2/32 2/32 2/33 2/33 2/33 2/33 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/33 2/33 2/33 2/33 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/31 2/34 2/34 2/32 2/32 2/32 2/32 2/32 2/34 2/34 2/32 2/32 2/32 2/32 2/32 Page Order No. 3RG61 1 3RG61 123BE00 3RG61 123BE01 3RG61 123BF00 3RG61 123BF01 3RG61 123CE00 3RG61 123CE01 3RG61 123CF00 3RG61 123CF01 3RG61 123GE00 3RG61 123GE01 3RG61 123GF00 3RG61 123GF01 3RG61 133BE00 3RG61 133BE01 3RG61 133BF00 3RG61 133BF01 3RG61 133CE00 3RG61 133CE01 3RG61 133CF00 3RG61 133CF01 3RG61 133GE00 3RG61 133GE01 3RG61 133GF00 3RG61 133GF01 3RG61 143BE00 3RG61 143BF00 3RG61 143CE00 3RG61 143CF00 3RG61 143GE00 3RG61 143GF00 3RG61 153BE00 3RG61 153BF00 3RG61 153CE00 3RG61 153CF00 3RG61 153GE00 3RG61 153GF00 3RG61 766BG00 3RG61 766BH00 3RG61 766CG00 3RG61 766CH00 3RG61 766GG00 3RG61 766GH00 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 Page Order No. 3RG61 2 3RG61 223BE00 3RG61 223BF00 3RG61 223CE00 3RG61 223CF00 3RG61 223GE00 3RG61 223GF00 3RG61 233BE00 3RG61 233BF00 3RG61 233CE00 3RG61 233CF00 3RG61 233GE00 3RG61 233GF00 3RG61 243BE00 3RG61 243BF00 3RG61 243CE00 3RG61 243CF00 3RG61 243GE00 3RG61 243GF00 3RG61 253BE00 3RG61 253BF00 3RG61 253CE00 3RG61 253CF00 3RG61 253GE00 3RG61 253GF00 3RG61 4 to 3RG61 7 3RG61 423MM00 3RG61 433MM00 3RG61 443MM00 3RG61 453MM00 3RG61 523MM00 3RG61 533MM00 3RG61 543MM00 3RG61 553MM00 3RG61 746MM00 3RG61 766MM00 3RG62 3 3RG62 323AA00 3RG62 323AB00 3RG62 323JS00 3RG62 323LS00 3RG62 323RS00 3RG62 323TS00 3RG62 333AA00 3RG62 333AB00 3RG62 333JS00 3RG62 333LS00 3RG62 333RS00 3RG62 333TS00 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/42 2/42 2/43 2/42 2/42 2/42 2/43 2/42 2/43 2/43 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 Page Order No. 3RG62 4 3RG62 430NN00 3RG62 430PA00 3RG62 430PB00 3RG62 433NN00 3RG62 433PA00 3RG62 433PB00 3RG62 437NN00 3RG62 437PA00 3RG62 437PB00 3RG62 5 3RG62 523AH00 3RG62 533AH00 3RG62 553AH00 3RG63 4 3RG63 423AA00 3RG63 423AA01 3RG63 423AB00 3RG63 423AB01 3RG63 423JK00 3RG63 423JK01 3RG63 433AA00 3RG63 433AA01 3RG63 433AB00 3RG63 433AB01 3RG63 433JK00 3RG63 433JK01 3RG64 2 3RG64 223AB00 3RG64 223BB00 3RG64 223RS00 3RG64 233AB00 3RG64 233BB00 3RG64 233RS00 3RG64 3 3RG64 323AB00 3RG64 323BB00 3RG64 323RS00 3RG64 333AB00 3RG64 333BB00 3RG64 333RS00 3RX1 to 3RX4 3RX1 301 3RX1 302 3RX1 910 3RX2 110 3RX2 1101A 3RX2 210 3RX4 000 3SG16 and 3SX6 3SG16 671BJ87 3SX6 287 2/37 6/9 6/9 6/9 6/9 2/41 2/41 2/40 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/35 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/36 2/38 2/38 2/38 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 2/39 Page
8/15
Appendix
I Opto-BERO 3RG7
Order No. 3RG70 3RG70 100A.00 3RG70 100C.00 3RG70 100G.00 3RG70 100H.00 3RG70 107A.00 3RG70 107C.00 3RG70 107G.00 3RG70 107H.00 3RG70 110A.00 3RG70 110C.00 3RG70 110G.00 3RG70 110H.00 3RG70 117A.00 3RG70 117C.00 3RG70 117G.00 3RG70 117H.00 3RG70 120A.00 3RG70 120BE00 3RG70 120BG00 3RG70 120C.00 3RG70 120G.00 3RG70 120H.00 3RG70 127A.00 3RG70 127BE00 3RG70 127BG00 3RG70 127C.00 3RG70 127G.00 3RG70 127H.00 3RG70 130A.00 3RG70 130C.00 3RG70 130G.00 3RG70 130H.00 3RG70 137A.00 3RG70 137C.00 3RG70 137G.00 3RG70 137H.00 3RG70 140A.00 3RG70 140G.00 3RG70 147A.00 3RG70 147G.00 3RG70 200C.00 3RG70 200H.00 3RG70 203C.00 3RG70 203H.00 3RG70 207C.00 3RG70 207H.00 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/30 3/32 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/31 3/33 3/30 3/30 3/30 3/30 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 Page Order No. 3RG70 210C.00 3RG70 210H.00 3RG70 213C.00 3RG70 213H.00 3RG70 217C.00 3RG70 217H.00 3RG70 220BE.00 3RG70 220C.00 3RG70 220H.00 3RG70 223BE.00 3RG70 223C.00 3RG70 223H.00 3RG70 227BE.00 3RG70 227C.00 3RG70 227H.00 3RG70 230C.00 3RG70 230H.00 3RG70 233C.00 3RG70 233H.00 3RG70 237C.00 3RG70 237H.00 3RG70 300AB00 3RG70 300GB00 3RG70 307AB00 3RG70 307GB00 3RG70 320AB00 3RG70 320BG00 3RG70 320GB00 3RG70 327AB00 3RG70 327BG00 3RG70 327GB00 3RG70 400AB00 3RG70 400BG00 3RG70 407AB00 3RG70 407BG00 3RG70 420AB00 3RG70 420BG00 3RG70 420GB00 3RG70 427AB00 3RG70 427BG00 3RG70 427GB00 3RG70 560C.00 3RG70 560H.00 3RG70 561CM00 3RG70 561CM03 3RG70 563C.00 3RG70 563CM00 3RG70 563CM03 3RG70 563H.00 3RG70 570C.00 3RG70 570H.00 3RG70 573C.00 3RG70 573H.00 3RG70 717CD27 Page 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/39 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/40 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/57 3/57 3/58 3/58 3/57 3/58 3/58 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/57 3/59 Order No. 3RG71 3RG71 200A.00 3RG71 200G.00 3RG71 203A.00 3RG71 203G.00 3RG71 210A.00 3RG71 210G.00 3RG71 213A.00 3RG71 213G.00 3RG71 220A.00 3RG71 220BG00 3RG71 220G.00 3RG71 223A.00 3RG71 223BG00 3RG71 223G.00 3RG71 300A.00 3RG71 300G.00 3RG71 303A.00 3RG71 303G.00 3RG71 310A.00 3RG71 310G.00 3RG71 313A.00 3RG71 313G.00 3RG71 320A.00 3RG71 320BG00 3RG71 320G.00 3RG71 323A.00 3RG71 323BG00 3RG71 323G.00 3RG71 340A.00 3RG71 340G.00 3RG71 343A.00 3RG71 343G.00 3RG71 350BE00 3RG71 350C.00 3RG71 353BE00 3RG71 353C.00 3RG71 750BE00 3RG71 750C.00 3RG71 753BE00 3RG71 753C.00 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/18 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/20 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/19 3/56 3/56 3/56 3/56 3/56 3/56 3/56 3/56 Page Order No. 3RG72 3RG72 003CC00 3RG72 003HC00 3RG72 006CC00 3RG72 006HC00 3RG72 013CC00 3RG72 013HC00 3RG72 016CC00 3RG72 016HC00 3RG72 023BG00 3RG72 023CC00 3RG72 023HC00 3RG72 025WG00 3RG72 026BG00 3RG72 026FG00 3RG72 026CC00 3RG72 026HC00 3RG72 043CC00 3RG72 043HC00 3RG72 046CC00 3RG72 046HC00 3RG72 103DK00 3RG72 103EK00 3RG72 105WS00 3RG72 106DK00 3RG72 106EK00 3RG72 106MC00 3RG72 113DK00 3RG72 113EK00 3RG72 115WS00 3RG72 116DK00 3RG72 116EK00 3RG72 116MC00 3RG72 123DK00 3RG72 123EK00 3RG72 125WS00 3RG72 126DK00 3RG72 126EK00 3RG72 126MC00 3RG72 143DK00 3RG72 143EK00 3RG72 145WS00 3RG72 146DK00 3RG72 146EK00 3RG72 403CH00 3RG72 403HH00 3RG72 413CH00 3RG72 413CH52 3RG72 413HH00 3RG72 413HH52 3RG72 443CH00 3RG72 443HH00 3/48 3/48 3/48 3/48 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/49 3/49 3/49 3/49 3/48 3/48 3/48 3/48 3/48 3/48 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/50 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/51 3/49 3/49 3/49 3/49 3/49 3/37 3/37 3/38 3/38 3/38 3/38 3/37 3/37 Page
8/16
Appendix
I Opto-BERO 3RG7
Order No. 3RG73 3RG73 001PH00 3RG73 001RH00 3RG73 003RH00 3RG73 011PH00 3RG73 011PH51 3RG73 011RH00 3RG73 011RH51 3RG73 013CH00 3RG73 013CH51 3RG73 013WS00 3RG73 021BG00 3RG73 021FG00 3RG73 021PH00 3RG73 021RH00 3RG73 023BG00 3RG73 023CH00 3RG73 041RH00 3RG73 043CH00 3RG73 043WS00 3RG73 201RH00 3RG73 207CH00 3RG73 211RH00 3RG73 217CH00 3RG73 221BG00 3RG73 221RK00 3RG73 227BG00 3RG73 227CK00 3RG73 231RH00 3RG73 237CH00 3RG73 301RH00 3RG73 301RH60 3RG73 307CH00 3RG73 307CH60 3RG73 311RH00 3RG73 311RH51 3RG73 317CH00 3RG73 317CH51 3RG73 321BG00 3RG73 321RK00 3RG73 327BG00 3RG73 327CK00 3RG73 331RH00 3RG73 337CH00 3/41 3/41 3/41 3/43 3/44 3/43 3/44 3/43 3/44 3/43 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/45 3/42 3/42 3/42 3/34 3/34 3/35 3/35 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/34 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/35 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 3/36 Page Order No. 3RG73 401CC00 3RG73 401HC00 3RG73 403CC00 3RG73 403HC00 3RG73 411CC00 3RG73 411HC00 3RG73 413CC00 3RG73 413HC00 3RG73 421BG00 3RG73 421CC00 3RG73 421HC00 3RG73 423BG00 3RG73 423CC00 3RG73 423HC00 3RG73 441CC00 3RG73 441HC00 3RG73 443CC00 3RG73 443HC00 3RG74 3RG74 000CH00 3RG74 000HH00 3RG74 007CH00 3RG74 007HH00 3RG74 010CH00 3RG74 010CH52 3RG74 010CH61 3RG74 010HH00 3RG74 010HH52 3RG74 010HH61 3RG74 017CH00 3RG74 017CH52 3RG74 017CH61 3RG74 017HH00 3RG74 017HH52 3RG74 017HH61 3RG74 040CH00 3RG74 040HH00 3RG74 047CH00 3RG74 047HH00 3RG74 131CH00 3RG74 131HH00 3RG74 137CH00 3RG74 137HH00 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/29 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/28 3/52 3/52 3/52 3/52 Page 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/47 3/46 3/46 3/46 3/46 Order No. 3RG75 3RG75 027RH57 3RG75 027RH58 3RG75 501CA00 3RG75 501HA00 3RG75 507CA00 3RG75 507HA00 3RG75 601CH54 3RG75 601CH55 3RG75 603CH53 3RG75 603CH54 3RG75 603CH55 3RG75 603CH56 3RG76 3RG76 001RH00 3RG76 001RH60 3RG76 003RH00 3RG76 003RH60 3RG76 011RH00 3RG76 011RH51 3RG76 013RH00 3RG76 013RH51 3RG76 021BG00 3RG76 021RH00 3RG76 023BG00 3RG76 023RH00 3RG76 201RH00 3RG76 201RH60 3RG76 203RH00 3RG76 203RH60 3RG76 211RH00 3RG76 211RH51 3RG76 213RH00 3RG76 213RH51 3RG76 221BG00 3RG76 221RH00 3RG76 223BG00 3RG76 223RH00 3RG76 241CC00 3RG76 241HC00 3RG76 243CC00 3RG76 243HC00 3RG76 341CC00 3RG76 341HC00 3RG76 343CC00 3RG76 343HC00 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/21 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/22 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/23 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/24 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/26 3/27 3/27 3/27 3/27 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/25 3/55 3/55 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/53 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 3/54 Page Order No. 3RX7 3RX7 001 3RX7 002 3RX7 004 3RX7 005 3RX7 006 3RX7 007 3RX7 008 3RX7 010 3RX7 101 3RX7 104 3RX7 107 3RX7 111 3RX7 114 3RX7 117 3RX7 121 3RX7 124 3RX7 127 3RX7 131 3RX7 201 3RX7 204 3RX7 207 3RX7 211 3RX7 214 3RX7 217 3RX7 300 3RX7 301 3RX7 302 3RX7 303 3RX7 304 3RX7 305 3RX7 306 3RX7 307 3RX7 308 3RX7 310 3RX7 311 3RX7 313 3RX7 901 3RX7 902 3RX7 903 3RX7 904 3RX7 907 3RX7 908 3RX7 910 3RX7 911 3RX7 914 3RX7 915 3RX7 916 3RX7 917 3RX7 918 3RX7 920 3RX7 922 3RX7 924 3RX7 940 3RX7 941 3RX7 942 3RX7 943 3RX7 944 3RX7 945 3/60 3/60 3/60 3/60 3/61 3/61 3/61 3/61 3/62 3/62 3/62 3/63 3/63 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/64 3/63 3/63 3/63 3/65 3/65 3/65 3/68 3/68 3/67 3/67 3/66 3/69 3/69 3/69 3/66 3/67 3/67 3/66 3/61 3/61 3/63 3/63 3/64 3/64 3/66 3/66 3/69 3/69 3/69 3/69 3/68 3/69 3/69 3/69 3/68 3/68 3/68 3/68 3/68 3/68 Page
8/17
Appendix
I Inductive BERO 3RG40

Order No. 3RG40 11 3RG40 110AA00 3RG40 110AB00 3RG40 110AF00 3RG40 110AF05 3RG40 110AF33 3RG40 110AG00 3RG40 110AG05 3RG40 110AG33 3RG40 110CC00 3RG40 110CC05 3RG40 110GA05 3RG40 110GA33 3RG40 110GB00 3RG40 110GB05 3RG40 110GB33 3RG40 110JB00 3RG40 113AA00 3RG40 113AB00 3RG40 113AF00 3RG40 113AF05 3RG40 113AG00 3RG40 113AG05 3RG40 113CC00 3RG40 113CC05 3RG40 113GA05 3RG40 113GB00 3RG40 113GB05 3RG40 113JB00 3RG40 117AA00 3RG40 117AB00 3RG40 117AF00 3RG40 117AF05 3RG40 117AF33 3RG40 117AG00 3RG40 117AG05 3RG40 117AG33 3RG40 117CC00 3RG40 117CC05 3RG40 117GA33 3RG40 117GB33 3RG40 117JB00 3RG40 12 3RG40 120AA00 3RG40 120AB00 3RG40 120AF01 3RG40 120AF30 3RG40 120AF33 3RG40 120AG01 3RG40 120AG31 3RG40 120AG30 3RG40 120AG33 3RG40 120CD00 3RG40 120CD10 3RG40 120GA00 3RG40 120GA30 3RG40 120GA33 3RG40 120GB00 3RG40 120GB30 3RG40 120GB31 3RG40 120GB33 3RG40 120JB00 3RG40 120KA00 3RG40 120KB00 3RG40 123AA00 3RG40 123AB00 3RG40 123AF01 3RG40 123AF33 3RG40 123AG01 3RG40 123AG33 3RG40 123CD00 3RG40 123CD11 3RG40 123GA33 3RG40 123GB00 3RG40 123GB33 3RG40 123JB00 3RG40 123KA00 3RG40 123KB00 4/57 4/57 4/27 4/74 4/27 4/27 4/74 4/74 4/27 4/28 4/28 4/27 4/74 4/27 4/27 4/74 4/74 4/27 4/51 4/64 4/64 4/57 4/57 4/27 4/27 4/27 4/27 4/28 4/28 4/27 4/27 4/27 4/51 4/64 4/64 Siemens NS BERO 2001/02 3RG40 140AA00 3RG40 140AB00 3RG40 140AF01 3RG40 140AF30 3RG40 140AF33 3RG40 140AG01 3RG40 140AG30 3RG40 140AG31 3RG40 140AG33 3RG40 140CD00 3RG40 140GA30 3RG40 140GA33 3RG40 140GB00 3RG40 140GB30 3RG40 140GB31 3RG40 140GB33 3RG40 140JB00 3RG40 140KA00 3RG40 140KB00 3RG40 142AA00 3RG40 142AB00 3RG40 142AF01 3RG40 142AG01 3RG40 142JB00 3RG40 142KA00 3RG40 142KB00 3RG40 143AA00 3RG40 143AB00 3RG40 143AF01 3RG40 143AF33 3RG40 143AG01 3RG40 143AG33 4/60 4/60 4/41 4/78 4/41 4/41 4/78 4/78 4/41 4/42 4/78 4/41 4/41 4/78 4/78 4/41 4/54 4/67 4/67 4/60 4/60 4/41 4/41 4/54 4/67 4/67 4/60 4/60 4/41 4/41 4/41 4/41 4/56 4/56 4/21 4/26 4/25 4/21 4/26 4/25 4/21 4/26 4/26 4/25 4/21 4/26 4/25 4/51 4/56 4/56 4/21 4/26 4/21 4/26 4/21 4/26 4/26 4/21 4/26 4/51 4/56 4/56 4/21 4/26 4/25 4/21 4/26 4/25 4/21 4/26 4/25 4/25 4/51 Page Order No. 3RG40 13 3RG40 130AA00 3RG40 130AB00 3RG40 130AF01 3RG40 130AF30 3RG40 130AF33 3RG40 130AG01 3RG40 130AG30 3RG40 130AG31 3RG40 130AG33 3RG40 130CD00 3RG40 130GA00 3RG40 130GA30 3RG40 130GA33 3RG40 130GB00 3RG40 130GB30 3RG40 130GB31 3RG40 130GB33 3RG40 130JB00 3RG40 130KA00 3RG40 130KB00 3RG40 132AA00 3RG40 132AB00 3RG40 132AG01 3RG40 132JB00 3RG40 132KA00 3RG40 132KB00 3RG40 133AA00 3RG40 133AB00 3RG40 133AF01 3RG40 133AF33 3RG40 133AG01 3RG40 133AG33 3RG40 133CD00 3RG40 133GA00 3RG40 133GA33 3RG40 133GB00 3RG40 133GB33 3RG40 133JB00 3RG40 133KA00 3RG40 133KB00 3RG40 14 4/59 4/59 4/37 4/77 4/37 4/37 4/77 4/77 4/37 4/38 4/37 4/77 4/37 4/37 4/77 4/77 4/37 4/53 4/66 4/66 4/59 4/59 4/37 4/53 4/66 4/66 4/59 4/59 4/37 4/37 4/37 4/37 4/38 4/37 4/37 4/37 4/37 4/53 4/66 4/66 Page Order No. 3RG40 143CD00 3RG40 143CD01 3RG40 143GA33 3RG40 143GB00 3RG40 143GB33 3RG40 143JB00 3RG40 143KA00 3RG40 143KB00 3RG40 21 3RG40 210AF33 3RG40 210AG33 3RG40 210GA33 3RG40 210GB33 3RG40 217AF33 3RG40 217AG33 3RG40 217GA33 3RG40 217GB33 3RG40 22 3RG40 220AA00 3RG40 220AB00 3RG40 220AB30 3RG40 220AF01 3RG40 220AF30 3RG40 220AF33 3RG40 220AG01 3RG40 220AG30 3RG40 220AG31 3RG40 220AG33 3RG40 220CD00 3RG40 220CD10 3RG40 220GA00 3RG40 220GA30 3RG40 220GA33 3RG40 220GB00 3RG40 220GB30 3RG40 220GB31 3RG40 220GB33 3RG40 220JB00 3RG40 220KA00 3RG40 220KB00 3RG40 220KB30 3RG40 223AA00 3RG40 223AB00 3RG40 223AF01 3RG40 223AF33 3RG40 223AG01 3RG40 223AG33 3RG40 223CD00 3RG40 223CD11 3RG40 223GA00 3RG40 223GA33 3RG40 223GB00 3RG40 223GB33 3RG40 223JB00 3RG40 223KA00 3RG40 223KB00 3RG40 23 3RG40 230AA00 3RG40 230AB00 3RG40 230AB30 3RG40 230AF01 3RG40 230AF30 3RG40 230AF33 3RG40 230AG01 3RG40 230AG30 3RG40 230AG31 3RG40 230AG33 3RG40 230CD00 4/59 4/59 4/76 4/39 4/77 4/39 4/39 4/77 4/77 4/39 4/40 4/57 4/57 4/76 4/34 4/74 4/34 4/34 4/74 4/74 4/34 4/35 4/35 4/34 4/74 4/34 4/34 4/74 4/74 4/34 4/52 4/64 4/64 4/76 4/57 4/57 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/35 4/35 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/34 4/52 4/64 4/64 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 Page 4/42 4/42 4/41 4/41 4/41 4/54 4/67 4/67 Order No. 3RG40 230GA30 3RG40 230GA33 3RG40 230GB00 3RG40 230GB30 3RG40 230GB31 3RG40 230GB33 3RG40 230JB00 3RG40 230KA00 3RG40 230KB00 3RG40 230KB30 3RG40 232AB00 3RG40 232AF01 3RG40 232AG01 3RG40 232CD00 3RG40 232JB00 3RG40 232KB00 3RG40 233AA00 3RG40 233AB00 3RG40 233AF01 3RG40 233AF33 3RG40 233AG01 3RG40 233AG33 3RG40 233CD00 3RG40 233GA33 3RG40 233GB00 3RG40 233GB33 3RG40 233JB00 3RG40 233KA00 3RG40 233KB00 3RG40 24 3RG40 240AA00 3RG40 240AB00 3RG40 240AB30 3RG40 240AF01 3RG40 240AF30 3RG40 240AF33 3RG40 240AG01 3RG40 240AG30 3RG40 240AG31 3RG40 240AG33 3RG40 240CD00 3RG40 240GA00 3RG40 240GA30 3RG40 240GA33 3RG40 240GB00 3RG40 240GB30 3RG40 240GB31 3RG40 240GB33 3RG40 240JB00 3RG40 240KA00 3RG40 240KB00 3RG40 240KB30 3RG40 242AA00 3RG40 242AB00 3RG40 242AF01 3RG40 242AG01 3RG40 242JB00 3RG40 242KB00 3RG40 243AA00 3RG40 243AB00 3RG40 243AF01 3RG40 243AF33 3RG40 243AG01 3RG40 243AG33 3RG40 243CD00 3RG40 243GA33 3RG40 243GB00 3RG40 243GB33 3RG40 243JB00 3RG40 243KA00 3RG40 243KB00 4/60 4/60 4/79 4/44 4/78 4/44 4/44 4/78 4/78 4/44 4/45 4/44 4/78 4/44 4/44 4/78 4/78 4/44 4/54 4/67 4/67 4/79 4/60 4/60 4/44 4/44 4/54 4/67 4/60 4/60 4/44 4/44 4/44 4/44 4/45 4/44 4/44 4/44 4/54 4/67 4/67 Page 4/77 4/39 4/39 4/77 4/77 4/39 4/53 4/66 4/66 4/76 4/59 4/39 4/39 4/40 4/53 4/66 4/59 4/59 4/39 4/39 4/39 4/39 4/40 4/39 4/39 4/39 4/53 4/66 4/66
8/18
Appendix
I Inductive BERO 3RG40 and 3RG41

Order No. 3RG40 30 3RG40 300AA00 3RG40 300AB00 3RG40 300AB01 3RG40 300CD00 3RG40 300CD01 3RG40 300KA00 3RG40 300KA01 3RG40 300KB00 3RG40 300KB01 3RG40 31 3RG40 316AD00 3RG40 316AF01 3RG40 316AG01 3RG40 316CD00 3RG40 316GB00 3RG40 316JB00 3RG40 316KD00 3RG40 32 to 34 3RG40 326CD00 3RG40 336AD01 3RG40 336KD01 3RG40 346CD00 3RG40 38 3RG40 383CD00 3RG40 383GD00 3RG40 383KB00 3RG40 41 3RG40 416AD00 3RG40 416AF01 3RG40 416AG01 3RG40 416CD00 3RG40 416GB00 3RG40 416JB00 3RG40 416KD00 3RG40 42 3RG40 426AD00 3RG40 426CD00 3RG40 426KD00 3RG40 43 3RG40 436AD00 3RG40 436CD00 3RG40 436KD00 4/62 4/50 4/71 4/62 4/49 4/71 4/61 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/48 4/55 4/69 4/46 4/46 4/70 4/49 4/63 4/72 4/47 4/61 4/46 4/46 4/47 4/46 4/55 4/69 4/79 4/79 4/79 4/80 4/80 4/79 4/79 4/79 4/79 Page Order No. 3RG40 50 3RG40 500AF05 3RG40 500AF33 3RG40 500AG05 3RG40 500AG33 3RG40 500GA05 3RG40 500GA33 3RG40 500GB05 3RG40 500GB33 3RG40 507AF05 3RG40 507AF33 3RG40 507AG05 3RG40 507AG33 3RG40 507GA05 3RG40 507GA33 3RG40 507GB05 3RG40 507GB33 3RG40 51 3RG40 510AF33 3RG40 510AG33 3RG40 510GA33 3RG40 510GB33 3RG40 517AF33 3RG40 517AG33 3RG40 517GA33 3RG40 517GB33 3RG40 52 3RG40 520AF30 3RG40 520AG30 3RG40 520GA30 3RG40 520GB30 3RG40 53 3RG40 530AF30 3RG40 530AG30 3RG40 530GA30 3RG40 530GB30 3RG40 54 3RG40 540AF30 3RG40 540AG30 3RG40 540GA30 3RG40 540GB30 3RG40 60 3RG40 600AF33 3RG40 600AG33 3RG40 600GA33 3RG40 600GB33 3RG40 607AF33 3RG40 607AG33 3RG40 607GA33 3RG40 607GB33 3RG40 62 3RG40 620AF30 3RG40 620AG30 3RG40 620GA30 3RG40 620GB30 4/74 4/74 4/74 4/74 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/32 4/78 4/78 4/78 4/78 4/77 4/77 4/77 4/77 4/74 4/74 4/74 4/74 4/25 4/25 4/25 4/25 4/25 4/25 4/25 4/25 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 4/24 Page Order No. 3RG40 63 3RG40 630AF30 3RG40 630AG30 3RG40 630GA30 3RG40 630GB30 3RG40 64 3RG40 640AF30 3RG40 640AG30 3RG40 640GA30 3RG40 640GB30 3RG40 70 3RG40 700AF01 3RG40 700AG01 3RG40 700AG45 3RG40 700CD00 3RG40 703AF01 3RG40 703AG01 3RG40 703CD00 3RG40 707AG01 3RG40 707AG45 3RG40 707CD01 3RG40 707CD02 3RG40 710CD00 3RG40 72 3RG40 720AA00 3RG40 720AB00 3RG40 720CD00 3RG40 720GA00 3RG40 720GB00 3RG40 720JB00 3RG40 720KA00 3RG40 720KB00 3RG40 723AB00 3RG40 723CD00 3RG40 723GA00 3RG40 723GB00 3RG40 723JB00 3RG40 723KA00 3RG40 723KB00 3RG40 75 3RG40 750AH00 3RG40 750AJ00 3RG40 750GJ00 3RG40 80 3RG40 800AG45 3RG40 807AG45 3RG40 82 3RG40 820AB00 3RG40 820CD00 3RG40 823AB00 3RG40 823CD00 4/58 4/36 4/58 4/36 4/36 4/36 4/38 4/38 4/38 4/58 4/58 4/33 4/33 4/33 4/52 4/65 4/65 4/58 4/33 4/33 4/33 4/52 4/65 4/65 4/30 4/30 4/29 4/31 4/30 4/30 4/31 4/30 4/29 4/31 4/31 4/29 4/78 4/78 4/78 4/78 4/77 4/77 4/77 4/77 Page Order No. 3RG41 11 3RG41 110AF33 3RG41 110AG00 3RG41 110AG33 3RG41 110GA33 3RG41 110GB33 3RG41 113AG00 3RG41 113AG22 3RG41 117AF33 3RG41 117AG33 3RG41 117GA33 3RG41 117GB33 3RG41 12 3RG41 120AF01 3RG41 120AG01 3RG41 120AG33 3RG41 123AF01 3RG41 123AG01 3RG41 123AG33 3RG41 13 3RG41 130AG01 3RG41 130AG33 3RG41 133AG01 3RG41 133AG33 3RG41 14 3RG41 140AG01 3RG41 143AG01 3RG41 31 to 34 3RG41 316AD00 3RG41 316AD04 3RG41 346CD01 3RG41 38 3RG41 383CD00 3RG41 383GD00 3RG41 383KB00 3RG41 41 3RG41 413AB01 3RG41 413AB02 3RG41 416AB03 3RG41 416AD00 3RG41 416AD04 3RG41 42 to 44 3RG41 426AD00 3RG41 436AD00 3RG41 446CD01 3RG41 48 3RG41 483CD00 3RG41 483GD00 3RG41 483KB00 4/89 4/89 4/90 4/94 4/94 4/91 4/93 4/93 4/92 4/92 4/92 4/89 4/89 4/90 4/91 4/91 4/88 4/86 4/86 4/85 4/85 4/85 4/85 4/83 4/83 4/83 4/83 4/83 4/83 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 4/81 Page
8/19
Appendix
I Inductive BERO 3RG46

Order No. 3RG46 00 and 01 3RG46 000AG02 3RG46 001AB00 3RG46 011AB00 3RG46 017AG00 3RG46 017GB00 3RG46 02 to 04 3RG46 020AG02 3RG46 021AB00 3RG46 021GB01 3RG46 027AG01 3RG46 032AB00 3RG46 041NA00 3RG46 10 3RG46 100AG00 3RG46 100AG02 3RG46 100GB00 3RG46 107AG00 3RG46 107GB00 3RG46 11 3RG46 110AG01 3RG46 110AG02 3RG46 110AG31 3RG46 110AN01 3RG46 110GB01 3RG46 110GN01 3RG46 111NA00 3RG46 113AG01 3RG46 113AN01 3RG46 113GB01 3RG46 113GN01 3RG46 117AF31 3RG46 117AG01 3RG46 117AG31 3RG46 117AN01 3RG46 117GB31 3RG46 117GN01 3RG46 12 3RG46 120AG01 3RG46 120AN01 3RG46 120AN61 3RG46 120GB01 3RG46 120GN01 3RG46 120GN61 3RG46 120NB00 3RG46 121NA00 3RG46 123AB01 3RG46 123AN01 3RG46 123AN05 3RG46 123AN61 3RG46 123AR00 3RG46 123GB01 3RG46 123GN01 3RG46 123GN05 3RG46 123GN61 3RG46 123JR00 3RG46 123JR01 3RG46 123NB00 4/84 4/96 4/96 4/84 4/96 4/96 4/104 4/108 4/84 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/105 4/84 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/105 4/105 4/104 4/82 4/75 4/22 4/95 4/82 4/95 4/108 4/82 4/95 4/82 4/95 4/22 4/82 4/22 4/95 4/22 4/95 4/20 4/73 4/20 4/20 4/20 4/75 4/82 4/82 4/82 4/19 4/108 4/73 4/19 4/22 4/22 4/22 Page Order No. 3RG46 13 3RG46 130AN01 3RG46 130AN61 3RG46 130GB00 3RG46 130GN01 3RG46 130GN61 3RG46 131AB01 3RG46 131NA00 3RG46 133AB01 3RG46 133AN01 3RG46 133AN05 3RG46 133AN61 3RG46 133GB01 3RG46 133GN01 3RG46 133GN05 3RG46 133GN61 3RG46 14 3RG46 140AB00 3RG46 140AN01 3RG46 140AN61 3RG46 140GB00 3RG46 140GN01 3RG46 140GN61 3RG46 141NA00 3RG46 143AB00 3RG46 143AN01 3RG46 143AN05 3RG46 143AN61 3RG46 143GB00 3RG46 143GN01 3RG46 143GN05 3RG46 143GN61 3RG46 21 3RG46 210AG02 3RG46 210AN01 3RG46 210GB02 3RG46 210GN01 3RG46 213AG02 3RG46 213AN01 3RG46 213GB02 3RG46 213GN01 3RG46 217AG02 3RG46 217AN01 3RG46 217GB02 3RG46 217GN01 3RG46 22 3RG46 220AG02 3RG46 220AN01 3RG46 220AN61 3RG46 220GN01 3RG46 220GN61 3RG46 221NA00 3RG46 223AB03 3RG46 223AN01 3RG46 223AN05 3RG46 223AN61 3RG46 223GN01 3RG46 223GN05 3RG46 223GN61 4/85 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/109 4/85 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/96 4/84 4/95 4/84 4/95 4/84 4/95 4/84 4/95 4/84 4/95 4/84 4/95 4/88 4/98 4/98 4/88 4/98 4/98 4/110 4/88 4/98 4/98 4/98 4/88 4/98 4/98 4/98 4/97 4/97 4/86 4/97 4/97 4/86 4/109 4/86 4/97 4/97 4/97 4/86 4/97 4/97 4/97 Page Order No. 3RG46 23 3RG46 230AB02 3RG46 230AN01 3RG46 230AN61 3RG46 230GB02 3RG46 230GN01 3RG46 230GN61 3RG46 231NA00 3RG46 233AB02 3RG46 233AN01 3RG46 233AN05 3RG46 233AN61 3RG46 233GB02 3RG46 233GN01 3RG46 233GN05 3RG46 233GN61 3RG46 24 3RG46 240AB02 3RG46 240AN01 3RG46 240AN61 3RG46 240GB02 3RG46 240GN01 3RG46 240GN61 3RG46 241NA00 3RG46 243AB02 3RG46 243AN01 3RG46 243AN05 3RG46 243AN61 3RG46 243GB02 3RG46 243GN01 3RG46 243GN05 3RG46 243GN61 3RG46 25 to 26 3RG46 256AG00 3RG46 256KD00 3RG46 266AD00 3RG46 266KD00 3RG46 31 to 36 3RG46 316NA00 3RG46 346AN01 3RG46 346GN01 3RG46 360AG00 3RG46 360GB00 4/110 4/99 4/99 4/20 4/20 4/43 4/68 4/43 4/68 4/92 4/98 4/98 4/92 4/98 4/98 4/110 4/92 4/98 4/98 4/98 4/92 4/98 4/98 4/98 4/87 4/97 4/97 4/87 4/97 4/97 4/109 4/87 4/97 4/97 4/97 4/87 4/97 4/97 4/97 Page Order No. 3RG46 37 3RG46 370AB00 3RG46 370AG01 3RG46 370GB01 3RG46 370GG00 3RG46 377AA00 3RG46 377AB00 3RG46 377AG01 3RG46 377GB01 3RG46 377GF00 3RG46 377GG00 3RG46 38 3RG46 383AG01 3RG46 383AN01 3RG46 383GB01 3RG46 383GN01 3RG46 43 to 44 3RG46 436AN01 3RG46 436GN01 3RG46 446AN01 3RG46 446AN02 3RG46 446GN01 3RG46 446GN02 3RG46 48 3RG46 483AN01 3RG46 483AN11 3RG46 483GN01 3RG46 483GN11 3RG46 52 3RG46 520PA00 3RG46 520PB00 3RG46 520PF00 3RG46 520PG00 3RG46 523PA00 3RG46 523PB00 3RG46 523PF00 3RG46 523PG00 3RX1 3RX1 303 3RX1 304 3RX1 730 3RX1 731 3SB, 3SX 3SB19 022AE 3SX6 281 3SX6 282 3SX6 283 3SX6 284 3SX9 910 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 4/111 4/111 4/103 4/103 4/103 4/103 4/103 4/103 4/103 4/103 4/100 4/101 4/100 4/101 4/102 4/102 4/101 4/100 4/101 4/100 4/87 4/99 4/87 4/99 4/23 4/83 4/83 4/23 4/23 4/23 4/83 4/83 4/23 4/23 Page
8/20
Appendix
US ordering notes
I Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale for Siemens Energy and Automation Inc. (USA)
1. Warranty Company warrants that on the date of shipment the goods are of the kind and quality described herein and are free of nonconformities in workmanship and material. This warranty does not apply to goods delivered by Company but manufactured by others. Purchasers exclusive remedy for a nonconformity in any item of the goods shall be the repair or the replacement (at Companys option) of the item and any affected part of the goods. Companys obligation to repair or replace shall be in effect for a period of one (1) year from initial operation of the goods but not more than eighteen (18) months from Companys shipment of the goods, provided Purchaser has sent written notice within that period of time to the Company that the goods do not conform to the above warranty. Repaired and replacement parts shall be warranted for the remainder of the original period of notification set forth above, but in no event less than 12 months from repair or replacement. At its expense, Purchaser shall remove and ship to Company any such nonconforming items and shall reinstall the repaired or replaced parts. Purchaser shall grant Company access to the goods at all reasonable times in order for Company to determine any nonconformity in the goods. Company shall have the right of disposal of items replaced by it. If Company is unable or unwilling to repair or replace, or if repair or replacement does not remedy the nonconformity, Company and Purchaser shall negotiate an equitable adjustment in the contract price, which may include a full refund of the contract price. COMPANY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EXCEPT THAT OF TITLE. SPECIFICALLY, IT DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE, COURSE OF DEALING AND USAGE OF TRADE. Purchaser and successors of Purchaser are limited to the remedies specified in this article and shall have no others for a nonconformity in the goods. Purchaser agrees that these remedies provide Purchaser and its successors with a minimum adequate remedy and are their exclusive remedies, whether the Purchasers or successors remedies are based on contract, warranty, tort (including negligence), strict liability, indemnity, or any other legal theory, and whether arising out of warranties, representations, instructions, installations, or nonconformities from any cause. Note: This article 1 does not apply to any software which may be furnished by Company. In such cases, the Siemens Software License Addendum applies. 2. Patents Company shall pay costs and damages finally awarded in any suit against Purchaser or its vendees to the extent based upon a finding that the design or construction of the goods as furnished infringes a United States patent (except infringement occurring as a result of incorporating a design or modification at Purchasers request), provided that Purchaser promptly notifies Company of any charge of infringement, and Company is given the right at its expense to settle such charge and to defend or control the defense of any suit based upon such charge. THIS ARTICLE SETS FORTH COMPANYS ENTIRE LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO PATENTS. 3. Performance; delays Timely performance by Company is contingent upon Purchasers supplying to Company, when needed, all required technical information and data, including drawing approvals, and all required commercial documentation. If Company suffers delay in performance due to any cause beyond its reasonable control, the time of performance shall be extended a period of time equal to the period of the delay and its consequences. Company will give to Purchaser notice within a reasonable time after Company becomes aware of any such delay. 4. Shipment, title and risk of loss The term shipment means delivery to the initial carrier in accordance with the delivery terms and conditions. Company may make partial shipments. Company shall select method of transportation and route, unless terms are f.o.b point of shipment and Purchaser specifies the method and route and is to pay the freight costs in addition to the price. When terms are f.o.b. destination or freight allowed to destination, destination means common carrier delivery point (within the United States, excluding Alaska and Hawaii) nearest the destination. Title to the goods and risk of loss or damage shall pass to Purchaser at the f.o.b. point. Company shall not be responsible for damage to the goods after having received in good order receipts from the carrier. 5. Taxes Any applicable duties or sales, use, excise, valueadded or similar taxes will be added to the price and invoiced separately (unless an acceptable exemption certificate is furnished). 6. Terms of payment Unless otherwise stated, all payments shall be in United States dollars, and a pro rata payment shall become due as each shipment is made. If shipment is delayed by Purchaser, date of notice of readiness for shipment shall be deemed to be date of shipment for payment purposes. On late payments, the contract price shall, without prejudice to Companys right to immediate payment, be increased by 1 1/2% per month on the unpaid balance, but not to exceed the maximum permitted by law. If any time in Companys judgment Purchaser is unable or unwilling to meet the terms specified, Company may require satisfactory assurance or full or partial payment as a condition to commencing or continuing manufacture or making shipment, and may, if shipment has been made, recover the goods from the carrier, pending receipt of such assurances. 7. Noncancellation Purchaser may not cancel or terminate for convenience, or direct suspension of manufacture, except with Companys written consent and then only upon terms that will compensate Company for its engineering, fabrication and purchasing charges and any other costs relating to such cancellation, termination or suspension, plus a reasonable amount for profit. 8. Nuclear Purchaser represents and warrants that the goods covered by this contract shall not be used in or in connection with a nuclear facility or application. 9. Limitation of liability Neither Company, nor its suppliers shall be liable, whether in contract, warranty, failure of a remedy to achieve its intended or essential purposes tort (including negligence), strict liability, indemnity or any other legal theory, for loss of use, revenue or profit, or for costs of capital or of substitute use or performance, or for indirect, special, liquidated, incidental or consequential damages, or for any other loss or cost of a similar type, or for claims by Purchaser for damages of Purchasers customers. The Companys maximum liability under this contract shall be the contract price. Purchaser and Company agree that the exclusions and limitations set forth in this article are separate and independent from any other remedies which Purchaser may have. 10. Governing law and assignment The laws of the State of Georgia shall govern the validity, interpretation and enforcement of these terms and conditions, without regard to its conflicts of law principles. Assignment may be made only with written consent of both parties. 11. Attorney fees Purchaser shall be liable to Company for any attorney fees and costs incurred by Company in enforcing any of its rights hereunder. 12. Disputes Either party may give the other party written notice of any dispute arising out of or relating to these terms and conditions and not resolved in the normal course of business. The parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve such dispute promptly by negotiations between executives who have authority to settle the dispute. If the matter has not been resolved within 60 days of the notice, either party may initiate nonbinding mediation of the dispute. 13. Statute of limitations To the extent permitted by applicable law, any lawsuit for breach of contract, including breach of warranty, arising out of the transactions covered by this contract, must be commenced not later than twelve (12) months from the date the cause of action accrued. 14. Prices In the event of a price increase or decrease, the price of goods on order will be adjusted to reflect such increase or decrease. This does not apply to a shipment held by request of the Purchaser. Goods already shipped are not subject to price increase or decrease. Orders on a bid or contract basis are not subject to this article. Orders amounting to less than $100.00 net will be invoiced at $100.00 plus transportation charges for goods covered by discount schedules. The Companys prices include the costs of standard domestic packing only. Any deviation from this standard packing (domestic or export), including U.S. Government sealed packing, will result in extra charges. To determine such extra charges, consult the Companys sales offices. 15. Additional terms of payment Invoice payment terms are as shown on latest discount sheets as issued from time to time. Cash discounts are not applicable to notes or trade acceptances, to prepaid transportation charges when added to Companys invoices or to discountable items if there are undisputed past due items on the account. Portions of an invoice in dispute should be deducted and the balance remitted with a detailed explanation of the deduction. Cash discounts will only be allowed on that portion of the invoice paid within the normal discount period. Freight will be allowed to any commoncarrier freedelivery point within the United States, excluding Alaska and Hawaii, on shipments exceeding $100 net or more providing the Company selects the carrier. On shipments to Alaska and Hawaii, freight will be allowed to dockside at the listed port of debarkation nearest the destination point on shipments of net $100 or more. The Purchaser shall pay all special costs such as cartage, stevedoring and insurance. Special freight allowances are as shown on latest discount sheets as issued from time to time. Cataloged weights are estimated, not guaranteed. The Company assumes no responsibility for tariff classifications on carriers.
8/21
Appendix
Ordering notes
I Conditions of sale and delivery

In Germany
Subject to the General Conditions of Sale as well as the General Conditions for the Supply and Delivery of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry.
Software products
Software products are subject to the General Licence Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives.
Prices For export

Subject to the General Conditions for the Supply and Delivery of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry and to any other conditions agreed upon with the recipients of catalogs. Prices are listed in (Euro) ex delivery point, excluding packaging. Turnover tax (VAT) is not included in the prices. It will be added according to legal provisions at the applicable rate. We reserve the right to adjust prices and shall charge the prices applying on the date of delivery.
Illustrations, technical data All dimensions in this catalog are in mm. The illustrations are for reference only. We reserve the right to make technical changes, in particular to the specified values, dimensions and weights, unless specified otherwise on the individual pages of this catalog.
Small orders
When small orders are submitted, the costs associated with order processing are greater than the order value. It is recommended therefore that small orders are collected and submitted combined. Where this is not possible, we unfortunately find it necessary to charge a processing supplement of 15. to cover our costs for order processing and invoicing for all orders with a net goods value of less than 100..
I Ordering special designs

To order products that differ from the versions listed in the catalog, the order number specified in the catalog must be supplemented with "Z"; and the required features must be specified by means of alphanumeric order codes or in plain text.
I Export regulations
The products listed in this catalog may be subject to European/German and/or US export provisions. Any export requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the relevant authorities. For the products listed in this catalog, the following export regulations must be adhered to in accordance with currently valid regulations.
AL
Number of the German export list Products with a code other than "N" must be approved for export. The export codes of the respective data medium must also be adhered to for software products. Goods labeled with "AL not equal to N" are subject to European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU.
ECCN
Number of US export list (Export Control Classification Number) Products with a code other than "N" require approval for re-export to certain countries. The export codes of the respective data medium must also be adhered to for software products. Goods labeled with "ECCN not equal to N" are subject to US reexport authorization.
Even without a label, or with label "AL: N" or "ECCN: N", authorization may be required due to the final whereabouts and purpose for which the goods are to be used. The AL and ECCN export codes specified in our confirmations, delivery notes and invoices apply. Subject to change without prior notice.
I Trade marks
All used product designations are trademarks or product names of the Siemens AG or other companies which if used by third parties for their own purposes can infringe the rights of the owner.
Responsible for Technical contents: Siemens AG, A&D CD PS, Erlangen Editors: Siemens AG, A&D PT 5, Erlangen Published by Automation and Drives Group Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution Division PO Box 32 40, D-91050 Erlangen Germany Order No.: E86060K1803A101A27600 Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany KG K 1101 25.0 S 280 En / 123067
8/22

Sensor Es

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sensor Es

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

s

Products and Applications

Products and Applications

Siemens NS BERO 2001/02

Products and Applications

Application: Object detection Sensor: Compact range M 18 with switching output

Siemens NS BERO 2001/02

Products and Applications

Application: Inspection of the content of transparent containers Sensor: M 12 thru-beam sensor

Application: Access monitoring Sensor: K 50 retroreflective sensor

Siemens NS BERO 2001/02

Products and Applications

Application: Position detection of ICs Sensor: C 80 color mark sensor

Application: Inspection of stack heights Sensor: K 80 thru-beam sensor

Application: Recognition of wrongly positioned objects on a conveyor Sensor: C 40 retroreflective sensor

Siemens NS BERO 2001/02

Products and Applications

Application: Object detection for activating a conveyor Sensor: K 35 retroreflective sensor

Application: Detection of labels on a transparent backing tape Sensor: G 20 fork/slot sensor

Siemens NS BERO 2001/02

Products and Applications

Application: Detection of broken drills Sensor: Inductive BERO 3RG4

Application: Recognition of tins and lids Sensor:

Application: Recognition of fragments on a cutter Sensor:

Siemens NS BERO 2001/02

Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches

Compact range M 18, M 18 S

SONPROG interface unit

3RG62 Selection and ordering data

3RG63 Selection and ordering data

3RX4 000 Selection and ordering data

2/4 2/11, 2/12 2/20 2/20 2/38 2/38

2/4 2/10 2/20 2/20 2/39 2/39

Introduction Description Technical data

2/4 2/23 2/23

Siemens NS BERO 2001/02

Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches

Siemens NS BERO 2001/02

Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches

Sonar thru-beam sensor 7 7

Compact form 3SG16

Compact range III

Sonar-BERO programmable with SONPROG

Siemens NS BERO 2001/02

Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches

Compact ranges 0, I, II, III, M 18 (special design)

Compact ranges 0, I, II, III, M 18 (special design)

Sonar thru-beam sensor

Compact range II, M 18 (special design)

Compact range II with frequency output

Compact range II (special design)

Compact range II (special design)

Siemens NS BERO 2001/02

Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches

Siemens NS BERO 2001/02

Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches

I Design and installation

Mounting multiple sensors

Sonar-BERO with sensing range

cm 6 (5) 20 to 40 to 60 to 80 to to 30 130 (100) 300 600 1000

Sonar-BERO Sound cone

cm > 15 > 60 > 150 > 250 > 350

Siemens NS BERO 2001/02